HomeMy WebLinkAboutVAIL VILLAGE FILING 7 BLOCK 7 LOT 3 PART 1 LEGALFls
SI
igEEE-
;EEEg;
EsE€#g
EIiiEE
Y
o
s66Yvrz
94lFlX-r
3Fod
z
t)
L)
o
U'
0.)
fq
z
3
-r
F-
Jv)
z
I
F.1
I
J
tJ
u
d
c)
a
>
lI17
z
IJ]A
.t)
&
-laoz
r-l
F.l
E
(Jq)'E'
oulc)-o
'rt
ct
()
(gz
Oq
B;
T'E€8>E
xE!Ee8E.g u
K -:'.5
rE_Ad EEpE -sEd?.{!JOfi:;
--vlll* =,EEb
-, ttt .5
eflEtsEpEEts
EEg
E.E E
EsBg FE9.s A
-(i 9
HE;r,:l o
A1} oE€F
taJ6
aE Hg bDSt! E.=
€BE
5EE
FSg
r\vz
A
F=!{Ffgr\\Jr\\JAV
fvnV
tv\
(-,rl
t'\\J
t'!- .
f-tnFr'
F+<
Fr\
rt\v
'3*
\E
ssss
.FE$E
E SF*FEti F
iAE,€,
e.E'di I-SSF:UdF r\
goF
Sc-'sq
F
[--.{
F
\o
€
(J
z
E
3
t-.
c,
C)
E
Qv)g
Lar 3
(d'I
{)x
V,l
?T
{.t."
TOWN OF VAII,
75 S. FRONTAGE ROADvArt, co 8L657
970-479-2l.38
DEPARITIEI\TT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
NOTE r THIS PERM]T MUST BE POSTED
PROJECf TITTE: BILLINGSLEY
NEW (SFR,P/S,DUP) PERMIT
ON JOBSITE AT
RESIDENCE
Permit
TIMES
800 -0019f+.Tr.
P O BOX 373, VAIL CO 81658
DAVIS RAIJPH E JR TRUST - DAVIS
MARy s, :-izo PTARMTGAN RD, vArL co 81657
BILLINGSLEY I.,UCY
2200 Ross AVE, SUITE 4800, DALtr-,AS,
BIILINGSI.,EY I.UCY
22OO ROSS AVE, surrE 4800, DALT,AS,
: 1170 PTARMIGAN RD
: 1170 Pt,armigan Rd
z 2LOL-092-08-004
: PR,l99-0198t No.
Action: NOttE
AcLion: APPR
TX 75201
TX 75201-
. oo
3.O0
o2/25/2OO0 KATITY
o3/2t/2OO0 AOCHS
+of cas r,096: 1 fof wood/Pallec !
.OO Toeal Caleulated Fee6---> 12'3so'55
5oO. Oo AddiEional fees---------> '00
652.2O Total Pomits Fee--------> 12'3so'ss
1. OOO.OO Palments------- t2' 3SO '55
Division:
Division:
Division:
,00
II,em: O51OO BUILDING DEPART14ENT
o2/2e/2o00 KATIfv AcEion: NoTE
O3/20/2OOO KATHY Actionr NOTE
03/TL/2OOO CHARLIE Action: APPR
03/22/2OoO KATHY Action: NOTE
Item: O54OO PIJANNING DEPARTMEMf
TOV/Comm' Dev.
Clean-up DePqsit Refund
tppr"".iO Wfu^dress
amount
Cate 71
APPT,ICAIIT SIIAEFFER CONSTRUEfION
P O BOX 373, VArL CO 81658
CONTRAC:IOR SHAEFFER CONSTRUSTION
OI,VNER
OWNER
APPLICANT
Building----->
Ptan check- -- >
Inwe6tigaEion>
Hill call---->
Fireptaca Inforoation: Restricced: yc€#of c.E APPliances I
FEE SOTIMARY
5, 1?9. oo Restuarang Plan Rcvi€v-->
{.016.35 DRB Fee-----'---
RscreaLion Fca-----_---_>
c16an-up Dcpo6il- - ------>
TOTAL FEES----- 12'380'55 BAIANCE DUE----
*rr*rrrtrttltir tt***r****t*ttt
DePE: BUILDING Division:
RouEed tro Charlie
ILEMI 05600 FIRE DEPARTIVIEIIT
02/28/2000 KATI{Y Action: APPR
Itrem: 05500 PIIBLIC V{ORKS
STA}iIPED STRUCTS TO CD
see corrections lisE
PLAI{NING SET TO CIIART,IE
DePt: PL,ANNING
RouLed tso Allison
checkj-ng on hot Lub
Dept: FIRE
Description:Nev, prim,/secondary Number of Dwelling units: 002
occupancy Type FacLor sq' r99t varuatrion
Dwellings Zone 3 v-N l-38 ' 55 3 ' 536 489 '9L2 'gO
thdeJ.J.ings Zone 3 V-N BasemenL 30'09 L'OL2 30'451'08
PrivaLe Garages Zone 3 V-N 36'2L 324 LI'732'O4
SubEotsal z 4,872 532'095'92
Tab}eDate:05/L7/:jg6TotalValuaEion:532,095.92Town of vail Adjusted valuaEion: L'5]-2'444'000
Status...: ISSITED
APPIied..: 02/28/2OOO
rilued.. -, 04/06/2oOO
E>qrires. . : L0/03/2000
Plrone: 970-845-5656
Phone: 970-845-5555
Phone 2r4-754-L7I7
Ptrone:. 2t4-754-L7L7
3/2
WORK
N/A
Routed02/28/2000 KATITy
OO KATIIY
Action:
.Ac!io_n;
03/31-/2000
04/ 05 /2000Item:05550
02/2e/2000
APPR APPROVED
APPR See public
Dept : ENGINEER Division:
works
REQUESTS FOR INSPECTTONS SHALL BE MANB PMNTY.POUR HOURS II.I AD'UANCE BY
send clean-Up Deposit. To: Shaeffer conBtsrtrction
Permit T149e: NEW (SFR,P/S,DUP) PERMIT
AppLicant : SHAEFFER CONSTRUCTION
JOb AddTESS: 1]-70 PTARMIGAN RD
Location: l-l-70 Ptarmigan Rd
Parce] No : 2l-01-092-08-004
8r00 AM 5:00 PM
Applied: 02/28/200o
rssued: 04/06/2ooo
KATIIY Q."tiorr: NOTE STMPD per, rrstO LS
LSANDOVA Actionr
ENGINEERING
KATHY AcL.ion:
See Page 2 of this Document for any conditions that, may appl-y to thls permit.
DECI,ARATIONS
I hereby acknowledge that I have :ead this appLlcation, filled outs in full Ehe informaLion req\rired, comPleted an accuraee ploL
pian, and sEaEe thac a1i the infor-macion provided as r:equired is correct. I agtee ho comply with the infortnation and Plot plan,
to complv {ith alf Tonn crCinance6 and slare 1aws, and Lo build Lhls sts-ructute according Eo Ehe town'3 zoning and subaivi.Eion
codes, deEiglr review approved, uniforn 3uj.lding code and other oldinancee of uhe app)" i eable
GNATIJRE OF OIINBR OR CONTRAdOR FOR HIMSELF AND OWNER
PAGE 2
*********************************************************************J.**********
CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
Permit #: 800-00L9 as of 04/07/00 STALUS : ISSTIED
*****************************************Jr***************************J.**********
* * * * * * * ** * * * * * t Jr ** * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * * * * * ** * * ** * * * * ** * * * * * * ** * * ** * * *** *** * * * ** * **
CONDITIONS********************************************************************:************
1. THIS PRO,fECT WirJL REQUTRED A SITE TMPROVEMEI\rI SURVEY, SUCH
SI]RVEY SHALL BE SI]BMITTED AND APPROVED PRIOR TO REQTIEST FOR
A FRAME TNSPECTTON.
2. .A.TTIC SPACES SIALL HAVE A CEILING I{EIGHT OF 5 FEET OR LESS,
AS MEASI]R-ED FROM THE TOP SIDE OF THE STRUCTUR]\L MEMBERS OF
THE FLOOR TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE STRUCTURAL MEMEBERS OF THE
ROOF DIRESILY ABOVE.
ol
****************************************************************
TOI^IN OF VAIL, COLORADO Reprint.ed . 03 /27 / 00 10 : 00 SEaEemtE,*************************************************Jr**************
stafemnt Number; REc-061_1 Amount: L2, 190.55 03/27/OO 10:00Palment Met,hod: CHECK Notation: #5921_G/Shaeffer Init: KMW
Permit No:800-0019 Tlpe: B-BUIIJD NEW (SFR,p/S,DUp) pE
Parcel No: 2101-092-09-004
Sit.E AddrESS: 1170 PTARMIGAN RD
This Payment
***********************************************************Jr****
Account Code Description
BP OO1OOO03111].OO BUTLDING PERMIT FEES
DR OO10OO031.1-2200 DESIGN REVIEW FEESPF 001_0000311-2300 pr,AN CHECK FEES
AD D2-DEPO8 CLEANI]P DEPOSITS
RF 1r_10000311_2700 RECREATTON FEES
WC OO].OOOO31]-2800 WILL CALL INSPECTION FEE
Tocal Fees:
1-2,180 .55 Total AL,L Pmts:
Balance:
12,380.55
t_2,380.55
.00
Amount
6 ,179 .00
300.00
4, 0r_5 .35
1, 000 . 00
682.20
3.00
7
TowN oF vArL Srrr*rcroN pERMrr ^rr?.ff-T;iltINTORMATION MUST BE COMPLETE OR THE APPLICATION WILL BE, REJECTEI)
Contact the Eagle County Assessors at 97&32E-8640 for Parcel #
Parcel # Zt
Permit #
^o**'", Ts,ll;rytl"V Roary'eore rouaaaress: I l?O P{anyn\aan ?r,a.l
nuaing p(Plunbing ( )Electrical ( )Ivlechanical ( )
Lot 3 nroct-l Filirle 7 subdivision
f Address:
lddress:?,0,A< G37t *!on,tt 8lb2o
Legal Description:
Owners Name:
Architect:6
Phone#-Zll-754- )lff
Pho"e#_4fu:_71D:J9S
Description of lob:
Work Class: New ffi Alteration ( )Additional ( )Repair ( )Other( )
Number of Dwelling Units:L F,-1tt/s"cq6611g Number of Accommodation Units:
Number and Type of Fireplaces:Gas Appliances -O -Gaslogs atle (l) Wood./Pellet
BUILDING: s f rAtZ,444
PLIJMBING $-|9r -
VALUATIONS
ELECTRICAI: S -.1 -
MECHAMCAL$ - c -
CONTRACTOR INFORMATION
General contracton 4cecgrqhae-.mq Gil.4.Address: P,0, F - zZ3 , I/d!, (Dg 'o zZ,
Town ofVail RegistradonNo fLt:E Phone #
Eledrical Contractor, Nof &leo\d
Town of Vail Registrarion No.
Plumbins Contrector, Whi{u *faBf
Town of Vail Registration No.
illechanicar Contractor t ar*r- illeJWtarL Address:
Town of V'ail Registration No.
FOR OFFICE USE
-O-
WrD
OT}IER:
TOTAL $
Address:
Phone #
Address:
Phone #
BUILDING:
SIGNATURE:
ZONING:
SIGNATURE:PeernrtS
?.0'I
Vo^\r
,O. tlox 12tq0
q70 -7zo -770b
\ 173
D gpst
t
Pirl'1 ',lld
t \. | . il i'!r"o.'i4 rl-t)ar;^s{ T$r"i Cili
\?
t t r l.YaJ:d ., ji.n.' \:
YJrt -+-ti - 5iI #..1=S, c.Nt"r+i.{;rj\:.ni*.''""t.rS.tf X-:..:il1rc
+\.':1-{+"i -q!t tS{rlt q! \nrr}A, (f€+ tJf .ts,
t.l$ ,e': -sPo ! ors
(1?- ts- s
\ t-t' I rr -r-'!t'. 1s\.-J.s:dljf l,si epri:ii)l\ \,
,ta
FSIr,
! tt (F ,usieoni;^ idi .usJJ..\, -L r)
rttr\ i$d$\i,st,rli
.l\rrt\r \s\ \r\SSFJIS) , $rqod 1d,;t+1,,t ts rotti'i'U$g{
i(
r rtt'l', ,tt yr- j...
lrla mt [i s
?< 6 ?-.
olT,F5
5"'"i
, sP t),!
*t" t'-;.', .,,.iri"i ., AT€ ".ft ,",i1.
-.h -u"i i '.FSF.- s+\- 'l:f'*tntr; ,t,Tr: ilj
l'l'i auo
$t$if
s.rrtlr. r,Fi{- xo€ ,c,'.'
.tt$\€." {q:.T- {\1 $
"'rr.'l 1++ei: 'r|a '.)1.-
'b.li'8 - TSg - sI \'
.J,ho-, ao$'Enri ? +maF;
a- fst
wrsr* roi''l
*tr*$ ul,flil;
)" r41'lf,,r .tlao$!\
rD
Q'
're.$',Bt:\ .,
"\q*!, 't
/.o.f
s +*l
ESIJC jJ,lt
<1' o9p5aF h+X trYD -POI OEN{ aEd.olJ(,|o@E
-eEPe E(o(o Ia.b(DTD CL;SExs 5
6'-0" N/AX.
P
@
C-o
-l
n
-1
!-)
t--
w
Cf-O
Trln
n
TI
--J
z.z
=f-f-
q
Z
t-
Trl
TTIn
wr
T
z
.Dot-
tn
{
fr
nlq
v
flI7
o
rn
+
ooo
w
I
G.
€uI-0
b,o
cD
---l-t-
t\lN)
c,r N) :lz Il-1 I
++=Fe B=P H'.P F i;mF=+ 6;i ^AE l!4 |=a-;2 -PR Y:5 ' _l_:l<Ia ob *z!-3r1e FFs =;a
3=
|\ /- L,?-'ou' o-F d<> on
72iE
=Hs
IHe t;<--6
=iX
rX- zm
=xI"=
-.=2 +2d 6=:HPr t6 Eln ;;Ho=# d+ n-_ 24' /n /\ >fi -'.^ '' ul,rllY> =< cfA z;A ,+H-++ Yr-=l Ou)-U>*A -ro tnon=x d 2=c\rzoT
z'n
r
i
a"t tn l-n
crr]>
zftT
\24=
.am>-t
f,l-<n
Xcn>
-l:z;.(
z"'u)
o2-'taa
=2a>!-:.1-r-+>!^r r
OrrlIoz
on
--l
Trlt
z
a
r-
rrl
-)
.-! \
--{ \
qs
#ffi
Cfo,
o=ff7
trr Tl-j (D
rr.r C
=(D.(D
@
C)q
o
5
o
1
iJ
Monroe & Newell
Engineers, Inc.
December 1,1999
Cotfle Graybeal Yaw Architects, Ltd-
37347 HiSway 6
Avon, CO 81620
Attn: Mrs. Jill Spaeh
Re: Billingsley Residence (M&N #4539)
Dear Jill:
Monroe & Newell F.ngineqrs, Inc. have desigred ttre attached site retaining walls for the
on-site soils conditions as outlined in the Supple,melrtal Subsoil Study by H€pworth-
Pawiak Geoteshnical, Inc. , datedAugust 2, 1999 (Job no. 199239).
If you have any questions or commexrts, please call.
Very truly yours,
MONROE & NEWELL ENGINEERS, INC.
Pgrqq - olqa
Boo - oolqffi
Principal
70 Benchmark Road o
(970) 949-7768 .
Suite 204 + P.O. Box
FAx (970) 949-4054 .
1597 . Avon,
E
iil
E G E ! w till
FEB 2 4 2ooo ii]
?v
Date Received
FEB 24 2000
email: mnengrs @vail. net
i^.,
6dL\aW+
, bvi-Ltl -
34b_ v/tltpLictaj- c*:-tt*t+T
hAb b€aFi vrrTl
z-*4 ar{T
goi
t"oD{ \EVinLLL
itl N<:+tw *L,-
Rev,set,g'AIE
D{rE . ll-3o.lC.t1
W4t* &-flox)
\i1 ll\
Hirl
r+j4+T
\laf15
+J-
?1?,
Tu4
laSLot'
4trV-re{etF,
t
LfiA
T{r
!pP'. +u,b qvgLtLdIS l*)-r*t
4E #-
lge,z\8
++J}-Tfdf
*5el'-a" .rerP
4-d;Ffirl. t
,1
U
=
I
+ -tv
u>A1
uAclzlL
| 'r #
-911=ll=il
8".4.-eru
. ._)
glt'*i" -"' F $
I N0.3457 P,l/1
Vt\d,plr vJb\
, -?'F
Gr{--.- "'
,{,3
I
I
fi
ff
r----
I
I'-* i
+ffi-zUtdo
Tcwrnqf Vail -
CFFIEfi CIOPY
'ra6q 'H""iipmv+si
struc&Jral engineering and design
PO. Bq4ti72 [97o] 949Et391
Vail,Coloredo 81658 Fs945|.1577
1 1/2
FILTER FABRIC PER SOILS ENGINEER
FOR DRAINAGE AND EROSION CONTROL
NOTES:
1. BOULDERS ARE TO BE .I,-6 TO4'-O IN DIMENSION AND SHALL
BE OF ANGULAR SHAPES (NOT ROUND)
1
PLACE BOULDERS SO THEY
INTERLOCK BOTH VERTICALLY
AND HORIZONTALLY.
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE APPROX.
BUT THE TOTAL HEIGHT OF THE
WALL MAY NOT EXCEED 12'-O AND
THE SLOPE MAY NOT BE STEEPER
THAN 1 l/2:1
BACKFILL AND BASE SOILS SHALL
BE VERIFIED BY SOILS ENGINEER
DURING CONSTRUCT]ON OF WALL.A. BOULDER
TYP.5. DESIGN CRITERIA: 80 pcf
nTyPtcAL BOULDER RETAIt\llNG WALL (DOUBLE TIER) N rs
\./ BILLINGSLEY RE3IDENcI= #ooo3-IU
< / at /nn PgJqq-olqt-/ - /t 'u boo oolq
1'-6" MtN.
Kro,sgo..-Drz
.r4
,f,ng"d|f|si tr.tllf
tl{"ltf i" i,flf}V
Bu.t-trvcsurt pEs.
Reoesrcl.l 41 6l
(jsza
?@
c i;.
l.#Lvt$Erts u+
I
:Foq1p. , l'. = ]e Br
lU - &,oo psl
fiAbP;eaP{ vr-ni
Z-*4 a*T
+6 *r.l'.1'ffi-,ltt:fiLlL
?i|ttv -vE{EtF
ltF
t
I
I lbt4,l1
Vafits
+J-f,L,
lt-6.r.+
Hrx C-
i* h%$tJc 4r,,-
I
THtct{.JESt 6t'
L+14
-(t,-- lJSo
Ito
z'- lo"
lJpp. ,=+'b qVdII4rldAbl*J-,*'t
i'e#J#t
t+(o g Zto,' &orox
lf6 lt t'-o" Toe
tP.#
UI
:lll=lll=il
chqr Ft* €oseFerE, soup rAl c€.rr-s e5J-,/"-) €FrD€Arl" t\rrff, PAArFoF.FftE Jl-
li - to Et ly = 6o,oa Ft
Hi\.1
li
lt
-- J
oAcrtzlE-WF
f il.!-lf r -ril
^-E_LP_3lll secnru PeraNNc urA* tr--.?!.-ou
o
MENT
o
DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPTOWNOFVAIL
75 S.FRONTAGEROAD
VAIL, CO 81657
970-479-2138
NOTE: THIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED ON JOBSITE AT ALL TIMES
ELECTRICAL PERMIT Permit #: A0l-0002
Job Address: 1170 PTARMIGAN RD VAIL Status . . . : ISSUED
Location.....: 1170 PTARMIGAN RD Applied. . : OllOSl2OOl
ParcelNo...: 210109208004 Issued. .: 0l/l 1/2001ProjectNo: Expires..: O7/lO/2001
OWNER I-,UCY BILLINGSLEY 0L/O5/200r phone: 2L4-754-L7L7
2200 ROSS AVE, SUrTE 4800
DAI,I,AS, TX
75201-
License:
COMIRA.CTOR THtL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS 0L/05/200]- phone: 970-949-4639
P O BOX 534
AVON, CO
8t620
License: 1L2-S
APPITICAIVI THUL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS ,T/OS/Z}O! phone: 970-949-4638
P O BOX 534
AVON, CO
8L620
License:1L2-S
Desciption: NEW P/S
Valuation: $1,200.00
tt 't tt i t t t t t*t*,|,*,1,.,****t***13r*r*** ifrk,t,f,t)t,*,t**,t*:*:ttttit'ttttttt tt**,t*****t***t*lFi FEE sIr\4MARynlectrical-____:' g5O. OO Total Calculoled Fees-> S53 . 00
DRB F€€----->
lnvastigatiott--->
Will Call---->
Additional Fees--->
Total Pern'if F€€-->
s0.00
90.00
s3. o0
s0.00
ss3. oo
PayrnenS--> 953 .00
MLANCE DUE_> S0.00TOTALFEES--> s53.00
Approvals:ri6m: 06000 EI-,ECTRICAL DEPARTMEIflI
IIEM: 05600 FIRE DEPARTMEIIT
Oa/08/2OOL rmraughan Action: AP confirm knox box inst,all on fiel-d
inspection.
CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
DECLARATIONS
I hueby acknowledgc that I have read this application, filled out in full the information required, conpleted an accurate plot plan, and
state that all the information as required is correct. I agree to comply with the information and plot ptan, to comply with all Town
ordinances and state laws, and to build this structure according to the towns zoning and subdivision codes, design review appove4
Uniform Building Code and other ordinances ofthe Town applicable thereto.
++*'i* **** **,t * * * * * * ***** *
TOWN OF VAIL, COLORADOCopy Reprlnted on 0l-ll-2001 et lD:14:39 0l/ll/2001
Stsl€menr***{t!i'tdt++++**'l**********d(**'l t*!*'t***:l*'},t***:i't,t*t'lt+*t****!*{.11.{!**!t{.,*:}'}:t '1.*{.+:t!t**+i't*ltl'f +****!f {r!t
gtatement Number: R000000357 Amount: SS3.00 Ot/LL/zOOLOg:14 AIrt
Palment Method: Check Tnit: Klrtl{
Notat,Lon: *L497 6 lTItItu EITBqIROIIICS
Permit No:
Parcel No:
Site Address:
IJocation:
Ttrig Payment. :
A01-0002
210109208004
1170 PTARIIIIGAN
11?O PTAR}IIGAII
Tytrle r ALARM PERIT{IT
RD \'"AIIJ
RD
Tota1 Fees:
TOTAI AI.,L T'MTB:
Balance :
s53.00
$s3. oo
$o. oo
$s3 .00
l+*tf f 'f {t ***.* * **,1.,} * **{?'**l*'f *'1.**'*'t **t"t't ir**'t+*,i*t*{r'f'tr**{.***t*'t rt***:t:tr'tr,tr*'tr*ittt,t****'t**i'tt++,t,tr*{.:tr
ACCOT]NT ITEM LIST:
Account Code Descri pti on Cunrent ffis
EP 00100003111400
t.lc 00100003112800
TEMPORARY POtllER PERMITS
WILL CALL INSPECTION FEE
50.00
3. 00
AppucArrolrll Nor BE AccEprED rF r*co'pr5ftu;ilrt$Uiqn-"ne
MVNWYilL
75 S. Frontage Rd.
Colorado 81657
Building Permit #:-()o
Alarm Permit #:
97 O- 479 - 2135 (I nspections)
& Residential Fire Alarm shop drawings are required at time of
application submittal and must include information listed on the Vail,
2no page of this form. Application will not b€ accepted without this
information.
Office at 970-32&8A0 orvisit forParcel #
Parcel # (Required if no bldg. Permit # is provided above)
Job Name:B.\\...o=\q v JobAddress: lllO q\^"^,*^^ R.\.
Legal Dscription Lot:Block:Filing:Subdivision:
Owners Address: it-ro ?!..."-".'..j Phone:
Engineer: ll Address:Phone:
Detailed Location of work: (i.e., floor, unit #,€'.\,.. B*,\\.^-
blds.#)
Detailed descriotion of work:
T^'\-\\A.o* .[ \..*,e 3,-..rr<\J"-\*-. r. .r..-\\.\.\
WorkClass: NewQQ Addiuon( ) Remodel( ) Repair( ) Retro-fit( ) Other( )
rype of Blds,: Sinsle-tumif (p rwo-family Q^g|t'JC{q! ) Commercial( ) Restaurdnt ( ) fther ( )
No. of Existing Dwelling Units in this building: Itilr" | -No.0of Accommodation Units in this building:
Does a Fire Alarm Exist: Yes ( ) ltto (X Does a Fire Sprinkler System Exise Yes ( ) No (V)
COMPLETE VATUATIONS FOR ALAR"I,I PER"TI{IT (LAbOr & MAICTiAIS)
Fire Alarm: $ 1
CONTRACTOR TNFORMATION
Fire Alarm Contractor:Town ofVail Reg. No.:Contact and Phone #'s:
a\1-q(.31
Contracbr Signature:
t*!t*********r***********i***********i**FOR OFFICE USE OIILY***rr*********r******n*'!r*****rr*?rr**
F: /everlone/brms/a lrmp€rm
TOhIN OF VAIL DEPARTI,IENT OF
75 S. FRONTAGE ROAD
vArL, co 8L657
970-479-2L38
DEMO. OF PART/AI,L BUDG.
.Job AddrCSS: 1170 PTARMIGAIiI RD
Location-..: 1-170 PTARMIGAIiI RD
Parcel No.. : 2101-092-08-004
Project No. : PRJ99-0198
COMMT]NITY DEVELOPMEI{T
SHAEFFER CONSTRUqTION
P O BOX 373, VArL co 81558
SIIAEFFER CONSTRUqTION
P O BOX 373, VArL co 81658
DAVIS RALPH E .]R TRUST - DAVIS
MARY S, !t7O PTARMIGAN RD, VAIL co 81657
Single Family Residence
Type V Non-Ratred
NOTE: THIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED ON iIOBSITE AT ALL TIMES
APPLICA}iIT
COI\ITRA TOR
OWNER
Permit #: D00-0007
status...: ISSITEDApplied..: 03/L5/2000Issued.... 03/20/2000
Ercpires. . : 09/L6/2OOO
Phone: 970-845-5656
Plrone:. 970-845-5556
Description:
REMOVE EXISTING SFR PRIOR TO NEW CONSTRUETION
OccuPancY: R3
Tl4)e Constructsion: V N
T14)e Occupancy:
ValuaEion:
FireDlac€ fnforeation: Raotsrl'ctsad:
29,700
llof gra Applianc.e:
clcan-I4r Depoait - - - - -- -- >
TC'XAL FEES-.. - -
{*of ca6 Lo95:*of nood/Prllrt:
Totsa1 calculaled F...---> 580 .50
Additsionar Fees------- --> 97 '7e
To|:al Pgrnlit Fee--------> 579.24
Pa)dents_------ 67s.24
BAr,ANCE DIrB-- - - .oo
Add sq Ft:
.rrt***trrtrt.ta***r'rttt**t*.t*ttrt*ittti*** FEE slruMARY ***ttt*t**1****
Buildj.nE----->
Plan check- - - >
Inw€BgiErtlon>
will call---->
22',1 .50
3.OO
ReEtuarant Plan Review--> .00
DRB Fee-------- .00
RecreaCion Fce----------> .00
.oo
5AO.50.'."*".;;;*;;;;;;;;;;;;;;ffi;;"*'**a*a* ****_
_;;;;:;;;;;;1,,i "
i.,,
017T./,660-CIARtIE ACTiON: APPR CHARLIE DAVIS
iE6fr;'6516o-.p-L,er.nrrNs DEFARiuiitIT-- --- ---- DeFgI--P-LANNTNG Division:oi7Ist16oo-c r- -AEE-ibn; NorB RotlrED To-ALLrsoN
o3/L6'/2O00 AOCHS Ac!r.e4i APPR looks good- hrIEem: OSOdO--FiriE DEPffiTUENf " Dept: FIRE Division:
Allfi/2OOO CIIARLIE AcTiON: APPR N/A
iEam;'o55oo-b-usli-c wb'nxs---' -- - '-- -- -^ DeP-E-:-PUB woRK Division:
diTTa/i660-csanr,rE Acji.qn: NorE RourED To LEoNARD-----
iEAm;' o 5 7 o o -hlwrnouu-r-ntnr,-HEi[rn
A1/L5/2OOO CIIARIJIE AcTiON: APPR N/A FJiEAm;' 6 5 g o o -l,r-ou6n617Ti/r660-cHAnr,rE Action: APPR N/A
;;;.;' ;;;;;;;;. .;;;;;;;;;. ;;;.;;; ;;;
DECITARATIONS
r h€reby acknonledge thah r have rced thi6 ap!r1ica!1on, filled out in full tho informacion rcquircd, coB[tX'ccd an accuraEe plot
p1an, and .crg. chac ilr che infon.tion prowided as required ie cor-ects. r agr.. to conpty nich lhe infor[ation and plots Plan'
Lo courply tith all To{n ordinanceg and state 1av6, .nd to builal thig gtructsure according Eo !h. Tovn'€ zoning and eubdivision
codee, deeigtr revief apploveal, unlfon Building coda rnd other oralinanceg of tho To$n atr4)licablE chereto'
- O - rrnn*cE By TELE'H.NE rr rzs-Qs oR AT ooR oFFrcE FRolr s:oo Afi 5.oo pMREQT'ESTS FOR INSPECIIONS SHAIJL BB UADE TTIEITY.FOI'R HOI'RA IlV TDVANCE BY TALBPHONB AT
gend Clrrn-Irp D.po.il To: SmEFFER coNsTRUcIIoN SIqI{ATURE OF OWNBR OR CONTRAeIOR FOR HIUSELF IND O!{NER
*****************************:k**************************************:r***********
CONDITIONSpermit #: D00-000? as of 03/27/00 Status: ISSIIED
************************************:k*****************************************:l*
Permir. Tlpe: DEMO. oF PART/ALL BIIDG.
Applicant : SEAEFFER coNsTRuelIoN
970-84s-5656
ilob Address:
LOCAIiON: 1170 PTARMIGAN RD
Parcel No: 2101-092-08-004
Description:
REMOVE EXISTING SFR PRIOR TO NEW CONSTRUCTION
Conditions:1. FIELD INSPE(IIONS ARE REQUIRED TO CIIECK FOR CODE COMPITIAIICE.
2 . NO EXCAVATION ALI-,OWED T NTIL BUILDING pERMIT IS ISSITED
Applied: 03/ts/2000
Issued: 03/20/2000
To E)q)ire. I9/L6/2OOO
Ittt**t*!rr***itlrli*il*+*tl*******tt****.1***l*il*l*ll**t*l******llil*l*
TOWN OT VAII.,, COIORADO Reprinted: 03/27 /oo 1o.o7 staternnt
***t+tl***t**t**t****t****til****t*******taf ***l*********lt*******
gtatennt Number: REC-0610 Amount: 6o3.2s 03/2ol0o 08:13
Pa)ment Irlethod : 5aO6 0 Notation : george Bhaef f er Init : ilt{
Pernlt No: Doo-ooo7 T1rye: A-DEMo DElto. oF PART/aLL Bu
Parcel No: 2101- 092 - 0S- 004
Site Addlesg: 1170 PTARMIGATI RD
tocation: l-170 gfARMIGAtil RD
This Payment
Total Fees:
503.28 ToEal AIJr Pmts;
Balance :
*rtttt****l*t|lt*****t****i*****at***************l***'****l:l*i***
Account code DeEcription
BP OO]"OOOO31111OO BUII,DING PER!,IIT FEES
PF OO1OOOO31123OO PI,AN CHECK FEES
BF OO1OOOO3141211 BI.IIEPRINT MACITINE FEES
WC OO].OOOO31128OO IEI,L CAI,L INSPEqTION FBE
67A.28
6'IS .24
.00
Arnount
350 . OO
227 .50
22 .'16
3.00
TO!.IN OF VAII,
75 S. FRONTAGE ROAD
VAIIJ, CO 81657
970-479-2L38
DEPARTII,IENT OF COMMT]NITY DBVEI.,OPMEI{T
NOTE: THIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED
DEMO. OF PART/ALL BI'DG.
ON JOBSITE AT AI,L TIMES
Permic #: D00-0004
ilob Address:
Location. . . :
Parce1 No..:
ProjecE No.:
11?O PTAXII{IGAI\T RD
1170 PEarmigan Rd
2101- 092 - 08 - 004
PRir99 - 0198
SEatsus...: ISSITBD
Applied..: 03/|t/2oao
regued... : 03/06/2000
E:<pires. . : 09/02/2000
A 6. B ASBESTOS ABATEMENI, INC- Phone:
635 WEST WHITE AVENIIE, GRAND illtNqrroN, co 81505
A & B ASBESTOS ABATEMENT, INC. PhONC:
535 WBST WITITE AVBNUE, GITAND 'IIINCIION, CO 81505
DAVIS RATPH E JR TRUST - DAVIS
MARY S, LLTO PTARMIGAI'I RD, VA'IL CO 8L657
BILLINGSLEY I.,UCY
Demo for Asbestos Abatement only
APPTIEA$T
coNTRAeroR
O9INER
OWNER
DescripEion:
OccuPancY: R3
Tlpe ConsEruction: V N
Tytrle Occupancy:
ValuaEion:
Fir.pl.ce Infotnation: R..tlLcbed:
Single FamilY Reeldence
Type V Non-RaEed
970-243-2575
970-243-2575
*of t{ood/P.Il.c:
500
$Of oas Appli.ncag:
Add Sq Ft:
*Of, Oat l6gs I
*t**r**ir*lr*rrti*arrr*r.t*rrfi*,1**r****rr***,r****r**.r**t* FBE EUMMAny *ttta*ttrlf*trt*+*t****rtt**lttt*l**t*tf*tt*tt*tt*t*ltift**
Butldlng-----> 2o,oo R€eEuaraDt pl|n Ravr.ctt--> .oo ToBrf, CalcuLrged Fce6---> s5'oo
P1|n ch.ck---> 13.00 DRB E6€-------- 2o'oo Addltlonal FsoB---------> 5a'0o
Invrsgigatlon> .oo Rccrcauidn Fc.----------> .oo ToB.1 gctuLe F'r--------> 111'OO
will crrl----> ''oo ;:;il-::":::::i:::------l ,.::: liil,i:1";:-:::::--::-:: "':ll
***J|rrrtrtrrtr*rtirrrrtrrr*r*ttt*rettrr*t*it**t*alr*r*t**t**rt*t***atr.rrtrrltttitlitt*l*lit*'l****t*r,'tr*t ,.ttltt*
IEem: 05j-00 BUILDING DEPARII,IENT - Depp-:- BUILDING Division:
93{$i /3 gl 8 o
*BffintNG'"SEtSftiM$fiER Allrove" pfiEptl pLAr,INrNc Division :
Ail6L/2000 KATHY AcEion: APPR N/AiE6il;'656d0'TiflE DEPA[rI'tEtiT DepE.: FIBE Division:
6 57iii,z566o - Kli{tr --- ildeioiil appn Notif led via- e -mail
rEEm: ossdo'TfiEirc w<jFRS--' ^ - -::----. -Dtpi:^pus wonr Divieion:
o57iii/t600-KArtrv-- Actiqn: APPIT All work on-Br.Eertem: oszSo't'fiVinom,tir'triEf,--ttsAl,Tn DeFE '
-HEAIJTH Division:
61loLt26o0 rltrrY Action: APPR N,/Artem: 05900 LrouoR ' "'^* '.- Dept: ctERK Division:
6176iti600-KArf,'V--- Action: ApPR N/A
*tatttltttt**ttr'r'aitt*r***.*,tr****t****t****r tt**r t*t***fli*t*tti1+ 'tt* t trtttttrt**r+tt*tttl**tl,*l t*t*******l,*t**ra*
See Page 2 of Ehis Document for any condltions thaE may apply to Ehis permit'
DECIARATIONS
r hcr.by acknorr.atgq thrt t hrvE read lhlg applicallon, fi116d our in full tha infoEmtlion requirod, conPleted qn aceur'gc pLol
pl|rt, rt'ld etag6 ehrC all tsh. lnfornaLlon providcd a, r€quired La correct. I agree Lo conPly witsh thc inf,onraflolt qnd plot plan'
to co[ply nlth tlt to$n ordl,nr|leeg end rlate lat.g, |nd to build chi6 etructu!. aceo:.'dlng to ghe totn'8 zoning end tubdlvLtlon
co&e, drcign rewlcr approwcd, uniforrr BulldinE cod. rtld oEh.r ordinances of, chs foun appllcabl' Ch'rcto'
REQUTSIS FOR TTAPECTIOtrA EHA'JL EE I.IADE -FOI'R HOURE IN AII'INCI BY TE&E
o
TIdEI}?T oR AA OrrB OFFICE rRoll I ! O0 Al,l 5 ! 00 Pl,i
oR C0ltlltCloR FOB fllltsll,F AXD OinlEB
********t***t*******************************!t***t*****************************tl*
COIIDITIONS
PemiE #: D00-0004 as of' 03/06/00 statu6: rssnBD
**********************************:l***************:t***********t*****************
s.nd Clrrn-ttr Dstroalc To: A&B AtbcltoE Abrc.!.t!L
ilob Address:
LocaEion: 1170 Ptarmigan Rd
Parcel No: 2101-092-09-004
Applied: 03/oL/2O00
iieueO, 03/06/2000
To Expire: O9/I2/2OOO
Permit Ty19e: DBMO. OF PART/AIJL BIIDG.
Appliclnt : A & B ASBESTOS ABATEMENT, INC.
970-243-2575
DescripEion:
Demo for Asbestos Abatement only
Condiuions:
l.TIIISPBRI,|ITIsGooDFoRAsBEsTosAB]ATEI{ENToNLY.AI.I
ASBESTOS ABATEI'EI{T CERTIFIEATE SIIOWING TIIE AREA FREE FROM
ASBESTOS IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO Alfl/ FLTRTHER WORK OCCURIIIG ON
THIS SITB. IF FI'RTHER QI'EsTIoNs ARISE, colfTAcT THE VAIL
FIRS DEPARII4ENT AT 479-2250.
2. FIBB DEPARIIIE!{T APPROVAL, IS REQUIRED BEFORS AIIY WORK CA}r BE
STARTBD IF TIIERE IS A FIRE AI"ARI4 OR SPRINKLBR SYSTtsM EXIST-
ING IN THE AREA oF coNTRUerIoN. TtIIs wIl'I, PREVENT FAJ,SE
ALARMS.
3 . FIELD INSPECIIoNS ARE REQuIRSD TO CHECK FOR coDE col'lPLIAl[cB '
o
T 4?9-3138
i* *i* t!)ttlat***tt *** ** l*l *+t *i *tt ***A* t*ttt*i i*i***t****** |lt***t
TOWN OF VAIL, COI,ORADO StaEemnE
******it*!l*t****at***l*ttt***ttlt**tt*t*++tttilt*t***a*tr*tt*t*t**
Statemnt Number: RBC-O6O9 Amount 3 111 .oo 03/06/00 tfz40
Palment l4ethod ! 5971 Notatj-on: A & B AsBEsToa Init: iIN
Permit No: DO0-0004 Tl.pe: A-DEt{o Da o. oF PART/ALL BU
Pa.rcel" No: 2101- 092 -og -oo4
gLte Address: 11?o PlARtr{IcrAN RD
L,ocatlon ! 11?0 ptarmigan Rd
Total Fee6:
11-1 .OO Total AI,L PrnEs:
Balance :
**l!*atl********tt**.r*t*i*itl**t*t*it+******i*!}**tt+il+|tt******l*f*t
Aceount Code De6crl-ptl-on
BP OO1OOOO31111OO BUII,DING PERI|IIT FEBS
DR 00100003112200 DESIq{ REVIEW P:EBs
PF OO1OOOO31123OO PLAN CHECK FEBS
cL 00100003123000 coI{TRAeroR IJICENSES
wc 00100003112800 vtILL CALL TNSPECTTON FEE
ThlB PalrneEt
1L1 . 00
1l-1 . OO
.00
Anount
20.00
20. oo
13.00
55.00
3.00
. FRor'r : A&E ffiEESTt]s AEnrEl4El.|r, o.pfflE.rio. i t snz4_4+r!H_.1__*".at ffi !2|57W1 12
APPLICATIOil WII,J- IIOT BE ACCEPTED IF TTrcOUPLETE O|t .orQ
RPqUll.S P.r Oninar|e llq 19, Serals of 1996
Penait apticatiorr uflt not be rceptcA ritltout the folcring:
1" ftpEs of GcnFd AbsEn€nt C?rtfficrc end SC cf Cdorldo CErtnctticn
Z A i4W d wliBsn er.rigeriltttr wfrh dtC f5try opanbs fur any tenporery dlsadlng of tne
;fr handing sl,silnit fire sOninklev syfutt, atd fhfin 5yllcmJ wlth tm nemei aill aonft
plmnc rumbcrs of thege hdi,l&ab.
s. sn€pbnu,ir'd€bilsd'ls*l$ ffi ffffrffiy
cnty rnd edddg Ceb[s d abBEnEtrt .nea.
d€ildts of €ncy otrd sfttng planf fur th" ffi+.nl5 d ttr€
rtnfinin u|dlhckt 4rc.5.fwFed,
coflTt GroRlt{Fnl| rrrn
vALuAftofi Fon nSaEgTog AE rEtlEilT PERrilrr (lrbor t ilrErbls)
$Desllem"neI
OFFICE llSE OlllYr+rrrrrrtr*+**e*ealttlrl'**=*:'l**+***
75 S, Frofitrg€ Rd-
VrIl, cobredo tltlttT
Date Received
ilb*
PrrEr[i5 zmT-092 d8 oo4
Job Name:
BII.:LITGSLSC RESIDENCE
Job addrcrs:
r t70 PxlRrlcliL
trsrlDcldbtiol} [urr. |Hodc z |Fitins: zm lq4qf/tflqiyAl!vrII4GE
ffiffiF;* couFANY Addr€sc 3agfl[Rg$f; t,AUH{l{E, ;thone,(Zt+)fS4_LlL7
Proiect Matiilet: x/A ryF' -r/A
Phore: N/A
ftoicdEqln.r: x/1.fddflc [/A Pl$ns N'A
@ttt$ N/L Mtttss: w/A
-ffi'
"/^-E-*-ffiTffir
EEE arrAcrr*E'r.
&aourtsfAsfi.stos LinelrFed: Euar€F€€b-ll0- Tryh-T-
Uro*Typer lnta*r(a) Eedor( ) Bdt( i
ryc d r|ds.: Ssplefamltu (X) ?un4mi ( ) lruti ry
MAR 01 2000
. FRO'I : *,B SESTUS nBnTEGlfi, o FI{I.E r.rl. i L gru 242+IL?€ a Har. 91 wE Lz2STPl'l P3
Eallingsl€y Residence
1170 Ptarmigan
Vail. Colorado 81657
1. GopyofGAC
2. N/A
3. A Weste dorage - insUe lnuse or srdoc€d fiuck
B. Insile house
C. Air lock / flaps outside of ababmenl ar!a.
D. No occupants in houee durirq abalement ac,tivitie!
Work Areae:
1. Down etairc kitdren south ur€st cotncr ld floor
2. Upstairs kitchen up striru to leff
3. Upctalm balhrmm up stain to tha igl{
Oescription of Work-
Sheet vinyl and flmr tile, isolaG urork enra with 6 mil poly s€condary containment pffi,id!
differental air fow witt e 1ff)0 C.F.M. HEPA hn unit vented ortslte of the buiHirq.
Remo\ral at thoet vinyl and floor tile by non-fTrcchanical wet metlrodg. Final clean wq* a13i ly
H.E.P-A" vaorum and uat wlplng methods. ftopaly pcc*age and lebel Edl rrbecb€ wasb for'
dispossl at an EPA apprcved landill.
, FRSI'I : ffi.E RSBESTOS RBflTENENT PFUNE r{. i 1 97A 242+7L?€,Har. ?11 nffi LAiS,eFn P4
. FROFI : R8B RSEESTOS ABNTETNT,f PHINE ][. . 1,97s aqz+fin a w" .s!.y.,. '::- .
-: -.. .
cr<
st u,
'l
lEllg
arFatr .
-llctldl
#o.;l,ll;l
E
8rhtbl
g
,ET
PE
€snr])Eg
v, f-
o-Q
#€
.FrRo,1 : A8B reEEST0S ABATEIC.|T, o.F+0.8 i'n- i L 97@ 242+tl?a O Har, 81 W tz.s€fitl P!
@ Asbestos Abarement Inc.
Hazard Assessment . Air Monitorlng . Complete Asbestos Removal & Disposat
ErI: ( 970) 2{2 -1128 r 18001 7t8-1?0a
**, -11 /o.o
rlTEf,IIOII OF:
IG:ETCII OI COIIPIIT:
rar llB.ltfsulrlf,l& 11O:
T&AfffiE:TATI
TIDIBEB OP PTGES ITT TNAXSHTITIL Irc&EDITG tlIA
IF RECIPIEIIT BIS TTNT QT'ESfISIS EAGINDIIG TBISra
CU,{IT|CT t \* t/(!tX -
Ferom: L
IIR.IXSrrEtl!,
635 West White Avenue . Crand lunclion. Colorado gt SO5 . lgT0ll 24\-2575
TOWN OF VAIL
75 S. FROIITAGE ROADVAIL, CO 9L657
970-479-2L38
APPTIEA}IT
COIVTRAEIOR
OWNBR
OIINER
ElscEricaL--->
DRB Fce
Inve€ti9atsion>
l{ill C.lI---->
TO|IA! FEES- - - >
DEPARTIi{ENT OF COMMT'NITY DEVELOPMBIIT
NOTE: TIIIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED ON JOBSITE AT AI,L TIMES
ELECTRIEAL PERI4IT Permiu #: 800-0147
iIOb AddrCSS: 1170 PTARMIGA}I RDLocarion...: 1170 PTAXIIIGAI{ RD
Parcel No. . : 2L0]--092-08-004
ProjecE No. : PRJ99-0198
PREMIER ELECTRIC CO., INC.P. O. BOX 3839, AVON, CO 81620
PREMIER ELE TRIC CO., INC.P. O. BOX 3839, AVON, CO 8L620
DAVIS RAIJPH E JR TRUST - DAVIS
MARY S, 1170 PTARMIGAN RD, VAIL CO 81657
BIIJIJINGSLEY
SEatug..
Applied.
Ia8ued. .
E:cpires.
ISSI'ED
o8/02/2000
Phone: 970-949-93',77
Phone z 970-949-93'17
Description: ELEC FOR NEw SFR w/EHu varuation: .00
**ttir.tt*.r*rtrttrt*t*tiirr!rrr*'.r.rf*******rrrrrr,r*r*r*rrrt FBE gulit{ARy ***trtf.t*r*rrrr
)-77.OO
. o0
3 .00
1S0 . O0
Total calculated Fee6- - ->
Addilional FeeE- ------- ->
Eo!.l P€rDit F.c-------->
Pal|nonts6- -- -----
180.00
' 00
190.00
l"Bo . oo
BAI,AIICE DUE--.-
****r*rr*rr***.ttt*a*r**i**rt*t* a tar r*i *r**r*r tr
ITem: OSOOO EIJECTRIES,L DEPARIIIEI.{T DeDT: BUIIJDING DiviSiON:
O8/02/2OOO KATIIY ACTiON: APPR APPROVED PER-K![iEbm;'.05600- rrns DEpART!,tErIf Dept,: FIRE Division:08/02/2000 KATI{Y Action: APPR N/A
rrtrtrarf rrr!rtat*t***rtt**rtr*rt
COIIDITION OF APPROVAL
1. FIEI-,D INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO CHECK FOR CODE COMPLIAIICE.
*+ i** ttr r r iri.r*rltirrrrrri*irt'rt!|att*!rr+*tJial*tttt*ltt.*tt trt*tttt.rtttttt
DECI,ARATIONS
I h.r.by acknouledge that I hav6 rord thi6 applieatign, filled out ln full Chc infolurblon r.qultad. coqtloesd an accurlto FIoC
plah, and sbats. tshat ell the infornat.ion provldgd as r€quirsd ie correct.. I agree to co[ply cibh the inf,olratiotl and plot plan,
tso cooply rith all Torn ordinanccs.na srare larB, ana co bui.Id lhlr Bcrucrurc accordlng Eo ghc Tovn'. tonLng and aubdlvi.ion
codea, design rovl€n apFroved, unl, forrn Building Cod. and ogh€r ordin.nc€€ of ch. Tonn applicable chareto.
4?9-2134REQUESTA FOR TTAPECTIONS EHAI]L BE I'ADB TWB$AY.trOUR HOIJRII IN IIN'II{CE BY
****************************************************************
TOV|N OF VAIL, COT,ORADO statemnt
******************************************:t*********************
Statemnt. Number: REC-0551 Amount;180.00 08/02/00 L4t04
PalmenE Method: CI{ECK NoEati-on: #3076/PFGMIER Init: KMW
Permit No: 800-0147 Ifpe: B-ELEC ELEqTRIcAt PERMIT
Parcel No: 2101-092-08-004
SiT,E AddrESS: 1170 PTARMIGAI.T RD
I.OCAIiON: 1170 PTARMIGATiI RD
This Payment
Totsal Fees:L80.00 Tocal AL,L Pmts:
Balance:
180. 00
180.00
.00
*****************************************************+**********
AccounE, Code DescripLion Atnount
L77.OO
3 .00
EP OO1OOO0311140O ELECTRIEAT PERMIT FEES
WC OO1OOOO31128OO WILI, CAI.,L INSPECTION FEE
'\-,!., !,rl.l i
L ,TOT BE ACCEPIED
i'r.._'i_
* 3oro
Electrtcal Permit #:
I 7 A 47 9 -2L{l9 (I.tspcctlonf,)
75 S- FroDtrfc Rn.vail @lotado 8165,
@MFLETE SQ. FEET FOR NEty EUILDS and VALUATIONS FOR ALL OTHERS (tabor & Materials)
CONTRACToR INFORMATION
FarcEf # eReqn@bpror-dErasve) 2/o/=o,yg-. otr-dd 7
Jobrrame: BruurH65ue\ QesrDet{C€iobAdcress: ttlO ?TARMAGtN RD.
Legd Description b Bioclc 1 Filing: -l subdiveior: vatr vnerY
Onrners Narne *"n"HItI"Lddress: ?o. Bor 11i \atu Phqle: Bctg-Etotr.J(p
Enganeer:Addrss:Phcnr;ffi tlprrsstrK
work oass; ru.n, ffi Addfior i ) Fernodd ( )*e6ir ( ) Tertrp Povrer ( ) Orher ( ,
wgrk type: lnten-or i Eenior ( )Bae(x)Does en Ei{U exist ai ihis iorition:Yes ( )no r))
Typ..f Btdr- St"gtee"iV (X pup,er ( ) i\tutci-ft,mily { ) Com:.rertial ( ) Rcctaurant ( ) Oth€r ( )
t'f,o. of Existing Dwdling Unrts in this srrilding: 7-tlo. of Atrrmrnad6l;q6 tJnits in this bJiidins: b
is thts permlt for a hot gJb: Yes ( i -Uo l0
lDroe6€ FirG spftnkler :.'!5tem Exlt-:g!-L-I9lX)
EI-ECTRICAL VALUATION : $AIVIOUNT CF 5Q Fr I1'l sl?uCltJRE: Ll
+* **a*ii** r r.**tr**r. t * r- i**tr r n* i4 *:' t+:!:i +tFOR OFFICE USE ONLY**t * *i*+* a ti * t:f * * " it n Rr'rr t** :i t' t t'+t !r *!t t
l83.cc)
TOWN OF VAII-, DEPARTI{ENT OF COMMI'NITY DEVELOPMENT
75 S. FROI{TAGE ROADvArL, co 8L657
970-479-2L38
NOTE: THIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED ON JOBSITE AT AI,I, TIMES
ELEgfRICAt PERMTT PermiL #: 800-0039
APPLICAI T
COIiITRAETOR
OwlIER
OUINER
JOb AddTESS: 1170 PTARI'{IGAI{ RD
Locatsion...: 1170 PTAXMIGATiI RD
Parcel No.. : 2101-092-08-004Project No. : PRJ99-0198
PREMIER ELESrRIC CO., INC.
P. O. BOX 3839, AVON, CO 81520
PREMIER ELECTRIE CO., INC.
P. O. BOX 3839, AVON, CO 81620
DAVIS RAI.PH E iIR TRUST - DAVIS
MARY S, tL70 PTARMTGAN RD, VAIL CO 81657
BILL]NGSI,EY
status..,; ISSITED
App1ied. . : 04/O'7 /2000Issued...: 04/L3/2000
E:q)ires . . z L0/LO/2A00
Phone: 970-949-9377
Phone: 970-949-9377
53 .00
.00
53.OO
. oo
Description: ELEC FOR TEMp POWER
r*ri*ir...;*ta
Valuation:00
BIecCrical--->
DRB Fee
InvostigaEion>
Will Call-- - ->
Togal calculaccd Fee6-_->
Addtclonal Fce6----- ---->
fotal. Parmit Fec'_- _ __ -- >
Pal4entE--------
BA.LANCE DUE.. --'
.00
,00
.00
3.00
TOTAT ?EBS---> s3.O0
It,em: 06000 ELECTRICAL DEPARITI4EIIT _ Dep-t: BUILDING Division:
94/!L/?9QQ KATITy Acqlog: APPR approved per kwi[bm;'o56oo-r'ifre DEpi\F.tt',iEilit Dept': prRe Division:
o4/LL/2000 I(ATI{Y Action: APPR n,/w
**rr *r*i**** rt****r*rtrr*** ******r***it *i***i *** ** 1**r ** tn * **|'tt i r t **
CONDITION OF APPROVAI,
1. FIELD INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO CHECK FOR CODE COMPLIAITCE.
**t*t**?i,it***t
DECLARATIONS
I harlby aclcnorrl.dgc Chat I have read Chie applicaeion. fllled out in full ch€ inforuacion !6quirad. eoDltloged an accufale pfo!
plan, and 6LaEe chat all ehc lnfor$arion provided aa required iE cofrect.. r agleo go coEply t{ith the lnfornatsion and Plob plan,
Eo coElrly lrlth all To$n ordinancee and gc.te lalrr, and eo build thi6 BEruclure adcording Eo the Tovn'6 zoning and Eubdivl6lotl
eodea, deEigr rGvlee apploved, Unifom Building Code and other orditlancas of the tocn aPPlicable bhereto.
REeuEgtA FOR INEPE(f,ION9 SHALT, BE UADE TIIEIITY-FOUR HoURg IN IDVL!'C8 BY TELAPHONE AE {?9-2138 oR Al OUR OFFICE 8RO[l g:00 AIi' 5:O0 PM
7-,*'
******!r********tt**t******!r:l**:r**********************************
TOWN OF VArL, COIoRADO staEennt
***:r***********it************:l********+**********!t*****'t*********
StatemnE Number: REC-0515 Amount: 53'00 04/11/00 09:58
-i:rl1i T:iTi: T:{:Y=:::: t::::1:TYTi------ill: vT-
Permit No: 800-0039 Tlpe: B-BLEC ELEgIRTcAL'. PERMIT
Parcel No: 2L01-092-08-004
SiEE AddTEgS: 11?O PTARMIGAN RD
LOCATiON: 11?O PTARMIGAN RD Total Fees: 53 ' 00
This Palment 53'OO Tota1 ALL RnEs: 53'00
Balance: '00
****************************************************************
.A.ccount Code Descrlptsion AmounE
EP 00100003111400 TEMPORARY pOWSn PERMITS 50'00
wc 00100003112800 wrr-,t cAtrJ irlsFCclrror'r rss 3 ' 00
APF-@4-AO 1! : 3" FROH ' TOt'-COl'!-DEV-DEPT.
ru#ilsH
ID,9?O,+732452
Project #:
Building Perrnit #:
Electrical Permit #:
97 O- 47 9 - 21.49 (hepectbn$)
P qGE z.r' 4
2000
75 S. Frontsce Rd.vail Colorado 4f,657
CONTRACTOR IN FORTTIATION
$teo.or: Pcirh;t
$ eg oo temp 'iE [l' ilt .
APR }{'o'1
zt of V.far
is Ptodded ahove)
Johl,lamer 13riurrSC<;.-€{JobAdcress: il.1O'kaemnetN-RD.
Legal Description z Biock 'l Filir'lg: --l SubCivisionr Varu \,la4f-'l
%fEE,esrFoe"*lr=, Vatt TEone:-b.15 - dD;la
Engiieerl Phdfiei
Detailed descriotion of work:
workclass; n*ril Mditicn( ) Retnodel ( ) F,epair( ) -r-IqPryll-oth-(lffip., imenort ) Elcerior( ) aothdj Dces en EHU exist at ihis locaticn: YeB ( )nor)()
T'/p. "f Bldst Sltgi*fr*iy fr Urrliex (p' Multi'iamilv ( ) Connercial ( ) Resu€nt ( ) oth€r ( )
nr+ of e*istinE Dwdling unrtJ in this building: L No. of Accomrnodation Unils in ihis buiidirtg: t!
Isthisoermitfqralrotff.rb: Yes( ) ryoXL
-
"*---
GEilire ffirrn exisl Yo i _) NojX Doe#Tire-prnrbr 51stem Fxlst Yes { ) llio t)
COMpIETE sQ. FEET FOR llElll, BUILDS aild VALUATIONS FOR Au- OTHERS (Labor & Mater'als)
ELECfRICAL VALUATION : $AI4OUNT OF SQ Ff II'I STRUCTUREi
*.r rr*ri* +*** rrr* *** * *+ + *+: +rt+ tr i* J.-i*;: r.++:r.4* FOR OFFICE U$E ONLY"** i ri: * i' f,** +++:"*ri* *sErr *i t **:" ?'+ **+ + * *i t
I
TOWN OF VAIL
75 S. FRONTAGE ROADvArL, co 8t_657
970-479-21-38
'Job Address...:Location..-..-:
Parcel No.... -:Project Number:
1170 PTARMTGAN RD
11-70 PTARMIGAN
2L01,-092- 08 -004
PRiI99-0198
SLatus...: ISSITEDApplied..: Os/24/20ooIssued...: 06/02/20OO
E:cpires. . : Lt/29/zooa
AI,L TIMES
M00 -0045
Phone: 970-328-3708
Plrone: 9'70-328-3708
o
DEPARII,IENT OF COMMT'NITY DE\IELOPMEMT
NOTE: I1IIS PERIvIIT MUST BE POSTBD ON ,JOBSITE
MECIIANICAL PERMIT permit.
AT
#:
APPI-,ICAI\TT WHTTE WATER PLIJMBING & HEATTNG
P O BOX 4290, EAGLE, CO 81-631
CONTRACTOR WIIITE WATER PLIIMBING & HEATING
P O BOX 4290, EActE, CO 81631OWNER DAVIS RALPH E iIR TRUST - DAVTS
MARY S, LLTO PTARMTGAN RD, VAILOWNER BTLLTNGSLEY
Description:
MECII FOR NEW SFR
co 815s7
Valuation:54, 000 .00
*of wood/Pal1ot !FLroplac.Rostricc€d: Y *Of ca6 Al>pli.nc€E:*of Or. Loga:
CONDITTON OF APPROVAT
CCORDING TO CI{APTER 8 ANDsEc.806 0F THE 1997 IIMC. OR
MechEnl,cal- - - >
Plan Ch€ck- - - >
Inwc Bt Lgat ion >
wlll crll---->
1,353 .00
BAI,ANCE DI]E-- - _.00
1, 080 .0 0
270.OO
Reseuarant Plan Revier- ->
DRB F6€--------
.OO TOTAIJ FEES---_-
3 .00
arri. rrr**r*r*rrr{r.****l**r*****e*{rral.rrrrrra
BUILDING DEPART14ENI DeDt: BUTLDING Divi-sion:I(ATITY ACTION: NOTE ROIIIED TO ,IR!!iIRM Action: APPR approved
E'IRE DEPARTIVIEIiIT Depts: FIRE Diwision:KATI{Y AcI.ion: APPR N/A
,00
.0o Addltional Feee---------> .00
1,353.00 Tohaf Pentrit Fe6--------> 1,353.0O
Pry|leltts-------
Item: 05100
os /26 / 2000
06 / 02 /2000Item:0560005/26/2000
1_.2.
3.
TO 1.0 OF TTTE 1997 t]MC, CHAPTER 10 OF TI{E 1997 IMC.CES SHALL BE VENTED ACCORDING TO CI{APTER 8 ANDGAS APPLTAIiICES SHALL BE4.
5.
6.
'1.
8.
SIIALL TERMINATE AS SPECIFIED TN SEC.806CIIAPIER 8 OF THE 1997 IMC.
ACCESS TO HEATING EOUIPMENT MUST COMPI,,Y WIfiI CHAPTER 3 .ANDSEC.]-O]-7 OF TIIE 1997 I]MC AND CIAPTER 3 OF TTTE 1997 IMC.BOTLERS SHALL BE MOI]NTED ON FLOORS OF NONCOMBUSTIBLE CONST.I'NLESS LISTED FOR MOI]NTING ON COMBUSTIBTE FLOORING.PERMIT,PLANS AI{D CODE ANALYSIS MIUST BE POSTED IN MECIIANICAL
ROOM PRIOR TO AN INSPECTION REOI]EST.
DRAINAGE OF MECTANICAL ROOMS CONTAINING HEATING OR HOT-WATER
ST'PPLY BOILERS SHALL BE EOUIPPED WITH A FLOOR DRATN PER SEC.1022 0F THE 1997 I,MC, OR SECTION 1004.5 0F TIIE 1997 rMC.
INSPE TIONS ARE REQUIPSD TO CIIECK FOR CODE COMPLIANCE.IrqN_AIR IS_REQqIRED_PER SEC. 70L OF Tr{E 1997 rMe, ORN 701 OF TIIE 1997 IMC.
I-.ATION MUST CONFORM TO MANUFA TURES INSTRU TIONS AND
************************
DECT,ARATIONS
r hcrc&ty aoknorlcdga th* r hrrr. read uhle appllqatiqr, ftuad out in full the inforurlion rlquirGd, codlrlaesd .t! ac('uratB pJ,ocplrn' .nd !trc. that all Ehe lnforutLon Provlded Ea raiuired b corzlcB. I rgre! to conlrly rlth the infon tion .nd plot platr,Lo ceqtly vith rlt tdn ordinancce .nd ttttc h|'t' ]rd. co build thie stluctu rccorall,ng Eo th. Torn, d zcd.ng and subdivid,oncodcs. desigD !avlr{| tltEEovt|d, Itnlfortr Buildlng cod! .nd obhrr ordin nc.e of, thc Tovn appliqable th!rc!o,
RBQUAAT' FOE, IItSpECtIOl|3 $A!IJ BE UADE TtlUrg-Foun noong EY oR AT OER OPrICI l?dl g:oo Alt s:oD pu
I***
s:GlnEURa O Onnls (|R COnRAetOR ton HI||AEIF tnD OmlR
tt*tt*tt*a*airt**rt****+t*************ri*******tt*****a**t****it*
lonf OF VAIIJ, COI.rORAI)O .,.srate nt
tt*a*****ttli*:t*!t*:li***********t+*+t***rl****r*lrt*!r*****tr*t*t***
scf.teQr !nuber: _ REc-o636 nmount: 1,353,0O O6/O2/Oo 14t35
Payl|€.rt llethod: CK Notatlon: 94o9/rftitewater fnit: LrC
pel1fiit no: DtoO- 0046 T14E: xt-XECg UECIIa ICAIT pRllfT
Pa.rcel No: 21O1-O92-08-Oo4
Site .Addregs r 1170 PTARITfGAN RD
Locatlon ! 1170 PTIru{IGAN
. Total Fees: 1,353 ,00
ftta fayreut 1,353.Oo Total AIrIr pnrs: 1,3s3.OO
Balance: .OO
** **** *t**t*l*!ti+*** ti * *l t ** *tt *t ttl * * *****rt****l*t * t*!t*********
Account Code Descrlption emount
MP 00100003111300 ||BCIIAI|ICAL pERt{IT EBES ].,O8o.oo
PP 0O1OO0031123O0 puw eHEcK PBBS 2?O.OO
we 00100003111800 wuJJ cAUr rNspBetroN FE 3.OO
-, _,fr,
LL NOT BE ACCEPTED IF
Building Permit #:
Mechanical Permit #:
97 O- 47 9 -2149 (Inspections)
Permit will not be accepted without the following:
Provide Mechanical Room Layout drawn to scale to include:; Mechanical Room Dimensionsr Combustion Air Duct Size and Locationu Flue, Ventand Gas Line Size and LocaUono Heat Loss Calcs.r: Equipment Cut/Spec Sheets
75 S. Frontage Rd.
Vail, Colorado 81657
Conhd Aswsorc Offre at 97O-328-8640 or visit for Parcel
Parcel # (Required if no bfdg. nre:rmit
:ouruam!8i ll,,qslt^/rob Address; / / 7o &znanrl
!ry49qq'ptq' ll *.'3 llawrx, J I ririns' 7 Subdivision: A
Owners *u "EtlltwW Address:Phone:
Engineer: \r Address:Phone:
lf,teafscrret:onotv
.u:
T
Repair( ) Other( )
Eoibr Location: Interior QQ Exterior ( ) Other ( )Does an EHU exist at this location: Yes ( ) No ( )
Type of Bldg: single-family!(l Duplex ( ) MuttFfamity ( ) commerciat ( ) Restaurant ( ) orher( )
No. of Existing Dwelling Units in this building:No, of Accommodation Units in this building:
No/Type of Fireplaces Proposed: Gas Appliances
'2f
Cas r-ogs ( ) Wood/Pellet ( ) Wood Burning (NoT ALLOWED)
Is this a conversion from a wood burning fireplace to an EpA phase lt oevicer ve! ( J No X)
COMPLETE VALUATION FOR MECHANICAL PERMIT (Labor & Materials)
MECHANICAL: $ f .oo
CONTRACTOR INFORMATION
;itrfuWWIlna#'*"Town of Vail Req. No.?-pl $ontaS anfiPtgtng it's;
JryZUifAzxg-Ebx-4od
Contractoi Signature: J J
* ** * * ** * * * ** * * x x* * * ** * * * FoR oFFICE USE ONLY** * * * * * * * * ** +************
F: /ev€ryone/torms/mectp€rm
req+ecbivec
HAY 2 4 2000
TOI{N OF VAIL
75 S. FROIiTTAGE ROADvAIr,, co 8t657
970-479-2L38
ifob Address...:Location......:
Parcel No.....:
Project, Number:
DEPARIIIENT OF COMMUNTTY DEVELOPMEIiIT
NOTE: THIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED ON iIOBSTTE
PermitsMECHAIiIICAL PERMIT
AT ALL TIMES
#: M00-0024
1170 PTARMIGA}I RD
1170 PTARMIGA}I
2LOL-092-08-004
PR'J99-0198
Status...: ISSIIEDApplied..: 04/26/2000Issued...: 05/tO/2OOO
E:cpires . .: LL/05/2ooo
APPI.,IEANT STONE MECI{ANICAL, INC.
111_l_ souTII 9T1I, GRAND ,fItNgIION,
coNTRAqIOR STONE MECHANTCAL, rNC.
1111 SOUTH 9TI{, GRAND .IrNgrrON,OI{NER DAVIS R.,,AI,PH E ,JR TRUST - DAVIS
I,IARY S, L7,70 PTARMIGAN RD, VAILOWNER BILIJINGSLEY LUCY
DescripE,ion:
MECII FOR IryAC SYSTEM
Fireplacc InforEaeion: RestricCed: Y #of Ga6 Appli|nc€s:
co 81501
co 81s01
co 81657
Phone z 970-242-50L4
Phone- 970-242-50L4
Valuat,i-on:31, 293 . 00
#of wood/Pa11et:
*arrirr***rtt***Jr****r**ir*** FEa gwMARy
+of caE !ogB:
.00 ToCal Calculaled FeeE- - - >Mschanical - -- >
Plan Ch6ck- - - >
Inv€6tigrclon>
wilI call- - -- >
640.00 Reetuaratrt Plan Review-- >
160.00
s03 .00
.00
903 .00
ao3 . oo
BAIANCE DUE---- .OO
tt !| t* tttt tirtn * *
Dept: BUILDING Diwision:
JRM
DepL: FIRE Dj-vision;
BUILDING DEPARIT{ENTKATIIY ACI,iON: NOTE ROIITED TOiIRM ACEiON: APPR APPROVEDFTRE DEPARI1iIENTKATI{Y AcEion: APPR N/A
CONDITION OF APPROVAL
FIELD INSPESfIONS ARE REOUIRED TO CHECK FOR CODE COMPLIAI{CE.
DRB F.a-------- .o0 Additional Fe6s--------->
.00 TCITAL FEES-- - - -
3 .00
803 .00 Total Pernit gee-------->
Palment6-------
sEqrroN 701_ oF THE 1997 rMC.
INSTAJ,I-,ATION MUST CONFORM TO MANI'FA INSTRUCTIONS AT.TD
SIIAIL TERMINATE AS SPECIFIED IN
CHAPTER 8 OF THE 1997 TMC.
ACCESS TO HEATINGsEc.1017 0F THE 19
Y WITH CHAPTER 3 AIiID
AND BtE EONST,
BE POSTED IN MECHANICAL
HEATING OR HOT-WATERWIfiI
Item: 05100
04/.27 /.20000s/0s/2000IEem: 05500
04/27 /2000
1.2.
3.
4.
FIELD INSPESfIONS ARE REOUIRED TO CHECK FOR CODE COMPLIAI{CEcouBusTroN ArR rs REQUTRED pER SEC. 701 OF TrrE 1997 I,MC, ORsEqrroN 701- oF THE 1997 rMC.
INSTAJ,I-,ATION MUST CONFORM TO MANI'FAqflIRES INSTRUCTIONS A}TDTO CHAPTER 10 OF THE 1997 TJMC, CHAPTER 10 OF TIIE L997 TVIC.
GAS APPI-,IA}ICES SHALL BE VENTED ACCORDING TO CHAPTER 8 ANDSI{AIL TERMINATE AS SPECIEIED IN SEC,8O6 OF THE 1997 ITMC, ORSIIAIL TERMINATE AS SPECIFIE
CHAPTER 8 OF THE 1997 TMC.
ACCESS TO HEATING EOUTPMENTs8c.1017 0F THE 1997 tMC AN
5.
6.
7.
8.
PERMIT, PI,ANS AIiTD CODE ANALYSIS M
ROOM PRIOR TO AI{ INSPEqTION REQU
DRAINAGE OF MECIIANICAL ROOI,IS CON
SUPPLY BOILERS SHALL BE EOUIPPEDLO22 OF TIIE 1997 I'MC, OR SECTION
BOITBRS SIIALL BE MOI]NTED ON FI'NLESS LISTED FOR MOI'}IrING ON
WIfiI A FI-,OOR DRAIN PBR SEC.1004.6 0F THE 1997 rMC.
* * f *** ***** **tt * !t * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *r** * * ** * *****:t ***, rl * :l* rtt * * * ** *** **** * * * *
DBCIJARATIONS
I hc$a&tl| aclcnorlcQo lh.c I hsve !.Bd lhir .pplicrllffr, flllad ouf tn ful,1 Eha lnforo.lLd! roquired, cc4rlaccd.n recur|'tsG plot'ple, luid Etat. thrt .11 th. lnfonr.tsloo providcd aa rcgulrcd {e qotracg. t rgrlee Co couply vitb th€ infonEatio[! .nd plot pl.n,
to c@ttly iltl! ill $oyB o:rdlnrnc.t and rlrgr 1Nr. arild tso bulld thls aEruolurr .ocordiDg to lhc ToDrr'. aorlag end aulodirriglqr
codegr deeigt| =rvirr ttrrprovod' IrnLforo Bullding codc end, oEhrr edinancca of !h! tovn appliqabl! theleto.
REQ{E8Ea tOR IttEPlerIoNg smlrrr BE I{ADE Tl{8}tft-FOIn HOftRg IN lDrDIcr BY IELEPHoXT .[T {79-2138 OR Ar Om OFAICE FiOu sroo N'| 5!oo EU
I
***
sretArws oF stsGR oR cotcRAetoR FoR HMgrlt AlD mNaR
*****!r*!r***,1*+art*************t**t*!r**it**********t******ll***t**t
TOIII| OF VNIIJ, CTI|oRADO Reprlnted: 05/10/00 13:19 Statemne
tt********tr******t**t*t**t*i****+r***t******at**rtt**********i*.
Statemt ltunber: RAC- 0525 Amount :803.00 05/10/00 11:09
Init: aIARPrlme0t llef-hod: CK Notation: 14363
perrhits No: [00-0024 Type: B -trlECII UECIiAI{ICAIT PER fT
$erccl No: 210L- 092- 08 - 0o4
ait€ ndd!e6B: 1170 PIARI|IGAIII RD
LooatLqr: 1170 EIARITIIGAII
Total Feee:
TltiB Palnert 8O3 . OO Totel i{IIr ltlte :
BaLanrce: .00
*********t***t'ttt*at***************ita******t**t+at**t+f t***a*t*.t
Aacourt Code Deecript,ion
IiP OO1OOOO311].300 TGCHANICAI, PERUIT FEtss
PP OO1OOOO31123OO PIJAN CHECK FEES
trc ootoooo3112800 FIIJr CAIJL IIISPBCrION FEE
803 . OO
803 - OO
Arnount
640 . O0
160 . 00
3.O0
, l, -' ! i,",&,,,i
ic:tt?$:1pile.counry,A""u*"o,"frr"" I kJqq,0tqEt at 970'328-8640 for parqel #.. TowN oF vArL coNsrRucrroN pERurr il t
fpATEr tt9tor ozz oEo64 -iiilurr ApplrcArroN F'RM ^"'f46b;E4l
oerr,_.11[a"l - --t*,.o,o6et2r.,.. t1#: :6,;; _ ilif ,
. APPLICATTON MUST BE FTLLED OUT COMPLETELY OR IT MAY NOT BE ACCEPTED.f
il***'t************************* pERMrr TNFoRMATToN *****************************
[ ]-Building 6 l-plumbing [ ]_Electrical 1V{'-uecfranibat [ ] -other
Job Name:Lorc Job Actdress: /l*e ?TrAgAtrAAV
Legal Description: Lot 3
owners Nanes Lr.r.r R,,-.t^rr-a
Architect:
ceneraL Description:
,aWork Class: lrzf-Uew [ ]-Alteration t l_Additional
Nurnber of Dwelling Units;Nurnber
Address:
********************************
SUBDIVISION I t-Lls.-lca
Ph.
Ph.
[ ]-Repair [ ]-other
of Accomnodation Units:
Gas Logs_ Woodr/pellet
*******************************ri*
Block 7 Filirrg
#nber and Type of Fireptaces: Gas Appliances
$ * * * * ** *** * * ** * * *** * * * * * * ** ** ** * * * VATUATf ONSIBUTLDING: $ _ ELECTRICAT,:$ oTHER:$TLUMBTNG: T- urcraiiiiiij; r:tr'Ba rorAl: f.--f
t]i: :: i
.;ilil#:; :,e[1j,T*".31"TH:j .'g:'.*"o*rrii. : ;.;: I i
.;:;
:
.;;
:
. . . . . . .
Address !Phone Number:
ELectrical contractor:
Address:Phone Number: _
Plumbing Contractor:
Address i Phone Number:
Mechanical Con
BUTIJDING PERMIT FEE:
PLUMBING PERMIT TEE:
!,TECIIANICAL PERMIT FEE:
ELECTRICAI, FEE:
CTHER TYPE OF FEE:
DRB FEE:
? 5)o I
@
AIL Town of Vail Reg, NO. /0tle9Phone Number: dll-S+i-
oFFf CE USg ** * ** * ** ** * * * * * * * * * * * * ** rr * * *'r * *
BUTLDING PI,AN CHECK FEE:
PLUI{BTNG PI,AN CHECK FEEsMECHANICAL PIAN CHECK TEE:
RECREATION FEE:
CIJEAN-UP DEPOSIT:
TOTAL PERMTT FEES:
BUTLDING:
SIGNATURE:
ZONING:
SIGNATURE:
CLEAil IIP DEPOSIT RSIZUND
TOhIN OF VAIL
75 S. FROIfrTAGE ROADVAIL, CO 816s7
970-479-2]-38
APPLICAIiIT
COI{TRACTOR
OWNBR
OTTINER
DEPARI14ENT OF C'ICMMI'NITY DEVELOPMETqT
NOTE: THIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED ON
PLUI4BING PERMIT
Job Address: 1170 PTARMIGAN RD
tocation. -.: 1l-70 PTARMTGAN RD
Parcel No- . : 2LOL-092-08-004
Project, No. : PR,J99-0198
UIIIITE WAT'ER PLI]MBING & IIEATING
P O BOX 4290, EAGLE, CO 81531_
WIIITE WATER PLUMBING & IIEATING
P O BOX 4290, EAGLE, CO 8153L
DAVIS RALPH E iIR TRUST - DAVIS
MARY S, T]-TA PTARMIGAN RD, VAIIJ CO 81657
BILLINGSLEY
Phone: 970-328-3708
Phonez 970-328-3708
Valuation:45, 000 . 00
lotal CalculaCed f€et|---> 865.50
Addit'iond Fees---------> .0o
tolal, Pennic Fee-------->
Pal/merrt 6 - - - - - - -
BAIAIIC8 DUE....
Dept : BUII-,DING Division:
PER- KI,TDept: FIRE Divj-sion:
JOBSITE AT ALL TIMES
Permit #: P00-0048
StaEus. ,
Applied.
Issued- .
Expires.
ISSTJED
os /24/2000
0s /3t/2000
1,t/27 /2000
Description: PLIIMBING FOR 6 NEW BATIIS
*t*.r*+r*****r*r*a*++*trttt.*t***********r**rr*tlrt.*r*ir**ir FBE su!.ltilARY
Ph,rDbing----->
PI.n Check- - - >
InveEtigation>
will call---->
rr**r**rr*rttir
RestuararrE PIan Rgview-->
TOTAL FEES- - - --
690-O0
172-50
.00 .
3.OO
ITCM: O5].OO BUILDING DEPARTMEI{T
O5/25/2OOO KATITY AcTioN: APPR APPROVEDITCM: 05600 FIRE DEPART14ENT05/25/2000 KATI{Y Action: APPR N/A
.00
965,50
865.50
************i** **+a t* ** * * *i * ta *
COIIDITION OF APPROVAL
]-. FIELD INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO CIIEEK FOR CODE COMPLIAI{CE.
**r*t******irr*J**r**ritttt!r** ****t*:r**trt**t*r1lrt*f*****i*:l**!r*****ttttt** *t**l*!t***t*****t*rt*ttt*
DECI.ARATIONS
I hereby acknorrlsdE6 thac I have read thi6 al{rlication, tilled out' in full the inforGatsion required, couPl€Ced an accuratse Plo!
pI.n, ind 6bate that al.l the infornation provided ae required i.s correcc. I ag-ee to colrply wieh the inforr|ation and Plob ltlan.
tso couply {ifh all Totfn ordinancas and stae6 lare, a'rd, tso buj,td tshi6 struclure according to the To{.n'6 zoninE attd Bubdj.wieion
cod€6, deEign rGvier applovea, unlford BuiLding code and other ordinance6 Tofn at'I)lidablc tshereto.
REQUESTS FOR TNgPESIONS SHAIJT' BE MADE T'IENIY.FOUR HOURS IN ADI'ANCE BY g:00 3!i 5:0o PM
CONTE,ACIOR ::IIISELF AND OI{IIER
I
**************t****rr*********a***t***************t*******t******
TOlftr OF VLIIT, @II0RIDO .'Stateont
*rt*f t********rlrl******t*+*****t******r************rit************
gtat€@t lltrnber: REc-0635 Anouut: 865.50 05/31loo 10;38
Palnnent lilethod: 9405 Notatlon: I|HITE fiArER pllru Init! inl
Fet ui!' No: P00-0o48 T1ryre: B- plrttB PLU BIISG pEru,rrr
Parcel No: 2101-09?-08-OO4
Site Address: 1170 PTARIIEGAIiI RD
LocatJ.on: 1170 grAnMrGAN RI)
Total Fees: 855 .5 0
Tlxis Palment 865.50 TotaL ALL.Pntr: 865,50
Ba1ance3 ..00
tt !tt**t**l}**il I *!tat!t!r+* * tt *** ******* *** a* *tttaif ** * t* *t****:t*t *tl*.1
Asreount Code Deacriptioa trnounc
PP 00100003111200 PIjITUBING PErutrT FBES 690.00
PF 00100003112300 PLAI{ CHECK FBBS L72.50
wc 00100003112800 wrt;lr cAlL INSPEqIISI rEE 3,00
AppLrcATroNL, no, BE AccEprED ,r rn o"r.rrl*
mmt0FvilL
75 S. Frontage Rd.
Vail, Colorado 81657
a/f/
Building Permit #:
Plumbing Permit #:
970-479-2149 (Inspectaons)
Contad Assessots Office at 970-328-864O or visit for Parcel
Parcef # (Required if no bfdg. permit # is provided above) A/AEWrobmnet|SlM rob Address:
/? zo fuzmaazj
Legal Description {py,3 Qll ero.r,, /Filing: /Subdivision: /hf
ownerc nane: l4t//tnOqbZ( ll Address:Phone:
Ensineer: { 6 llaaoress:Phone:
Yn d*oifren d *"f,
,, D, | /toL
work class: &-4( Addition ( )Alteration ( )Repair( ) Other( )
rypeof Brds.: Sinele-familylFA Duptex64 t*,lTq(_] ,:"jHrA*(.), n.ttuurunt( ) other( )
No. of Accotmodation Units in this buildinq;
Is this a conversion from a wood burning fireplace [o an EPA Phase II device? Yes ( I tto !O
COMPLETE VALUATION FOR PLUMBING PERMIT (Labor & Materials)
0.
CO NTRACTOR IN FORMATIO N
i))#ffiffiffirrLotu Town of Vail Req. No.:P-to4 (Tffitf#"{'"n-sbY^sD7
Contractor Signature:
************************r!***tr*r.***:t****FOR OFFICE USE ONLY* 't**** *****+******* * * ****** ***** **rr * rr
F/everyone/formtpl mbperm
Date Receiyee
MAY 2 4 20/00
,(t.\'l.'At-=v"i
rvwEffitV
HOW DID WE RATE WITH YOU?
Town of Vail Survey
Gommunity Development Deparfirent Russell Fonest Director,
{970}479-2139 l
Check allthat applies.
1. Which Deparfnent(s) did you conbct?
Building Environmental_Housing_Admin
Planning --DRB -----.- PEC
2. Was your inilial contact with our staff immediatb siow ' br .
no one available:_?
3. lf you were required to wait, how long was it before you were
helped?
4. Was your project revietved on a timely basis? Yes / No
lf no, why not?
5. Was this your first lime to file a DRB app- PEC app_
Bldg Permit_ lrUA
6. Please rate the performance of tre staf person who assisted you:54321Nams
(knowledge; responsiveness, availabili$)
.i
8. What is Sre best time of day for you to use the Front Service
Counter?
9. Any comments you have which would allow us to beter serve you
nexttime?
Thank you for taking the lime to complete this survey, We are
commitbd b improving our seruice.
TOWNOFVAIL
75 S.FRONTAGEROAD
VAIL, CO 81657
970479-2t38
TMENT OF COMMI.]NITY
NOTE: THIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED ON JOBSITE AT ALL TIMES
MECHANICAL PERMIT PErMit #: MOI-OOO7
Job Address: 1170 PTARMGAN RD VAIL Status . . . : ISSIJED
[ocation.....: IIT0PTARMGANRD Applied..: 0l/18/2001
ParcelNo...: 210109208004 Issued. . : 02/2ll200l
ProjectNo : POSIR -oL1V Expires. .: 08/2012001
OWNER IJUCY BII-,LINGSIJEY Ot/18/200I Phone: 2L4-754-L7L7
2200 ROSS AVE, SUITE 4800
DAILAS, TX
7520r
Iricense :
COMTRACTOR HEARTII EXCIIANGB, INC. (THE) 01/1S12001 Phone: 970-927-9623
P.O BOX 670
MINTURN, CO
8 L645
License: L74-M
APPLICNTT HEARITI EKCIIAIiIGE, INC. (TIIE) 01/18/2001 Phone: 970-827-9623
P.O BOX 670
MINTURN, CO
81645
I-,icense t L7 4 -tI
Desciption: INSTALL I GAS LOG SET
Valuation: $875.00
Fir€plac€ bfdmrtict: Restic{ed: Y # ofGas Applimces: 0 # ofGas Logs: I # of Wood Pellet: 0
FEE S{JMMARY
o
DEPAR
o
DEVELOPMENT
Mechanical->
PlNn Che€k->
Investiglfion->
win c8u*>
920. oo Restu$8rt Plan Review->
95. 00 DRB Fee--->
90. oo TOTALFEES - - ->
93.00
So. oo Total Cdcdafed Fer>
$0. oo Addilional Fees-->
92e . 00 Total Permit Fee--->
Pa!'mcnl!------->
BALAIICE DL|E->
s28 . oo
90.00
s28.00
92E.00
s0.00
Item: 05100 BUIIJDING DEPARTME!f,I
0!/!8/200]- K!flARRBI Action: IIO ROIIIED TO CXIARIJIE FOR RSVIEW
oL/a8/2OOt CDAVTS Action: AP
CONDITION OF APPROVALCond: 12
(BLDG.): FIELD INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO CIIECK FOR CODE COMPLIAITCE.
Cond: 23
(BI.DG.): I}ISTAI-,L.ATION MUST CO}IFORM TO !,IA}II]FACTUPES INSTRUCTIONS A}ID TO CIIAPTER
10 oF TIIB 1997 UMC, CHAPTER 10 OF TIIE 1997 IMC.
Condr 25
(BLDGI.): GILS .APPLIAITCES SIIAIJL BE VmqfED ACCORDMG TO CIIAPTER I Al.lD SHALL
TERMIIIATE AS SPECIFIM IN SEC.8O6 OF THE 1997 I'MC, OR CHAPTER 8 OF TIM 1997 IMC.
t'.'t|.|.||||||.|.'..||..t.*'l*|**'}'}**'||||.|...'|.'.|'....:**.*********$
DECLARATIONS
*t
I hereby acknowledge that I have read this applicatiorl fined out in firll the infqmation required, complet€d m accurat€ plot plan" and
statc that all the information as required is correct. I agree to comply with the infomation and plot plaq to comply with all Town
ordinances and state laws, and to build this stucture ac€ording to the tovrns zoning and subdivision codes, design rwiew approved,
Uniform Building Code and other ordinances of the Town applicable thereto.
REQI'ESTS FOR.INSPEETION SIIALL Bts MADE TWENTY-FOIJR HOTJRS IN ADV 479-2138 OR AT Ot R OFFICB FROM t:00 Alt4 - 5 PM.
OR CONTRACTOR FOR HMSELF' AND OWNE
TOWN OF VAIL, COLORADOCopy RcpriDtcd oD 0t-l&2001 tt09zA;47 0l/lt/2001
Statemelrt
{r't'}'}f,*:*'i'}*,}:t*dt!t'}**{.*'t't**:t**++++++***,}t}*tft,*****,},t,}*{t*,t,}*t.trt**l{r{r***{r:}***{r:t:t**,t!t,},}tt*:}*tt!t**r}:}*
Statement Nunber: R000000360 Amount: 92S.00 OL/Lg/2OOrOg:24 Atr[
Palment ltethod: Check Init: xMw
Notation: #1326,/HBARTII E:I(CHANGE
$28.00
***+*+'|''t'l****+*'l+*+t'iri*'t't*****:**'|*.****{'{.*:*:}|}*'t'tr,}'}'}*!t**'}****:*****:r***,}:t,t*:tr{!,t*{.{.{.*{.t *******{r**
ACCOUNT ITEM LIST:
Account Code Descri Dti on
Permit No: M01- 000?
Parcel No: 210109208004
Site Addreee: 1170 PTARIitIcAtI
Irocation: 1170 PTARUIGAN
TtriB Palmenc :
q4re : IIECHANICAIT PERI'IIT
RD \TAIL
RD
Total Fees :
Tota1 AIJr PmtB :
Balance :
Current Pmts
$28.00 :
$28.00
$o. oo
l.,|P
PF
l,JC
00100003111300
00100003112300
00100003112800
MECMNICAL PERI,IIT FEES
PLAN CHECK FEES
WILL CALL INSPECTION FEE
20.00
5.00
3. 00
mwva|yln
Zi S. fronage Rd.
Vail, Colorado 81657
";:,ffi,ffi.T,-;.%
Mechanical Permit #: IIIOI- 0d0/l
97 O-47 9 - 2119 (Inspectidrs)
f.y,-a" Medranical Room layout drawn b scale to include:: lrledianical Room Dlmeniionso Combustion Air Duct5ze and LocaUono llue, Vent and Gas Une Size and Locafronq HeatLossCalcs.c EquipmentCut/Specsheets
Permitwiilnotoea@
Parcet * (nequiffi above) aroi o?a.
JobAddress: gtG
Addition( ) AlterdUor{ ) Repair( ) Orher( )Boilertocauon: Intgio:Exterior( ) Other( )Does an EHU odst at this location: yes ( I fVo f IType of Bldg: SingteEm,ty (Muld-famrly( ,-&nmeroalt I noaurant( Ffr;..1 I
No. of Eristing Drrvelting UniS ilEF;ffi No. of Accommodation Units in this building:
to an EPA Phase mevace?
ConEd fo o'5 Omo
"tgZO1g2g-eOa| oruistt for Parcel #
No/Type of iirelrara. pr: ------'_-===
:,'osed: flsAppllances ( )Gastogs(l) wood/pelet( i woo@i
C'MPLETE vAtuATroN FoR MECHANTCAL pERMrr (Labor & Materiafs)
MECHANICAT: S
CONTRACTOR INFORMATTON
&ntacbn
Conh"@r Signahlre:
,/ everyone /fonns/ medtpcrm
***lfiiFt{r*tfroff
fu'/,6bPnr'W/rfu>,4.7"fiil-*ing-z'X
(pilntu+
;#,a
,M4
er#g'd%py
PPJo- otc8
m6O.6gilto
5'3 ll2"
STONAGE
TANK
lffi,ffifr1*c"-*'$s\\
rFF
H3
e6fi
HH g
7aE86 Pde I
EHE
fiEIH
HAsE
fiEEfi
fignH
HgFE
EfiEE
Hass
SHEH
EEEH
HEEBE
FTAOTO\F('|Fr
Fr c' Fr .i e.l Fr \O
q\('| \oclt
OO O-tO
z^ ?**f;e f;eeeefieR
te Hs*$*HHeHHHEEEH*HEtH*H*E:J HHHIH HHHHHIEH
eeeooooooooooooov)r'lvlr r.1 r r |'tlar r tnravlrnt'l
-.f r-a d Ft.a r{ Fa 4 d d d F{ !-a Fl Fa Fl
o$.gI.fiS.FgHRSIE
.-in3EEaaaeGsEa
=EFra
C*ralOEloo .rrvro.rl5r,F38ooSIRIFEF
HEsHaeEfu eEeEga*EaiaEEH *
Eoox
H
F
\o 'a
tt\d.i
o
\o cl€o
io-FOO
ol cl cl F.
t\ ra |'t !n
-rOOO
Afi 'rgE
=a(,
&t-
EsEnusE
Fr
oo t*oj
lsn iss I
F*SHenn l lnnan IlFr'{NFr I
*+(.1
o^^o)<)<
-rr|al
rarott\oc
\ooo\\O c.l F.
t-'ooo o\ '-{l- .-r al
*EE
HHA
EEH
^trur
EHg
u).l ge*
& ,-. 'rrt
EHE
EH3?
hlF "'se
OFtA2
)- -rHEgTQEE{T€€FFFF FF FFs€€FFFEEq*ddddddddsssstsh h dddssss
gA ScoolI S€ €€ 6 oco co gcoooS* o goe
.8 r ,gB *- ll..H<r i- i*- !^- l*-.^-..,*B-; . .
EHF=FRRsR 1R K s fr !$F. I Br- RB $ $ s s
eTaEEHES gAhfi U f F g:H EHS $ fi E 3 R F
EH3\ocrr''r\oFr€r|'tFl*-.R F.ttr .lv.l -=-.-3
!a Ce..t Q Gt $ F."r at a,t c' t\ F< 0\ c,t € c{ c.r O \O c) g\ €l.tti .: \O t - aO ra F O \O co \O + O 6 ot a\ F f \o 6 ;,{ O\ +
6b. !t- Gl Fr Fr r-r Fr + FF. : - --**- i?
ia \o a-
HlrFIEozo()
Ft
5
ao
EIutfrBt2rra ),t
EsIE=>>=ptslErDi2a6t8zFl|lXt{t
HFH
Fi N r'1.. dr tt h \o F t F oo o 9 I = I I I =
Io
a
Foz
:l!
r'.tlldo
tqal4FzI
&
Eo
ol:tb
&t4Fl
og
a
tq
zlrl
r',
Fo
at
ca:lt
&q
og
;!Fz
FI
&
1I]
Boa.
*
g,
rri
otr
AtrlFz
FI
&gl
Boo,
A
tr.,l
a6
pA
c{Idt
gpA
Tdl
DoisI
cn
o<
pA
oFl
&
a
ct
DA
o
'-1
il
co.
tri
E
A
F
o
;)
iD
€f
H
Fl
F{zHl>Ir{l-lIA
IAta
P{
p
Azo
F{U
F1
zIp
p
tr{
XrI]
liFlg
Boz(A
A
E
Azo
t-i
z
Fz
A
e
A
B
F.r
J
A
a
F.
7a
fr
A
Oi
5
Or
(A
Fz
a
&
o.
;f,A(\lg
(A
rrl&
tl
H
Boz(,h
A
p
t,l
H
F.l
F]
Bozi^
A()
()
rll&
F1z
li
trl
eo
Frv)
E6
&
tq
E
t-r\\
F
E
A(J
&
L)p
FE6
Frtr'<u)
u)
/q
o
co
tllFv)
(A
q
=B
za
tI1N
rr)
trl
Fr
3c.l
tr'roo
F1
&
&a.
Fzirl
Fl
&
&
at
rqNa
tqA
A
c-l
I
Fz
a
fr
F]N
v)
EI
a(\
F
F]q.l
oz(tt
Fzatl
H
M
rrlF
F
F{o
(J
t-r(n
FI
oo
11
e
Fr
!tv
6
F.ia
rl
(.f
3
Ea
&
E1oz
E
CJXtrl
F
rrlE
F*l
FI
Bozir1
F]Uz
rdeafrF
ri
u
a
I7
4
IE
I
I
L
lallrItrIH
IFl<
llF
IIE
Is
I
I
I
lotc|.\lrc
ll$
ll!
f'lFl:lafrltrq
Ivl
IFta
I frl
t>IA
lFr
lcItt:ILIFt2l<lrILlfrl:
FllFilAIoi
l:l
l€lItrlFtIEtplFr
IUt<thtptzl<l>
Frl5lAI
al
'-11al
*rltrl>lolot
c'r I&lrI]irJlonoo(1ltI()
lqltz
te
t>lv)la
IHt>
t<lF-\ |
AIzl
al
oi
olol(\.l
&r{Fl6trotolqt>
lrI1tztz
tsl(r)l.a
IH
FI
zl,flol
EI
>lololcrl
&1
Irttooo$
Ut{
at<i>laIrt)
IB
l-r I
AI
al
,-.1 |(nl
EItrl>l
RI
&lEll
H1
io1
iFA l
lolqt>IU
lsltztzl<
t>l(Alu)
IHt>
r*oo
oO
1-r
tt{F-o
o(J
k
t-,oooa
F-.
f\ooo(J
f-t
t&N
ooo()
I-r
N
8o(J
Ft
I trilo
tolotolc)t<
I t-t
Ir,{F-oo
o(J
ErF.Io()
l-t
o
oo
oo
$-t
F\
oo()
t-r
Er$
ooo
L)
l-l
I
rif
ooo
L)
h
l-H
oooa
F..
ooo(J
F.
\o
ooo
I-t
tloo
(J
I-{
xa
FlofrF
a'):tr
Flo&F
\osl$:ll
o&F
@
$o()
f-(
&o
2
Fz
o&
tr..LA
vt:lh
Flo/,F
\o
toO
F
o
S&Fi
,!
BF
rrt
H(,z
et{
c.l
f-ta
cn
B
t4F
Fal&lo
I lr..
l<t&
lco
lal
+
OrFt-l
rrl
tqp
F
lFt
l(,tzt<til
| [-t
HAoU Ico
q
co
coI
co
1!a IItJ
$6J
c.lI6/
$
I I \o
a6.
l'-
d,
€oI o\
ar
o
Ia-I6.
N
IAJ
aa
I
$
I Ia-
\o
OJ
c*
I
IFi
e.lI
F.
Ia Iv)4
q
(A Iv)
t?)Iv2
tl
Fr{B F{vt X
BLUTreALEY REA|DENCE BOILER 8IZINC
UU{ITEWATER P&I{' 2tzGtOO
. WITH SNOll,tlELT ARE/43 tr 2 t 3
... AREA. HOUSE-. SNoWMELT
NET BTUH
161000
2?2875
TOTALNET BTUH 393t75' TOTALBTUH INPUT REO'D 72$197
3zfrt{zoc
f-lF-
fit
Fefiz>&3^ aF<= 2=?
E3EFE€*kFt
EEE
AJFI EHgssl
?CPa 772
EUE944tuatrio
(.r{a
^r rI r')oif,EREF =*--, l'I N cr (n N FrJH "|{il
{flO Q O\ O O \O * t O (\l Flf9ffRaR od-,-'-'61E-'FS-'e Fc{
SCHHSR
AH E5_
AH
atl ral |'t o\ o o '-. tt (.t oo \o rfd:TRKR JJ F'
fl Rs
ooctoot€so\\ort.|P$ilER ri -: F'
€rn
l.l t-(d
H
4H a iE **t
FHEEEnEEFFEHEqq?
.H a
HAH
35c H
E3X H
Hq3 A
Atola-EC zr
Residential atmospheric gas-fired hot water heating boiler
Wet-base sectional cast-iron design
Boiler Series ECD, ECV
Heating input: 65 to 200 MBH
High Ouality Wet-Base Gast-lron Boiler
in an Economical and Compact Design
t'----'
i
ov ref;mANN
i
i
I
i
instance indirect-fl red
, A.2qyearlimited warranty on the heat ..
exchanger and a full 2'year warranty on
all controls are standard on each Atola
- for chimney venting
D O E Viaasmann Manufacturing company (U,s.l Inc.
83 Vermont Avo., Bldg. 3
Warwick, Rhodo lsland 02888 USA
Tel.: (401) 732-0667 Fax: (4011732-0590
ovlEEMANN
Viessmann Manufacturing Company Inc.
750 McMurrav Road
Waterloo, Ontario, Canada N2V 2G5
Tel.: 1519) 885-6300 Fax: (5'19) 885-0887
e
(L
@o,
a\
Atola-ECD
CEORCE SHAEFFER
PO. Box 373
Vail, Colorado 81 658
(970) 845-56s6
(970) 845-7013 FAX
June 4, 2001
Leonard Sandoval
Town of Vail
1309 Elkhorn Drive
Vail, CO 81657
RE: Snowmelt in the Town Right of Way
Billingsley Residence
1170 Ptarmigan Road
Vail, Colorado
Dear Lenard:
This letter is to inform you that George Shaeffer Construction Company has placed
snowmelt heat tubing under the asphalt driveway in the Town Right of Way at the
Billingsley Residence. The heat pipes consist of two heat loops. zones #4 & #5, with shut
offvalves located on the north side of the Mechanical Room and labeied "City".
Ifyou have any questions please feel free to give us a call.
Sincerelv.
GEORGE SHAEFFER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
6*l
Brad W. Foster
Project Manger
/-t6-o I
Ch*tf ,e A.urs, Fo t fr::'r?:5ffi
T 'tpPu/ug=- €-
t"k,^55 so lo*3 /" J./ yo u
rcPow ft - fi" rc7,.sLJ frn<
F-,.^.,3 ruSPrctn^ u^J'- P"*{
4 g*-oo lo("
k"-{ Y}^Q- &^o^
et=e,
Th"uk /ou.BODFfi
ffit*gr-u--
#.ss-
€r
GfC KtEsone-
q77- /737
3? L - 6/x/
,f yoo ,rt*J o"7f,',g
",FPz<-Ce( Pfu*'
PO. Box 373 . Vail, Colorado 81658. (970) 845-5656 r (970) 845-7013 FAX
oo
FrsrelElA
Printed by ,Joan Nolen ]t too o9: 09am
From: Joan No'l enTo: Leonard sandoval
subiect:fudi Yesterday BradschaLffer
===f{eff==:r=======--=--3/2V I 0=10 I 15am==
construction came in to pick up a
Public way permit (actual'ly demo) forttzo ptaririban (sillinqsley), but whenr pul]ed up-n80q8 it said that
thbre was ir -0- ba"l a'hce & i t was not
added into the demo permit. r was jupt
wonderino whv there was a .175.00 credit
on the r{ peinit since it hadn't beenpaid for.
Fwd=by : =Leonard=Sando=3/27 / z O==7 z 52an==
nrd t6: loan Nol en
fron
cood t,lorni ng .rt was supp6sed to be included in the
Demo perrnit, Kathy or chlr'lie may knoDemo perrnit, Kathy or char'lie may k
the ahswer to this question. we had
knorr
fee was ever
the ahswer to this question. we had
agreeed- to have shaffher construction
oiv with iust one check, that's why it
hal a zer6 ba'lance. r gave the public
way permit to lR.wiv permit to lR. becalse r needed itsilnld.let me know if the fee was evesloneo. L€tcoll ected?
Page: 1
, FRfil : ffi.B ffiESTT]S RB8THIE.IT, O.i'
€gBAsbcstos Abate
FHl€ Ml. . L gru 242+It?€Mar. @ Am tf'igEnn ft2
Pzs-ong
Doo- Dod4
BlurNqbtB
Hazard Assessment . Air Monitoring
nt lnc.
Lead Paint Abatement e Cornplete Asbesos Removal & Dispoaal
March 8,2000
Town of Vail
75 Sotrth Frontage Road
Vail, Colorado 81657
NOTICE OF COMPLETION
LQGATIUI: 1170 Ptarmigan Road
PARQEL M): 2101{9a0€{04EffirT#; D0O-Ofi)4
A & B Asbeetoe Ababment, lnc, completed the asbeetoa abaterrent of all asbesbs conbinirg
mahrials in excess of the regulabry limit (ereeter than I %) hat were idffitiliod in ttre a*tresrrn
surysyof lhas prqpeily. The asbesbs ababmcnt wa8 conrpleted on tho afiemoon of i{arch 7,
4)00. Thk uork was done under the Tom dVail permit #D,flX)OO4.
lf you have arry qreetiors regarding this poject. pl€ase contact me et 1,AO074&1Z(JE._
Thank you.
Date Fteceived
trE#*,"^*
John R. Peterman,
Pruject Manager
MAR 13 2000
635 Wbst White Avenue e Crand.lunclion, colondo 815o5 . (97or 243-2575 . 1.800-746-1 2M o FAX {9701242-1125
o
A & B ASBESTOS ABATEMENT, INC.
635 WEST WHITE AVENUE
GRAND JUNCTION, COLORADO 81505
1-800-748-1204
INSPECTION REPORT PREPARED FOR:
LOCATION:
REPORT PREPARED BY:
JOHN R. PETERMAN
INSPECTOR MANACER
CERTIFICATE NO: 526190 I 92
GEORGE SHAEFFER CONSTRUCTION
P.O. BOX 373
VAIL. COLORADO 81658
R#+I+Ezrdl{S RESIDENCE
I I7O PTARMINGA}I ROAD
VAIL, COLORADO 81659
Date Received
FEB 24 2000
PBTfrOqg
800 -009
tsrr.urr.rersr-a,i PFF'
PO. Box 373
Vail, Colorado g1658
(970) 84s_5656
(970) 84s_7013 FAX
Email bradf@gsconco.com
qEORCE SHA EFFER
Brad Foster
INTRODUCTION:
On January I l, 2000, an inspection/sunr'ey was conducted and 16 bulk samples were collected from the
DAVIS RESIDENCE
I17O PTARMINGAN ROAD
VAIL, COLORADO 81657
The purpose ofthe inspection/survey was to locate and sample suspected asbestos containing materials that
might be present in the house that is planned for demolition.
The inspection was made and the samples were collected by Jobn R. Peterman, an A.H.E.R.A. and State of
Colorado certified Building Inspector. Creat care was taken during the inspection and sampling to be as
accurate as possible. It should be noted that minimal damage was done to the existing buildingstnrctures
during the inspection so there is no documentation for unseen conditions or stored items.
All samples were analyzed by DCM Science Lab in Lakewood, Colorado. This laboratory is deemed
"Proficient" in the E.P.A. Quality Assurance (QA) progam for the determination of asbestos in bulk
materials, and is accredited by the American Hygiene Association (AIHA).
SAMPLING PROTOCOL:
A random sampling scheme was used to sample the suspect materials that were discovered. If during any
future demolition or renovation work suspect material is discovered that hasn't been sampled and would be
disturbed, work should be halted until the material has been tested.
BUILDING DESCRIPTION:
The Davis Residence is a two story building that is planned for demolition. The lower exterior walls are
concrete with a plaster coating applied to the surface. The back exterior walls are wood frame with wood
siding. The interior walls are wood framed and covered with taped sheet rock, lightly texhred sheet rock and
wood paneling. The ceilings are exposed wood and open beams. The floon throughout are mostly covered
with carpeting. There are areas that are covered with 9" x 9" a floor tile, 12" x 12" floor tiles and sheet vinyl.
The first floor is concrete and the upper floors are wood frame. There is no attic or crawl space in this
building. The attached carport is constxcted ofwood framing. The heating is provided by hot water
baseboard heating and a fire place. No suspect T. S. I. was visible on the heating system. The exterior soflit
is exposed wood. The roofwas covered with snow at the time ofthe inspection and was not accessible.
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENNATIONS :
Laboratory analysis of the bulk samples indicate that five of the eight suspect materials tested were identified
as asbestos containing material. Ofthe five asbestos containing material samples, three contain asbestos that
is greater than the regulatory limit (greater than l%). The remaining two asbistos containing materials
asbestos content is less than the regulatory limit.
The asbestos containing materials that contain asbestos that is in excess of the regulatory limit are the sheet
vinyl flooring in the first floor kitchen and the two layers of floor tile in the upstairs kitchen. The asbestos
containing materials that contain asbestos in excess of the regulatory limit must be removed prior to
demolition as per Colorado Regulation #8. There is an option on the non-friable floor tile in the upper kitchen
can remain in place during demolition provided that it doesn't become friable during the demolition process.
The asbestos containing materials that contain asbestos that is less than the regulatory limit are taped sheet
rock and the sheet rock texture. The asbestos content ofthe sheet rock texture and the composite sheet rock
samples were verified by the required point count analysis. These items will not need to be removed prior to
the demolition ofthe building. However the OSHA Regulations to protect workers from airborne asbestos
fibers is still in place.
SAMPLE#
RDR-B-OO1
RDR-B.O02
RDR-B-OO3
RDR.B.OO4
RDR-B-OO5
RDR-B-OO6
RDR-B-OO7
RDR.B-OO8
RDR-B-OO9
RDR.B.O1O
RDR-B-o11
RDR.B-012
RDR-B.o13
RDR-B-o14
RDR.B.O15
RDR-B-o16
SAMPLE LOCATION
AREA SAMPLED FROM
First Floor Kitchen by ref.
First Floor Linen Closet
Fumance Room Wall 1st Floor
First Floor bathroom under wall paper
2nd Floor bathroom wall under wall paper
1st floor wall by fire place
1st floor bed room closet wall
2nd floor closet wall pantry
2nd floor bedroom wall middle of building
2nd floor master bedroorn wall by entry door
2nd floor kitchen g" x 9" floor tile top layer
2nd floor kitchen floor tile under other floor tile
2nd floor bathroom
Exterior wall
Exterior wall
Exterior wall
DESCRIPTION
Sheet vinyl with mastic
9" x 9" tile with mastic
Taped sheet rock
Taped sheet rock
Taped sheet rock
Sheet rock texture
Sheet rock texture
Sheet rock texture
Sheet rock texture
Sheet rock texture
Floor tile
Floor tile
12" x 12' floor tile
Plaster
Plaster
Plaster
FRIABLE
YES/NO
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
SAMPLE #
RDR-B.OO1
RDR-B.OO2
RDR-B-OO3
RDR.B.OO4
RDR-B-OOs
RDR.8-006
RDR.B.OO7
RDR-B{08
RDR-B.OO9
RDR-B-O1O
RDR.B.O11
RDR-B-012
RDR-B{13
RDR-B{14
RDR.B.O15
RDR-B-ol6
ASBESTOS
TYPE
CHRY
NAD
CHRY
NAD
CHRY
CHRY
CHRY
CHRY
CHRY
CHRY
NAD
CHRY
CHRY
NAD
NAD
NAD
SAMPLE RESULTS
COLLECTION DATE: 1t1trcO
DESCRIPTION
Sheet vinyl with mastic
9'x 9" tile with mastic
Taped sheet rock
Taped sheet rock
Taped sheet rock
Sheet rock texture
Sheet rock texture
Sheet rock texture
Sheet rock texture
Sheet rock texture
Floor tile
Floor tile
12'x 12'floor tile
Plaster
Plaster
Plaster
%
25.2
0
point count 0.04
0
pointcount 0.08
point count 0.45
point count 0.08
pointcount 0.05
pointcount 0.05
pointcount 0.08
0
2.9
3
0
0
0
TYPEOFSUSPECT OVERALLMATERIAL CONDITIONS
SUSPECT MATERIAL CONDITION
DAMAGE %SAMPLE #
RDR-B-OO1
RDR-B-OO2
RDR.B-OO3
RDR-B-OO4
RDR-B-OOs
RDR.8-006
RDR.B.OO7
RDR-B-OO8
RDR.B.OO9
RDR-B-O1O
RDR-B-o11
RDR-B{12
RDR-B-o,I3
RDR-8.014
RDR-B-o15
RDR-B-o16
GOOD
GOOD
GOOD
GOOD
GOOD
GOOD
GOOD
GOOD
GOOD
GOOD
GOOD
GOOD
GOOD
GOOD
GOOD
GOOD
TYPE OF
DAMAGE
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
MISC
MISC
SUR
SUR
SUR
SUR
SUR
SUR
SUR
SUR
MISC
MISC
MISC
SUR
SUR
SUR
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
n
0
0
POTENTIAL FOR DISTURBANCE
SAMPLE #
RDR.B-OO1
RDR-B{02
RDR-B-OO3
RDR.B-OO4
RDR-B-OOs
RDR-B.OO6
RDR.B-OO7
RDR-B.OO8
RDR.B-OO9
RDR-B.O1O
RDR.B-o11
RDR.B-o12
RDR-B-013
RDR-B-014
RDR.B-o15
RDR.B-016
ACCESSIBtLtw
YES/NO
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
. YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
POTENTITAL
CONTACT
HIGH
HIGH
MOD
under wall paper
underwall paper
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
under floor tile
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
INFLUENCE
VIBRATION
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
POTENTIAL
AIR
EROSION
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOCATED IN
PLENUM
YES/NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
O Dcu scrENcE HBoRAToRy, rp
BT'LK ASBESTOS AIIALYSIS . PAGE 1 OF 5
ANALYSIS DATE: 1.13.00INC. RECEIPT DATE: 1-12-00
CLIENT JoB N0.: ITALPH DAVIS RXSIDENCE
PROJECT TITLE: 1170 Pf.ARttIGAlI ROAD, VAIL
PROJECT NTJI{BER: AB183O
PERCENTACE COMPOSITION By AREA/VOLU.IE
-1-B -1-C -2-A -2-B
1-11-00 1-11-00 1-11-00 1-11-OO36.0* 60.01 1.0r 99.0rRDR R,DR RDR RDR8-001 8-001 8-002 B-OO2
[70-80] 0.0 0.0 o.o0.0 0.0 0.0 0.00.0 0.0 0.0 0.00.0 0.0 0.0 0.00.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
CLIEM:
A & B ASBESTOS ABATEI{EM,
535 W. WHITE AVEI{UE
GRA}TD JIJNCTION, CO 81505
DCM IAB No.: .1-A
SAIPLE DATE: 1-11-00* OF SAI.IPLE: 4.0r
CLIEM NO.: RDR
ASBESTIFORI{ MINERAL FIBERS: B_OO1CHRYSOTILE O.OAt{osrTE o. oCROCIDOLITE O.OTRET{OLITE.ACTTNOLITE O.OAI{THOPITNIITE O. O
TOTAL ASBESTOS:
TOTAL ASBESTOS CONTENT OF SAI.IPLE
OTTTER FIBROUS CONSTIIUENIS
NON. FIBROUS CONSTITT'ENTS
TOTAL PERCENTAGE IDEMIFIED MATERIAIS
0.0 70.0
25.2t
0.0
100.0
5.0
25.O
0.0
0.0
100.0
0.0
0.0r
TR
100.0
0.0
0.0
100.0
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
NOTES: SAI{PLE NO. 1 CONSISTS OF 3 PARTS. PART A IS BROSIN RESIN, PART B IS IIHITEFIBROUS UATERIAL AT.ID PART C IS I.{I'LTICOI'RED RESINOUS TILE. SAI{PLB I.IO. 2 CONSISTS OF2 PARTS. PART A IS YEIJOII RESIN AND PART B IS IIIIITE RESINOUS TILE.
DCM SCIENCE TABORATORY, INC.
BULK ASBESTOS AI.IALYSIS . PAGE 2 OF 5
CLIENT:
A & B ASBESTOS ABATEI{ENT, INC.
635 W. WHITE AVENUE
GRAND JI'NCTION, CO 81505
ANALYSIS DATE:
RECEIPT DATE:
CLIENT JOB NO,:
PROJECT TITLE:
PROJECT NTJMBER:
PERCENTAGE COUPOSITION BY AREA/VOLI'ME
1-13-00
r-12-00
RALPH DAVIS RESIDENCE
I17O PTARMIGAN ROAD, VAIL
A81830
0.0 0.0
DCM IAB NO.:
SAI.IPLE DATE:
t OF SAUPI,E:
CLIEM NO.:
ASBESTIFORI'I !{INERAL FIBERS :
CHRYSOTILE
AI.{OSITE
CROCIDOLITE
TR.EI{OLITE. ACTINOLITE
ANTHOPETLLITE
TOTAL ASBESTOS:
TOTAL ASBESTOS CONTENT OF SAMPLE
OSHER FIBROUS CONSTITUENTS
NON-FIBROUS CONSTITIJENTS
TOTAT PERCENTAGE IDENTIFIED HATERIALS
-3-A -3-B -3-C
1-11-00 1-11-00 1-11-003.0r 10.0t 87.0tRDR BDR RNR8-003 8-003 8-003
lrR-l] 0.0 0.0
0_0 0.0 0.00.0 0.0 0.00.0 0.0 0.00.0 0.0 0.0
1.0
<0.1r
0.0
99.0
97 .0
3.0
3.0
97 .O
100.0 100.0 100.0
NOTES: SAI{PLE NO. 3 CONSISTS OF 3 PARTS. PART A IS WHITE PIASTER. PART B IS TAN
FIBROUS MATERIAL AND PART C IS WIIITE FIBROUS PIASTER.
DCl.t SGIENCE IABORATORY, INC.
BI'IX ASBESTOS A}IALYSIS - PAGE 3 OF 5
GLIEM: ANALySIS DATE: 1-I3-OOA & B ASBESTOS ABATEI,TEMT, INc. REGEIPT DATE: 1.12.00
535 W. WITITE AVENUE CLIENT JoB NO.: RALPH DAvrs RESTDENCE
GMND JUNCTION' c0 81505 PRoJEcT TITLE: 1l7o PTARHIGAN RoAD, vAIL
PROJECT NIJI,fBER: A81830
PERCENTAGE COMPOSTTIoN By AREA^OLI'ME
DCM IAB NO.: -4.A -4-B .4.C
SAMPLE DATE: 1-l-1,-00 L-11-00 1-11-00
t 0F SAilPLE: 10.0t 15.0t 75.0*
CLIENT NO.: R.DR RDR RDR
ASBESTIIPRI.! I.IINERAL FIBERS: B-OO4 8-004 B-OO4CHRYSOTTLE 0.0 o.o o.oA.r{oslTE 0. o 0.0 o. ocRocrDolrrE 0.0 o.o o.oTREI'TOLITE-ACTINOLITE O. O O. O O. OANTHOPHTLLITE O.O O.O O.O
TOTAL ASBESTOS:
TOTAL ASBESTOS CONTENT OF SA!,IPLE
OTHER FIBROUS CONSTITIJENIS
NON- FIBROUS CONSTITUE}rTS
TOTAL PM.CENTAGE IDENTIFIED MATERIAIJ 100.0 100.0 100.0
0.0
0.0r
97.O
3.0
0.0 0.0
TR
100.0
3.0
97.0
NOTES: SA},TPLE NO. 4 CONSISTS OF 3 PARTS. PART A IS BROWN FIBROUS MATERIAL, PART BIS W1TITE PIASTER AI.{D PART C IS I,IHITE FIBROUS PI.ASTER.
t
INC.
COI'NT
CROSS REFERENCE: 481830,1831
PERCENTAGE COMPoSITION By AREA^OLI'UE
DCtl IAB NO.: -1 -2 -3 -4
SAUPIJ DATE: t-11-00 l.-11-00 1-L1-00 1-11-00t oF TOTAL SA.MPLE: 3.0r 10.0* 45.01 10.0r
CLIENT No.: RDR-B-003 -ihi-l.r R.DR-B-005 Thi-8.t
ASBESTIFORI,I, UINERAL FIBERS :CHRYSOTILE 1.25IAti{osITE 0.00rCRoGIDoLITE 0.00rTREMOLITE.ACTINOLITE O.OOtANTHOPHYI,LITE O.OOI
TOTAL ASBESTOS COITNTED 1.25r
TOTAL ASBESTOS IN IAYER 1.25*
TOTAL ASEESTOS ]N SN{PLE O.O4t
NOTES: SAI{PLES NO. I - 4 ARE I.,HITE PIASTER.
TOTAL ASBESTOS COT]NTED
TOTAL ASBESTOS IN IAYER
TOTAL ASBESTOS IN SAMPLE
DCM SCIENCE IAEORATORY,
BUI.I( ASBESTOS N{ALYSIS . POINT
PAGE 1. OF 3
ANALYSIS DATE:
RECEIPT DATE:
CLIEM JOB NO.:
PROJECT TITLE:
DCMSL PROJECT:
DEFINITIONS
THE AI{OIJNT OF ASBESTOS PRESENT IN THE SAT.TPLE H(PRESSED AS
PERCENT.
THE PERCENT OF SAI{PIJ REHAINING TIMES ASBESTOS COIJNTED
D(PRESSED AS A PERCENT.
THE PERCENT OF TOTAL SAt{PtE (IROr,r Pu{,/Sr{ AI{ALYSIS) TItmS
TOTAL ASBESTOS IN I.AYER (IF NO ASBESTOS IN OTHER IAYERS).
CLIEM:
A & B ASBESTOS ASATEI'IEM, INC.
535 W. WHITE AVENUE
GRAND JUNCTION, CO 81505
I.TETHOD
1-24-00
1-20-00
RALPH DAVIS RESIDENCE
1170 P'IARIIGA}I ROAD, VAIL
A81833
0.75r
0.00r
0.00*
0.00r
0.00r
0.75r
0.75r
0.08s
1.00r
0.00r
0.00r
0.00r
0.00r
1.00r
L.00r
0.45r
0.75s
0.00r
0.00r
0.00*
0.00r
0.75r
0.75r
0.08r
DCM SCIENCE IABORATORY, IT
BI'LK ASBESTOS ANALYSIS - PAGE 4 OF 5
CLIEM: ANALySIS DATE: 1_13-00A & B ASBESTOS ABATEI.TENT, INc. RECEIPT DATE: 1-12-OO
535 W. IHITE AVENUE CLIEM JOB No.: RALPH DAvIs RESIDENCE
GRAND JIJNcrroN, co 81505 pRoJEcr rrrlE: 1l7o prARl{rcAN RoAD, vArL
PROJECT NIJMBER: A81830
PERCENTACE COUPoSITION By AREAAOLUIfE
DCM lAB N0.: -5-A -5-B -5-C
sAl,tPLE DATE: 1-11-00 1-11-00 1-11-00r oP sAl.tPLE: 10.0* 20.01 70.0r
CLIEM NO.: RDR RDR RDR
ASBESTIFORM I.IINERAL FIBERS: 8-005 8-005 B-OO5CHRYSOTTLE tTR_rl o.o o.oAMOSTTE 0.0 o.o o.ocRocrDolrrE o.o o.o o.oTREI,TOLITE-ACTINOLITE O.O O.O O.OANTHOPHTLLITE O.O O.O O.O
TOTAL ASBESTOS:
TOTAL ASEESTOS CONTENT OF SAHPLE
OTHER FIBROUS CONSTII'I,'ENTS
NON. FIBROUS CONSTII'I.'SrTS
TOTAL PERCENTAGE IDEMIFIED I.{ATER.IAIS
NOTES: SAI{PLE N0. 5 CONSISTS OF 3 PARTS.
MI'LTICOI.ORED FIBROUS UATERIAL AND PART C
100.0 100.0 100.0
PART A 1S WHITE PIASTER, PART B
IS ITI{ITE FIBROUS PIASTER.
1.0
0.1r
0.0
99.0
0.0 0.0
95.0
4.0
3.0
97.0
IS
DCM Science Laboratory, ,n".1
12421 W. 49th Avenue. Unit #6
Wheat Ridge, CO 80033
DCM Project No.:
Cllent Job No.:
Bulk Sample Analysis
BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS PROCEDURES:
AB 1830
RALPH DAVIS RESIDENCE
Paee-[of 5
DCM Science Laboratory, Inc. analyzes bulk asbestos samples following procedures developed by the
McCrone Research Institute and in compliance with guidelines established by the Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA€00/R-93/1 16, July, 1993).
Bulk samples are prepared for analysis using a 10X-80X stereo microscope in a hepa filter hood which provides
a conbmination-free environment. The sample is then analyzed by polarized light microscopy (PLM) at 100X.
When the sample consists of more than one layer, each layer is prepared and analyzed separately. Fiber and
matrix materials are identified by the characterization of optical properties including color and pleochrorism,
form, cleavage, relief, birefringence, extinction, orientiation, twinning, interference figure and other distinguishing
features. Dispersion staining is also used to further aid in mineral identification. All percentages of asbestos,
other fibers and non-fibrous constituents are calculated from the values obtained from the stereo and PLM
microscopes analysis. In-house and NIST standards as well as a chart prepared by R.D. Terry and G.V.
Chilinger for'The Journal of Sedimentary Petrology'', (Volume 24, pp.229-234, 1955) provide a guide for
estimating percentages. All samples are archived for six months unless other arrangements are made by the
client.
ACGREDTTATION:
DCMSL is accredited by the AIHA (since 1986). Our accreditation number is 305. DCMSL was accredited by
NVLAP (since April 'l , 1989). Our NVLAP Lab Code is '10'1258.
ENDORSEMENT:
The results of this analysis must not be used by the client to claim endorsement by NVISP or any agency of the
U.S. Govemment
This test report relates only to the items tested. This report may not be reproduced except in full, without the
written approval of the laboratory. The analysis was performed by :
John Silverman
Ron Schott
Laboratory Director
l-t3-Oo
l-VI
DCU SCIENCE IABORATORY, INC-
BULK ASBESTOS ANALYSIS . PAGE 1 OF 6
cLIENT: ANALySIS DATE: 1-14-00
A & B ASBESTOS AEATEI.IENT, INc. RECEIPT DATE: 1-12-OO
535 I{. llt{rrE AVENUE cLrEM JoB No.: RALPH DAvrs RESTDENCE
GRAND JtNcrroN, c0 81505 PRoJEcr rrrlE: 1170 praRl.ficAti ROAD, vArL
PROJECT NIIMBER: ABl83L
PERCENTAGE CottposITION By AREA^OLI UE
DCM IAB NO.:
SAITPI,E DATE:
t OF SAI{PLE:
CLIENT NO.:
ASBESTITOR}T I{INERAL FIBERS :
CHRYSOTILE
A!.TOSITE
CROCIDOLITE
TR.EI.TOLITE. ACTINOLITE
AI{TTIOPHY]I"ITE
TOTAL ASBESTOS:
TOTAL ASBESTOS CONTENT OF SAMPLE
OI'ITER FIBROUS CONSTITMNTS
NON.FIBROUS CONSTITT'ENTS
TOTAL PERCENTAGE IDENTIFIED UATERIALS
-1-A -1-B
1-11-00 1-11-003.0r 3.0rRDR RDR8-005 8-0060.0 0.00.0 0.0
0.0 0.00.0 0.00.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.2r
-1-C
1- 11- 00
4s.0*
RDR
B-006
lrR-1j
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.5
-1-D
1- 1L-00
49 .0r
RDR
B-006
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
100.0
2.O
98 .0
TR
99.5
97 .O
3.0
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
NOTES: SAI{PIJ NO. 1 CONSISTS OF 4 PARTS. PART A Is WHITE PA]NT, PART B Is I,HITE
FIEROUS PIASTER, PART C IS WIIITE PIASTER AI{D PART D IS BROWN FIBROUS I'IATERIAL. FOR
cALCUIATIoN OF ToTAL ASBESTOS CoNTENT OF SAI{PI.E, TRACE (TR) rS ASSTMED TO BE 0.5*.
Ot
DCI.T SCIENCE IABORATORY, INL:
BUII{ ASBESTOS ANALYSIS - PAGE 2 OF 6
AI,IALYSIS DATE:
RECEIPT DATE:
CLIENT JOB NO.:
PRO'IECT TITLE:
PROJECT NUI,TSER:
PERCENTAGE COMP0SITION By AREAAoLWE
DCM I,A8 NO. :
SAI.IPLE DATE:
I OF SAI{PLE:
CLIEM NO.:
ASBEST]TORH MINERAL FIBERS :
CHRYSOTILE
AI.TOSITE
CROCIDOLITE
TRE}TOLITE - ACTINOLITE
ANTHOPHTLLITE
TOTAL ASBESTOS:
TOTAL ASBESTOS CONTENT OF SA}.I,PLE
OTHER FIBROUS CONSTITUENTS
NON - FIBROUS CONSTITUENTS
TOTAL PERCENTAGE IDEMIFIED MATERIALS
-2-A -2-B
1-11-00 1-11-00
10.0s 10.0t
R.DR RDR8-007 8-0070.0 0.0
0.0 0.00.0 0.00.0 0.00.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.1r
-2-D
1-11-00
70.0r
RDR
B-007
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
CLIEM:
A & B ASBESTOS ABATEMEM, INC.
635 W. IIIIITE AVENUE
GRAND JIJNCTION, CO 8T505
1-14-00
1-12-00
RALPH DAVIS RESIDENCE
1170 PTARMIGAN ROAD, VAIL
AB1831
-2-C
1- 11-00
10.0*
RDR
B-007
trR-11
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.5
0.0
100.0
2.0
98 .0
0.0
99.5
97.0
3.0
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
NOTES: SAUPLE NO. 2 CONSISTS OF 4 PARTS. PART A IS I{TIITE PAIM, PART B IS WHITE
FIBROUS PIASTER, PART C IS WHITE PIASTER A}ID PART D IS BROWN TIBROUS MATER,IAL. FOR
cAI.ct'IaTION Or TOTAL ASBESTOS CoNTENT OF SAt{pIt, TRACE (TR) IS ASSWED TO BE 0.58.
CLIENT:
A & B ASBESTOS ABATEI,TEM, INC.
535 W. WHITE AVENUE
GRAND JUNCTION, CO 81505
ASBESTIFORU HINERAL FIBERS :
CHRYSOTILE
AI{OSITE
CROCIDOLITE
TRXUOLITE-ACTINOLITE
A}'ITHOPIIYIJ.ITE
TOTAL ASBESTOS COI'NTED
TOTAL ASBESTOS IN IAYER
TOTAI ASBESTOS IN SAMPLE
NOTES: SAI{PLES NO. 5 . 7 ARX WHITE PIASTER.
I
INL
COI'NT METHOD
PAGE 2 OF 3
ANALYSIS DATE: 1-24-00
RICEIPT DATE: 1-20-00
CLIENT JOB NO.: RALPH DAVIS RESIDENCE
PRoJECT TITLE: 1170 PTARI.fiGAII RoAD, VAIL
DCMSL PROJECTT A81833
CROSS REFERENCE: A31830,1831
PERCEITTACE COI{PoSITIoN By AREA/VOLIITTE
DCM IAB NO.: -5 -6 -7
SAI{PLE DATE: 1-11-00 1-11-00 1-11-00t oF ToTAL SAIPLE: 10.0* 10.0t 10.0t
CLIEM N0.: RDR-B-008 RDR-B-009 poR-8-010
PART B PART C PART C
DCM SCIENCE IABORATORY,
BI'IX ASBESTOS ANALYSIS - POINT
0.50r
0.00r
0.00r
0.00r
0.00r
0.50r
0.50*
0. 50r
0.00*
0.00*
0.00*
0.00*
0.50r
0. 50$
0.75r
0.00r
0 .00r
0.00*
0.00r
0.75r
0.75*
0.08r0.051 0.05r
TOTAL ASBESTOS
TOTAL ASBESTOS
TOTAL ASBESTOS
COT'NTED
IN IAYER
IN SAI.TPLE
DEFINITTONS
THE N.IOUIfT OF ASBESTOS PRESENT IN TIIE SAI-TPLE EXPRESSED AS
PERCEM,
TI{E PERCE}IT OF SAI{PLE REMAINING TII{ES ASBESTOS COTJNTED
EXPR"ESSED AS A PERCEI'IT.
THE PERCENT OF TOTAL SA}IPIJ (FR.OM PIU/SM ANALYSIS) TIMES
TOTAL ASBESTOS IN IAYER (IF NO ASBESTOS IN OTHER I.AYERS).
DCU SCIENCE IABORATORY, INP
BI'LK ASBESTOS A}IALYSIS . PAGE 3 OF 5
CLIEM: ANALYSIS DATE: 1-14.00
A & B ASBESTOS ABATEI.IEM, INc. RECErpr DATE: 1-12-OO
635 W. IIHITE AVENUE CLIEM JoB No.: RALPH DAvrS RESTDENCE
GRAITD JIrNcrrON, co 81505 pRoJEc:r rrrr.E: 1170 prARMrcAN RoAD, vArL
PROJECT NLJI{BER: A31831
PERCENTACE COMPOSITIoN By AREA^OLInIE
DCM IAB NO. : -3-A -3-8
SAMPLE DATE: 1-11-00 t-Ll--00t OF SAIiPLE: 5.0t 10.0t
CLIEM NO.: RDR RDR
ASBESTIFORI.{ I{INERAL FIBERS: 8-008 B-OO8CHRYSOTTLE 0.0 [TR_11AttosrTE 0.0 o. oCROCIDOLITE O.O O.OTR3I{OLITE-ACTINOLITE O.O O.OAI{TIIO*naLLrTE 0.0 o. o
-3-C
1- 11- 00
20.0r
RDR
B-008
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-3-D
t. - 11-00
65.0r
RDR
B-008
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0TOTAI ASBESTOS:
TOTAL ASBESTOS CONTEI{T OF SAI-iPLE
OUTER FIBROUS CONSTITUENTS
NON. FIBROUS CONSTITUETfTS
TOTAL PERCEMAGE IDEMIFIED MATERIALS
0.0
0.1r
0.0
100.0
0.0
99.5
3.0
97.O
97 .O
3.0
0.5 0.0
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
NOTES: SAI{PLE NO. 3 CONSISTS OF 4 PARTS. PART A Is WHITE PAINT, PART B Is WHITE
PIASTER, PART C IS WTIITE FIBROUS PIASTER AND PART D IS BROWN TIBROUS UATERIAL. FORcAIfttrATIoN OF TOTAL ASBESTOS CONTEIIT oF sAl{pLE, ISACE (TR) rS ASSII'IED TO BE 0.5t.
DCM SCIENCE UsORATORY, INp
BI'LK ASBESTOS ANALYSIS . PAGE 4 OF 6
CLIEM: ANALYSIS DATE: 1-14-OO
A & B ASBESTOS ABATEI,iENT, INC. RECEIpT DATE: I-12-OO
535 ll. IJItrrE AVENUE GLTENT JoB No.: RALPH DAvrs RESTDENCE
GRAND JIrNcrr0N, co 8l-505 pRo.tEcT TrTLE: 1170 prARnlcAlr RoAD, vAIL
PROJECT NLII{BER: A81831
PERCENTACE COMPoSITION By AREAAOLIIME
DCM IAB NO.: -4-A -4-B -4-C
SAilPLE DATE: 1-11-00 1-11-00 1-11-00r oF sAl.{PLE: 5.0* 5.0r 10.0r
CLIENT NO.: RDR RDR RDR
ASBESTIFORU I{INERAL FIBERS: 8-009 B-OO9 8-009CHRYSOTTLE 0.0 0.0 [rR-l]AI.!oSITE 0.0 0.0 0.0cRocrDolrrE 0.0 0.0 0.0TREI{OLITE-ACTINOLITE O.O O.O O.OA}'IfiIOPHYLLITE O. O O. O O. O
0.0 0.5
-4-D
1- 11-00
80.0r
RDR
B-009
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0TOTAL ASBESTOS:
TOTAL ASBESTOS COIfTENT OF SAI{PLE
OTHER FIBROUS CONSTITUENTS
NON-FIBROUS CONSTITUENTS
TOTAL PERCENTAGE IDENTIFIED MATERIALS
0.0
0.1r
0.0
100.0
2.0
98.0
0.0
99.5
97.O
3.0
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
NOTES: SAI{PLE NO. 4 CONSISTS OF 4 PARTS. PART A IS IITIITE PAINT, PART B IS WHITE
FIBROUS PIASTER, PART C IS WTITE PIASTER AI.ID PART D IS BROIJN FIBROUS I{ATERIAL. FOR
CALCUIATION OF ToTAL ASBESTOS COI{TENT OF SAI.IPLE, TRACE (TR) rS ASSTTMED TO BE 0.5r.
DCM SCIENCE IABORATORY, INP
BULK ASBESTOS ATIALYSIS . PAGE 5 OF 6
CLIEM:
A & B ASBESTOS ASATEI,IEM,
635 W. WIIITE AVENUE
GRAND JI'NCTION, CO 81505
CORRECTED COPY
ANALYSIS DATE: 1-14-00
INc. RECEIPT DATE: L-12-00
CLIEM JOB NO.: RALPH DAVIS RESIDEIICE
PRG'ECT TITLE: 1170 PTARI.fiGAI{ ROAD, VAIL
PR0IECT NUUBER: A81831
PERCENTAGE COT.IPOSITION BY AREAAOLWE
DCU IAB NO.:
SAI'TPLE DATE:
$ OF SAMPLE:
CLIET{T NO. :
ASEESTIFORI{ MI}IERAL FIBERS :
CHRYSOTILE
AI.TOSITE
CROCIDOLITE
TREUOLITE.ACTINOLITE
A}ITHOPI{YLLITE
TOTAL ASBESTOS:
TOTAL ASBESTOS CONTENT OF SAI.IPLE
OITIER FIBROUS CONSTITUENTS
NON-FIBROUS CONSTITUENTS
TOTAL PERCENTAGE IDEMIFIED I.IATERIAI"S
-5-A -5-B
1-11-00 1-11-005.0r 10.0rRDR RDR8-010 8-0100.0 0.00.0 0.00.0 0.00.0 0.00.0 0.0
-5-C
1- 11- 00
10.0*
RDR
B-010
lrR-11
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.5
-5-D
1-11-00
75.0r
POR
B-010
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.00.0
0.1r
0.0
100.0
0.0
2.0
98 .0
0.0
99.5
97.O
3.0
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
NOTES: SAITPLE NO. 5 CONSISTS OF 4 PARTS. PART A IS I{HITE PAINT, PART B IS WHITE
FIBROUS PIASTER, PART C IS WHITE PIASTER AI.{D PART D IS BROI,JN FIBROUS MATERIAL. FOR
CALCII^ATION OF TOTAL ASBESTOS CONTEI'IT OF SAI.IPLE, TRACE (TR) Is ASSITI.fED To BE 0.5t.
O
DCM science Laboratory, ,n".1
12421 W. 49th Avenue, Unit #6
Wheat Ridge, CO 80033
DCM Project No.:
Client Job No.:
Bulk Sample Analysis
BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS PROCEOURES:
AB 1831
RALPH DAVIS RESIDENCE
Pase G ot L,
DCM Science Laboratory, Inc. analyzes bulk asbestos samples following procedures developed by the
McCrone Research lnstitute and in compliance with guidelines established by the Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA-600/R-93/1 16, Juty, 1993).
Bulk samples are prepared for analysis using a 10X-80X stereo microscope in a hepa filter hood which provides
a contamination-free environment. The sample is then analyzed by polarized light microscopy (PLM) at 1OOX.
When the sample consists of more than one layer, each layer is prepared and analyzed separately. Fiber and
matrix materials are identified by the characterization of optical properties including color and pleochrorism,
form, cleavage, relief, birefringence, extinction, orientation, twinning, interference figure and other distinguishing
features. Dispersion staining is also used to further aid in mineral identification. Ali percentages of asbestos,
other fibers and non-fibrous constituents are calculated from the values obtained from the stereo and PLM
microscopes analysis. In-house and NIST standards as well as a chart prepared by R.D. Terry and G.V.
Chilinger for "The Journal of Sedimentary Petrology", (Volume 24, pp. 229-234, 1955) provide a guide for
estimating percentages. All samples are archived for six months unless other arrangements are made by the
client.
ACCREDITATION:
DCMS_L is accredited by the AIHA (since 1986). Our accreditation number is 305. DCMSL was accredited by
NVLAP (since April 1 , 1 989). Our NVLAp Lab Code is 1 01258.
ENDORSEMENT:
The results of this analysis must not be used by the client to claim endorsement by NVLAP or any agency of the
U.S. Government.
This test report relates only to the items tested. This report may not be reproduced except in full, without the
written approval of the laboratory. The analysis was performed by :
John Silverman Robert Wagner
l- t4- oo
Date
Ron Schott
Laboratory Oireclor
Dctt SCIENCE IABORATORY, Ip
BUII( ASBESTOS AI{ALYSIS - PAGE 1 OF 4
cLTENT: AtrAlysrs DATE: 1-14-ooA & B ASBESTOS AIATEffENT, INC. RECEIpT DATE: 1-12_OO635 W. tntITE AVENTE CLIEITT JOB NO.: RALPH DAVIS RESTDENCE
GRAND JlrNcrroN, c0 8L505 pRoJEcr TrTLE: ttTo prARIifiGAt{ RoAD, vArL
PROJECT Nl,ll{BER: A81832
PERCEMAGE COI.{POSITION BY AREAAOLI'I{E
DcM IAB NO.: -1 -2-L -2-B
SAI.IPLE DATE: 1-11-00 1-11-00 1-11-00* OF SAI'iPLE: 100.0* 4.0r 96.0*
CLIEM NO.: R.DR RDR R.DR
ASBESTITORI{ I{INERAL FIBERS: 8-011 8_012 8_012CHRYSOTTT,E o.o o.o t1-5IAMOSTTE o.o 0.0 o.ocRocrDoLITE 0.0 0.0 0.0TREMOLITE.ACTINOLITE O.O O.O O.OA}ITHOPHILLITE O.O O.O O.O
0.0
0.0r
0.0
100.0
0.0
2.9*
0.0
100.0
3.0
0.0
97.0
-3
1- 11- 00
100.0r
RDR
B-013
t1-sl
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
3.0
3.0r
0.0
97.O
TOTAL ASBESTOS:
TOTAL ASBESTOS CONTENT OF SAI,TPIJ
OTHER FIBROUS CONSTITUENTS
NON.FIBROUS CONSTITUENTS
TOTAL PERCENTAGE IDEMIFIED I{ATERIAIJ
NOTES: SAI'TPLE NO. 1 Is WHITE TILE.
TAN RESIN AIID PART B IS WHITE TILE.
(rlrsEPAMsLE).
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
SA}IPLE NO. 2 CONSISTS OF 2 PARTS. PART A IS
SAI{PLE NO. 3 IS TAN TILE/BU,CK TAR
DCM SCIE}ICE IABORATORY, INC.
BT'LK ASBESTOS ANALYSIS . PACE 2 OF 4
CLIEI{T:
A & B ASBESTOS ABATET,{ENT, INC.
635 W. WHITE AVENUE
CRAND JUNCTION, CO 81505
ANALYSIS DATE:
RECEIPT DATE:
CLIENT JOB NO.:
PRoJECT TITLE;
PROJECT NI,JMBE8,:
PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION By AREAAOLLUE
DCM IAB NO.: -4-A -4-B
1-14-00
l_- L2 -00
RALPH DAVTS RESIDENCE
1170 PTARtfIcAN ROAD, VAIL
AB1832
t OF SAT{PLE:
CLIEM NO.:
ASBESTIFORI.T UINERAL FIBERS :
CHRYSOTILE
AI.!OSITE
CROCIDOLITE
TREI.{OLITE - ACTINOLITE
A}ITHOPTrYIJITE
TOTAL ASBESTOS:
TOTAL ASBESTOS CONTENT OF SAI.IPLE
OTI{ER FIBROUS CONSTITI,'ENTS
NON-FIBROUS CONSTITUENTS
TOTAL PERCENTACE IDENTI,FIED UATERIAIS
SAMPLE DATE: 1-11-00 1-11-005.0r 95.0r
RDR RDR
8-014 8-014
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.00.0 0.00.0 0.0
-5-A
1-11-00
5 .0*
RDR
B-015
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0r
0.0
100. o
-5-B
l_-11-00
95.0r
R}R
B-015
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.00.0
0.0*
0.0
100.0
0.0
0.0
100.0
0.0
100-0
100.0
NOTES: SAI{PLES NO. 4 AI.ID 5 coNsIsT oF 2 PARTS.
WHITE CONCRSTE PIASTER.
1.00 .0 100 . 0 100 . 0
PART A IS WHITE PAINT AT.{D PART B IS
DCM SCIENCE IA3ORATORY, II{P
BI'IX ASBESTOS ANALYSIS - PAGE 3 OF 4
CLIENT: ANALySIS DATE: 1_14_00A & B ASBESTOS ABAIEMENT, TNc. RECEIPT DATE: 1-12.00
635 I{. IIHITE AVENUE CLIEM JOB NO-: RALPH DAVIS RESIDENCE
GRAND JlJNcrroN, c0 81505 pRoJEcr rrrlE: 1170 pTARMTGAN RoAD, vArL
PROTECT NUMBER: A81832
PERCEMAGE COMPOSITION BY AREAAOLWE
ASBESTIFORU MINERAL FIBERS :
CHRYSOTILE
A}.IOSITE
CROCIDOLTTE
TRETTOLI TE - ACTINOLITE
A}I$TOPTTYLLITE
TOTAL ASBESTOS:
TOTAL ASBESTOS CONTENT OF SAMPI.E
OTHER FIBROUS CONSTITUENTS
NON- FIBROUS CONSTIfi'ENTS
TOTAL PERCENTAGE IDEMIFIED I.IATERIAII;
NOTES: SAIIPLE No. 5 C0NSISTS OF 2 PARTS.
CONCRETE PIASTER.
DCM IAB NO.: -5-A -6-8
SAI{PLE DATE: 1-11-00 1-11-00r oF SAMPLE: 6.01 94.0*
CLIENT NO.: RDR RDRB-016 8-0160.0 0.00.0 0.00.0 0.00.0 0.00.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0r
0.0 0.0
100.0 100.0
100.0 100.0
PART A IS IIITITE PAINT AI{D PART B IS WHITE
O DCM science Laboratory,,n"!
12421 W. 49th Avenue, Unit #6
Wheat Ridge, CO 80033
OCM Project No.: AB .1832
Client Job No.: RALPH.DAVTS RESTDENCE
Bulk Sample Analysis
BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS PROCEDURES:Page tt of rJ
D€Ivl Science Laboratory, Inc. analyzes bulk asbestos samples following procedures developed by theMccrone Research Institute ard in compliance with guidelines establish"ei oy ine environmental protection
Agency (EPA€00/R-93/1 16, Juty, 1993j.
Bulk samples are prepared for analysis using a 10X-g0X stereo microscope in a hepa filter hood which providesa contiamination-free environment. The sam-ple is then analyzed by pohrted iiltrt microscopy (pLM) at'rooi.When the sample consists of,Tofg than one layer, each layer is prepared and analyzed sepiiaiety. riueiJnamatrix materials are identified by the characterilation of opiicar pioplirtieJ incruaing'coror and pbothrorism,form, cleavage, relief, birefringence, extinction, orientation, twinning, interference frgure and oitrer oistintu[hingfe9tur9s. Dispersion staining is also used to further aid in mineral identification. Ail percentages of asbestos,other fibers and non-fibrous constituents are calculated from the values obtiained from the stereo and pLM
m.icroscopes analysis. In-house and NIST standards as well as a chart prepared by R,D. Terry and G.V.chilinger for "The Joumat of secrimentary petrotogy", (Votume zt, pi. zisil/', is5s1 provioe a guide forestimating percenhges. All samples are archived"for iix montns uniess other arrangehents arehade by theclient.
AGCRED]TATION:
!.!.tvfS^t- js. accrgoi!9! uy tnq efA (since_'1986). Our accreditation number is 305. DCMSL was accredited byNVLAP (since Aprit 1, 1989). Our NVLAp Lab Code is 101258.
ENDORSEMENT:
T.he results of this analysis must not be used by the client to claim endorsement by NVLAP or any agency of theU.S. Government.
This test rePort.relates only to the items tested. This report may not be reproduced except in full, without thewritten approval of the laboratory. The analysis was peiformed'by :
John Silveman
l- tq-60
Ron Schott
Laboratory Direclor
, GEORGE SHAEFFERO PO Box 373
CONSTRUCTION CO.Vail, CO 81658
FAX
Faxphone: 41q-Z45-
7j8.lrtt , 411_ 1,oq
Date:-@a
Number of includingcoversheet: S
Fa.xphone: 970/845-7013
REIL{RKS: fi Urgent f] for your review f Reply ASAP I Ptease comment
Bwusc,*& ?".4,'^^a1 $ BCg- CICtq
OF.^ t*..(- 9;/^ \r+>{ufr*'..,
lf any problems with receiving this transmission please call GSGC's main office immediately.
H|-l(-dcJ-<t)w) tvj. aa H_T UEU IELFI
o&
P,VZ/W
Il.pwort||.PrelrL G€otcchnicrl, Ioc.gl20 Cou y Rold 154
Ghnvood SDrinls. Colorodo tl60l
Phonc: 97Glc5-19iffi
Far: 97G945€a5,t
hpgeo@hpgcolech.con
April 19,2000
Billingsley Company
Attn: Lucy Billingsley
Suite 4800 Wcst Texas Commerce Tower
Dallas, Texas 75201 Job No. 199239
Subjcct: Observarion ofExcavatioa, Proposed Residence, Lot 3, Block 7, Filing
7, Vail village, 1170 Rarmigan Road, Vail, Colorado
Dear Ms. Billingsley:
As requested by Brad Foster of George Sbacffer CoDstruction Compauy, a
reprcsentative of Hepworth-Pawlak Geotcchnical, Inc. observed the excavation at the
subjcct site on April l7 ,20ffi to evaluate the soils exposed for foundation support. The
findings of oru work and recomrnendations for rhe foundation design are presented in
this report. We previously cooducted subsoil snrdies for design of foundations at tbe
site and preserued our findings in reports dated April 30 and August2, l94lg, Job No.
t99 239.
The proposed residince will be a multiplc story wood ftame structure over a walkout
basement and garage as described in our previou.s report. Groultd floors will be slab'
ou-grade. Spread footings bcaring on the natural granular soils orproperly compacted
granular stucnrral fill were recomnended in our previous studies. An allowable soil
bearing pressurc of 2,000 psf was recommerded for foorings beariry on tbe near
surface clays and sads encountered in Borings I and 2 (downbill part), and an
allowable soil bearurg pressure of 3,000 psf was recommended for fooringp placed on
the uaderlying clayey sand and gravel soils.
At the time of our visit to th€ site, the fouodatios excavation was mostly complete aAd
had bccn cut in multiple levels from 3 to 15 feet below the adjacent ground surface.
The dowobill, north end had not been completed. The excavadon geucrally stqrs down
to tbe nortb and daylights at the lower end. Tlre soils exposed in rhe bottom of the
excavation consisted ofrelatively de15e clayey sand and gravel witb Sub-roulded
cobbles and boulders. No free water was encountered in the excavatiou and the soils
were moist.
The SOil cooditioos exposed in the excavadOn are consisteut with the clayey sand and
gravels previously cucogntcrcd on the site and suitable for support ofspread footings
n r Llc,u t cLrt
Brllingsley Company
April 19, 2000
Page 2
designed for the recomrnendcd allowable beafug pressure of 3,000 psf. Loose and
disnrrbed soils should bc reooved ro expose the undisturbed oanual soils or
recompacted in the footilg areas. The excavation in the northern pan of rhe buildiag
area could encoutrter thc lower bearing soils. Otber recornsrendations preseutcd in our
previous reports which are applicable should also be observed.
The recommandations submitted in this lener are based on our observariou of thc soils
exposed within the fouudatiou excavation on April 17, 2000 and the previous
subsurface exploration at the site. Variations in the subsurface conditiors below the
excavation could increase the risk of foundation movemeil. We sbould be advised of
any variadons encountered in the excavadon conditions for possible changes to
recommendations contained in Ou letter.
Ifthere are arry questions or ifwe rnay be offurther assistance, please letus know.
Sincerely,
HEPWORTI{ - PAWLAK GEOTECHNICAI-, INC.
Thomas J. Westhoff
TJWksm
cci George Shaeffer Consuucrion Company - Ann: Brad Foster
Cottle Graybeal Yaw Architects - Ann: Jill Spaeh
f , vJ/145
ffil,il?{*l
#fr.ffi
H.P GEOTEcH
TOTAL P.B3
: :il.'i.:{'i\L,
p.2
PA€ B1
{sDlEagssl
Frtlsa$rs7,
ffiU'reHBT
TO:
Mercin Enghccrirp
FAX 748.9021
AffwTrotrt
Jomey MsGalh
?Bof,{T: Eillhgsl€v Retaining Walll
MTE:
AMiN'E:
DEPMI:
TIIFAIWE:
JOE tf,IilE4:
4ntn@
2:15 p.rn.
2:rt0 p.n.
runny
0003.16
/
. I virlnd rho slu of rhc abovo r.f6r€ncsd prolect ro ob|rnc tlre consmrcrim sf fir roc.t,Eining wrlbfor which ri,| hstb providd structuttl drt ils. Thc upprr two tiers of rockr hry. b-rr pleced, rndcmgrucrinn wm h pro0ngs on rhr lovwr rnra of the sita. In geffid, fi6 u'alb app€ar to b3 inaccordrncf wirh our dmile rnd rgrcificetions.
CONTO:
JillSprdt - CGY '7f 6- l5 t6
a1l'i6./i0Ei iE: ??u9888 aeo MONF:IE NEWELL PAGE 8I.i A3
Mcnroe & Newell Engineers, Inc.
PO Box 1597
?o Benoirmark RoaA suite 2o+
Avon. Cclorado 81520
9711)49-'t158 9701949-4()54 Fax
E'lr{ali : alQlli&t[ouroc'nervel] coul
F ACS IMILE TR{NS\f ITTAL LETTER
BILLIN GS LE Y RESID EI{ CE
TO:
VIrs. Iiil $paeh
lv1r. Brad Foster
?em Ktcrl*re
From: Mr-, CllrstcPh SPae\
Project #; 4539
Company:
Cottlc Graybeal Yaw Architects
George Shaeffer Consfi uctroir
o
X
A
Telephole:
970/?48. l5 r 6
970i84s-s656
k?1- tr3?
Fax:
9,r'0/?48- 15 i B
970/845-7013
vn -na
o*. r I tala*t r.gus, L*
Enclcsed
Irtl:ssage:
---_-*--ftg- *rordg Af. rl+s AD€gF tF -1lff- -'"
-]1-n
rn*-uz L{e's l,e"n aarP &anl. fit( Be ?e?trceo
gnPsa.)
lf t*nsmittal is not as ir,dicated piease nr:tify sender
oL/6912ggI r5:59 9709494 654
o I€NROE NEWELL ENGII.IFo PAGE 61/52
Monroe & Newell Engineers,Inc.
PO Box 1597
70 Benchmark Road, Suite 204
Avon, Colorado 81620
970/949-7168 970/9a9-4054Fax
E-lv{ail: avon@inontoe-newcll.com
FACSMILE TRANSMiTTAL LETTER
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
TO:
ts M*.hllSpachd tutr. Brad Foster{ Jerr (rrtals
Company:
Cotlle Graybeal Yaw Archircce
George Shaeffcr Construction
tt
Telephone:
970t748-1516
970/845-5656
{n -,73?
Fax:
9701748-rsr8
970t845-70r3
v7t - n?8
From: Mr. Christoph Spaeh
Project #: 4539
o"., ,lrf agr Pages:b
Enclosed:
Mcssage:
lf transmittal is not as indicated please notifr sender
I I
--
UP ONLY
I
,{ALL ABOVE .--i
EEAM
POCKET
| ,no'a v+,,
r- ,^|ALL I
^ieove t2" v
AT I'.
AB. RE' 93.1
sLAT, RE. 93,I
Monroe & Nerl'etr"l
Engineers, Inc.
EIEtD3ES-RT
Date: December 20, 2000
Project: BillingsleY Residence
Weathcr: SnowY
To: Cottle Crtaybeal Yaw Architects
PO Box 6337
Avon" CO 81620
Attn: Mrs. Jiil SPaeh
7O Benchmark Road ' Suite
(g7o) 949-7768 o FAX (970)
The site visit was an additional service requested by the general contractor' The purpose ofth€ site
visit r*'as to rcview rhe frarning'
The following was noted:
1. The floor and roof framing was nearly completed'
?' The fwo columns near the enky wEre not installed at the time of orrr site visit, We advised
thecontractorlolnstallthecolumnssoonsincctheyshouldsupportthecantileveredroof.
3,Thedcckjoisrsatthenorthwestdeckappearedtobeinstaliedpertheconstruction
documents.
4. At the roof over the master bath, the conffastor cut some rafter at midspar'' The load is being
traasfened out with (2) - 2x 12 transfer learn wittr hangers' The resraining rafters at eaoh
sidc shall be doubled uP'
5.Theholdownswereuotinstalledatthetimeofoursitevisit.AtgidlileF/3,thecontractor. requested * rr*" "
n"t steel plate in lieu oithe holdown. Refer to the additional detail t'
6. At thc back wall of ,Jrc master bedroom an approximately 10" wide strip of floor sheathing
was cut out over the entire width of the r;'The floor is needed to brace the concrcte wall'
Blocking shall be installed as shown on the provided detail'
vait, Coloraco
Den?!r, Co; otrCo
Dillon, Coi ota do
,c4r t LAtlNu s
ito Nt ol c,
ata eo lora D o
Project #4539
Location: Lot 3, Biock ?, Vail, Colorado
Temn: 20" at l:3C P.M'
2C,{. P.O' Box li97 ' Avon, Co;orado 8i620
g4g-4054 + email: avon (t monro e-newe ll-co m
. ''t o
7. Thc co1tra6lor asked us tro dasign at tcmporary structure to close off the back opearings
against potestial avalanche loads. Refcr to attachcd detail and elevations'
8. No othcr cxceptions to the stnrctural documonts wcre noled'
fu't ft(
Chis@h Spaclt
Engiaca
vail, Co Iorrdo
Denear, co lorado
Di:lon, Colore Co
Ivfonroe & Neweli
Enginccr.s, Inc.
FIELD REPORT
Date: October 17, 2000'
Project BillingsleY Residence
Wcarlrcr: Sunny
Attn:
Project f4539
Loiation: Lot 3, Block 7, Vail, Coiorado
Temo: 60" at 1:30 P.M.
To:Cottle GraYbeal Yaw Architects
PO Box 6337
Avon, CO 81620
Mrs. Jill SPaeh
The site visit was requested by the general contractor' The purpose of the site visit was to review the
progress ofthe framing.
The following was noted:
l. The floor and roof framing was nearly conrpleted'
2. The steei tsnsion chord between the tube steel fiame at gridline I was not ins"alled at the time
of our site visit. It shall be welded to the tube steel columns with )/." filiet welds'
3, The header at grrdline 2 supporting the stair stringer may be a (3) - 5 %', versa-lam beam in
lizu of (3) -2x8'
4. All stair stringers shall be connected to the headers with Simpson L90 angles' At gridline 2
each stair stringers may be connected with (2) - Sirnpson TS12 straps each'
5. The interior stone veneer above the main stair shall be supported as shown on the provided
detail scction 8iS4.4.
6. All beams in bcam pocket shall be protected by a moisture balner, have solid bearing (non-
shrink grout ifnecessary) and shalllae securedin thd beam pocket. Refer to section 18/54'1
for details.
70 Bcnchmark RoaC + Suitc 304 ' P'O Box 1597 ' Avon' Colorado 81620
O7O) 949-7768 ' FAX $7A) 949'405{ o email: avon0 monroe-neg' el I corn
7, The valley bearn at gridlines B/3 shall be supPort€d on the shown header or shall be bolted to
the ridgc beam using (2) - %" diameter thru-bolts'
g. The connection as shown on section l7lsheet S4.3 was changed as previously discussed with
our office to use (2) - %" diameter thru-bolts in lieu of (4) * Vr" diameter ttru-bolts. The
triangular sdffrrer plate was omitted to allow the asscmbly'
9. Two missing studpacks under roof beams at gfidline E w'ere pointed out to the contractor
who agreed to comPlete them"
10. The required holdowns as slrown on the structural documents were not installed at the time of
or.u sitc visit.
11. No other exceptions to the structural documents wcrc noted'
t4t {ri
Christo,ph Spach
Enginccr
o
o
i
'l{OEol?.oO:E
.;
FnllJDF8Fttlcl ql
URqlqoo
o
o
rii
$
ElqE9
(|'
B
c
6
s
6
a,
ttoE
(,
koq{ li
o rrl
E8qt|q
IAOEOA!
F
F
o
Hoz
J8
ArlH
!l
EitH
I
EEI
aap
F
N
UF
o
AE
F.
'<qc(,
xt,
FI4o
}1
(,
F
EEEI&:
cn
E{
EEE9
E8!0l{t
4
AEfB
H*I'
go
FTFH!qtpoo
BE
F
E
t
e
EtTA)rlr
to
l{
HEE:U
,A cl!EIEE EE(o aoB EU
o
H
B
I
E
allr*
D
t!t
CrT&
a!
REt
F
q|ITo
l!
:
o
)p
"EiI +rHto
HEE
E:29 am -_-.
APiDlniotrr!|dan
tf,xloo4G
e{010ffir}F004
F||Gnfcffd tFsH#qfdql
lryprGtonHBwv
RequeEted Inc0cstD6br
A$lCned To:
InrF.odan TyFcl
Insireofror lter:
Slte Adrnr*:
lyodrnc(|8y, Hd
Jlf,('i$xRAGot{
y 3$, 1001
TECH
JRT
II?O PTAffiIGAN ROV,uL
IITOPTARTFN
_ Tlpe: B-I#CH
(]CCUF6nqf,
ststm: tts$rR $dn: ISSIED
furpAru: .Rld
w!0TE $TATER PtUttBf.&gA grm*e
UttllTE WATER PLtlffi$.|G& FEATIIG
SAI'IS RATPH E JR TRI.JST. NAVSI
AI.LII'GSLEY
ItrCHFOR r#1ilSFR
Phonr: 9?b.&8^37S
Ptrorxr 970-lEl&il70B
3e0
Js{l
Rrquclbrl Tlm*; 0Cr00 Atd' Fhono: $?6.S184Efmedry; LCA{tFfftL
lsn: 2S[j|l: 2.olbm: 3lO
lmt:
Arflon:0AlsCl0
Cotwneru..*
APPRAgP'RO,I/ED
APPRAPFRCR'ED
ffiza'Ul ll'3Fel$r: .frtl e$n: COCEFITFICATEtrQCCIFAiICYCo,nmn{r: SDTL COfiliS - TEST t PPER E^ST Afir} $EST SSgg3a0t#C}|.FxtrfiililH$rrde loelhnJt mAlDtsd*
0a{AO1 hbpcclor: JRM' A.ilon: AFAPPfiCIvEgCoffinaMr: Fd5PROI/ES EOfl-ER PIPhF$ECH.surDlrAlr f$ptbml)ECH.hihc. (Mor|!0'"As9|ottd"
11t?7im h6psrfo{; Jtr A.fon: APAPmoI/EEI
Comnsnr3: ApFfl $t FftEIENT.AL I-EAT tllfiS O lmt AR TESTi,EettPrnol iRd(Frfi{l)
- colvu tcr p*,uc"e_ r,.-t Etr\) Cu^urve
II|f, SOlbn: ilS
lhfit: 390
" .t
I
REPTl31 Run Id,: -.6-?0
R€qu€cbd lffipfcttleb:
A*ihnrd To:
lnsFcciloft TYE0:Insindsn Aibr:SlhAdd're!:
Tlpr: BlrffiCHocctl!{ia!':
Y$rdtss{|rlt Hay iXl, 2{Xll
CDA\'S
flECllJffi
|l7O PTARilIGAII ROVAg-rrt0 PrARxKiAr{
AF|Dld€Urtlsu
A{Srtr }*A$O024conltTytnFlicd: 210rffifi80o4
Sbhr3:tspAra:E8I'ED
JRTI
ArnUcent STOilE MECflAMCfi-. SlC.CdiMn STOilI€ l$ECHAl.lEAt. il{C.. OUil: DAVISRALFI{E.NTMJST.DATdBOrflrr: Bfl.LlllGSl"EYLUCY
OoiHbdon: t ECll FORPi/AC SYSTEM
frqF$.d.lmucstretrtsl
ArCgnrd To:- A.ilon:
tme.a0onHl!&rX
lsc 201)
Req{|.ctedThnc| 08tdrAfl' Plrm: gltl.?l|a{tt4
Edeaedff: DFLOftE$ K
t-..Phrno:
Phom:
9782€'601{
s70'24AJi0t{
APAPPRCh/ED
SYSTEMDUCTS
. srolg: hlDtlP
tt*m: S$0 tECH+ln lRqrrilm: $-rgnE XECI{AI.|ICAL, hlc.
Coflfin6fib: WC itARK 8??-S7t4
AtL BATTI I'ENT5
CRAH&SPICE lrEltlTlllTlOl.l O(nrS AAID SUPPthiENTAL I{EAT DU0TS A}S rA(E IFAR
TXJCTSAFPRCN'ED* t rJST STTLI t{AvE B vE}XrS FOfi BO&ERS A}tD CO}rAffi FOR rffiC,}.lAt{CAt ROOII
ilt!$,PECTHDbm
lb|n:
limr:
Ww;Yo,
lbfir 3:il) irEcFl-Sulpir Armn: 3{0 lrEc}l-ltakc.lblrr: 3S t ECH-Fhd
top{one0(Ct$od.l)(nas*.dl
- hLL b?tcc1 Cicu6{s Pgoto ro B.r t;ttgt:.ttrt-tr:/l
oP HtJWc /5,*run-nrltfe 11,4r _ $. ,.
UJ€,*P
7
t
Ittrn fdr 670
' , '"';
o
il-iffia _ jffi .-__'"*1
ReCucci3d lmF.ctDrbtnaiEnGllorln|piofrg|Typ.l
lruoecfonAlrrr
SlteAddnce:
fTttr){n'r)
wrdncifiy, Hry 30,2001JtcxtgRAG{t{-
lGCH
CD
IITO PrlffiK}Atr FDVA|I-
IITO FTAffiAt{ RD
AFfi)lnfrnrrarbn
sl.{no7
Fr.aEb.ilna{lEueddl
ItEn: 390 ISECH#|n l
*"*o$i &MECH stbrlffi: NDI'FAcilytu
ConrlDl6:Pdc.il
O{,rtr;Coilr#b|lAflflc.nil
DGitH,oor
$hil$: Erg.Eohry&fi: CD
2r+7*lv1l$ro'84?ffi#fi!&1?-ffi3
Rccuorhf,
Afien€dTo:Llhri:
Rec%i 0&s0*tr
Efhrdry LCAi#EIJ- X
LaG Str NsvIzd /^l
MfrgttWf Ftut
:f' .
"1:
RE!4r131 Rlrn Id,! 6?0
o
.,r
-1i,
I
n8s$d lncpcet Dctli
Atilenrd To:
InE,frcfldtTyf:lnrFcafqrlfbr:
$lbAtthcfs:
AIPID lnfrflnrilon
I Acilff F{XI0O4S T'yre: &PLtfiBCotdtytti ftcrnrii:v
ParE t z1fiOga0o004
ADPIICII|I WHITE WATER PLUHA$E &+GAN!.|(TCoiibrdor: $flnTE WATER P{-UfisANF &I|EATS{COffif: DAVI$ M,-PH E.JR TRI"J*T. DA\IISOr.mr: 6ltt$\fl3$tEYDccrolon: PLI*ffihlG FOR 6 tl€W HATHS
Hn|ffir|niffigtie${El
Thurudry, Iay t{,2001
cDAV|S
PLNB
CD
IITO PTARTKTAII FD t'At
IITO F'tARilEAI{ RO
SttrrE:Fl$Alt:65tED
CD
Ptronc: 970&&$708
Phooo: 970€CFS708
R.cu.ct d Tlflo:' Plrorn:
Er*tadry
lbm;
Rcqr.rior:Cmincrt:Ar$nrdTo:- A&n:
?9S
}VHITH
N|cJEFFcD yts
.i
.. {..:."
,i
lwrlbtl Conrn ils: CO|dFLETEWA
COITIPLETE ElNl(fNlT/ur
lmo.cfon t{ib{y
{ffit?'Ji$O henor:tot: CD
comineffiff ADDnce{fftg-
bm;
ffiOaro0 lmroclor: slMCoounns: ADDTL CO*ffi . IOFT}EAD
{l6E?/0O lrrl!{rctor: CDcoffiodr{$: iJt\fi}ERSt AB
'TFFECT|O}|
|b|n eil)
|ht|l: 24O
12/"!900
Comilefl|r:h; 290 FLlf&Flr€f
FLMFRaoOldWatar {Ogdond}11ft7ffi hlsoocio{: JRf,l -
_Qq!!nink_ AFFR €l 100#
TER
AiMBATH ON.Y AT tC[Xhlpffir: JfiH
*Atofotftd "-' ATJon: APAFPROVED
Plfffi€osFbrro -' {CrEtlond} *Aporovcd*
lUlCOO haFror: JRri lc{bff AFAIIPRO{,ED
Conrfti€{&: CrAS TAS LEFT W COfr|TRICTOR 16* AR TEST Ihm: 250 PLti$Fr$fl}+qtTubhm 260 PLtul&Mhc.
srlorlffi: tEriP
Arrun I Prn
0&0{Hiltt"
Sti}S?8.3fitB
oFLOnE$ fi
N IiASTER TI-ts
PA PNRTITL ftIPROIJAL
Arfon: COCERTF|CTqTE OFOCCilPflSY
Adon: APFRAPPRCh/ED
|oefr'omo(OS{kaEo
Jnff11i?7rEO lns;Dsctor: Jnff Ac{on: FIPARTIALfiSPfCTD}'|
COM!flONh; AFTJRO{'HD SJ FTOOR 1*AT LINES IN DSIfriIO ROOIII AREA'. AIStrS fiOOM I'IASTER EED
AFPMDO{-E L6rELr.l FLOCTR }EAT lfiI
05f,4tr01 F*ilrccjloi;
fftlmrsrite: C{ff.tTRA
w4 AcNoil DNDE'trD
Cofinns$ls: C{A.fTRlCTtr
Comus$s; C
CTtrCIIICELIED
CDA\IE
?EWATERTreflTSEAL
06ffi0/ft{ ttttptcir*;
{me$$s; COt{PLg'
Aelbn: DNDEI{ED
TreflT SEAL tsETIflEEN WAtl- A'S TI.'8 ENCISHdNE ST ffFSl?R TLJts
SEIIELY ltl K|ICIEN l.ElfiL BAIIIJEEDRff IT€ROI.PC0T,IPLETE
@ C€RTFICATE 6F CCCrpnruCY
BATH GROTP FOR Al.lf'Eg BEOROOff irlA'sIER
BATHAn PLM&ff0{uffD.W.V, {Odona$ "A!Drov.d*
1cy15t{to lftasrciDr: JRM Acdofi: AFAPPRCIED
Cofiwlor$: APm DYbl/ 10 FT COUnfi.l TEST
Acilon: P|PARTIAL hlSPECTlOlf
RSPT131
COT,IPLETE Sbt( A$SETIELY ltl K|ICIEN l.ElfiL BAII
h67ALL SI,{UTSFFVAII,ESAT I.AVN FON'DER EATH
Run Id: 69
,tfr
.L !'?
REPTl3I TOWH OF VAIL, COLtrRADO PAGE 1
AREA: CD@4/20/2o@,O @8207 RITAUESTS - IHSPECTH I{ORK SHEETS FORt 4/7O/2@
Actlvltyz B@@-@@L9 4/2A/2O Type: B-BUILD Etatuer ISSUED Conetr: NDUPAddresa: 117@ PTARI.IIGAN RD
Locatlon: 117@ Ptarmigan Rd
ParceJ. z Zl@L -O92-OA-AO4
Descriptlon: Hev Prim/Secondary
Applicant: SHAEFFER COTISTRUCTIOH
Onner: DAVIS RALPH E JR TRUST -Contractorr SHAEFFER COI{STRUCTION
trcet Q&Q7
Phone: 974-845-5656
DAVIS Phone:
Phone: 97@-845-5656
Use: V N
(
Locke, HoIde,
ACTIVITY
Hotice:
llotice:
Hotlce r
Notlce:
and l{otleeg.
51ot 13
REC'D STAMPED
RECIEVED FAX
T'ILL DELIVER
DOUBLE TIER RET.
coPY oF 6' STOI{E
HARD COPY
WALL DWG 3/31 /@@
MANSORY WALL STAI{PED BY PE
Inapectlon tequest fnformation.. .. .
Requeetor r tbred
Req Tlne r QBzo0 Commentg: footing
39@-6L4L
slII caII
Tine Exp
reb
Act
Phone:
, pour at 2,
Commentg.. Itemg requaated to be Inepected.
I OAATA BLDG -Footings /5teeI
Inepection Hlstory.....
OO5o@ Pl{ -Backf i-l-I Inepectici
OO5O1 Pll - Temp. acceee/drainage
A@5gZ PU-Rough grade
OO5O3 Pl{-Final driveway grade
0O5fO drivevay grade final
OOO I@ BLDG-Footlnga/Stee).
O@O2A BLD6-Foundation/Steel
OO52A PLAN-ILC Site PIen
00O36 BLDG-Franing
@@ASQ BLDG-Insulstlon
@0@60 Bl.DG-Sheetrock Nal1
AO@7O BLDG-lllec.
O@@9@ BLDG-Flnal
6o339 BLDG-Temp. C/O
09532 PIJ-TEilP. C/O
OO533 PLAN-TEI.'P. C/A
OO337 PLAN.FTNAL C/Q
GO539 Pb'-FINAL C/O
OO54O BLDG-FinaL C/O
Item;
Item:
ftem:
ftem:
Item:ften:
ftemrIten:
ftem:
ftem:
Item:
Iten rIten:
Item:
Iten rften:
ftem l
Item:
Item r
,s,
FSPTl31
Reoue3ied hrsoectlonls)
R€qu6ted hspoc{ Dde:- lrlspectirrhfura:
efte Adde|s:
Tuesday, Jafuary 23,2lJo1
E9
I17O PTARMCAil RO VAIL
IiTO PTARITGA}I RD
SubT*re: NDUP
Uie:
Phone: 97&9499377
Phonc: 97&9499377
Run Id: 345
S'tatus:
Inlp nrca:
,t
l.f-.i r:
ht't(rElJ
E/:
Rcouested The: 08:[t0 All' Phons: 97b54*9377
Er*erad By: LCAMPBELL K.
APPR APPROVED
(,,, P /d=
l1L3
._-.""{
REPT].31 Run Id: 353
Requestod ktsF€ct D*o:' A!,iiqred To:
lnspectiSn Tyne:
ll#oaction Afea:
5[e lrddres:
AfPlD hfixnrlknr
ActMty: E0+0147 TyDe: B-ELEC
Const TvDa: Occwanor:Paiccl: 210109208004
Applicant: PREMTLR ELECTRIC CO., ll,lc.
Coiitfaclof: FREbI|ER ELECTRiC CO.. ll,lc.
O*neT: D,IVIS RNLPH E JR TRUST-DAVISfiNcr: BILLING.SLEY. Dcscridlon: ELEC FOR NEW SFR WEHU ,;.,^ .
Rsr€stcd trgrroctiurls) :': 't'
CO.. lNc./April
Tim. Erp:
Effif1gn"'uet't*t
ELEC
EG
1170 PTARTIIGA}I RD VAIL
IiTO PTARTIGAI{ RD
.$atus:
Insp 416a'
Rcquested Tlmg:' Phone:
Entcred By:
08:00 Altl
97G94S9377
LCAMPBELL K
APPROVED
APPROVED
ls$uED
E.L'
tsm:
Rcouogtor:
Assigrrcd To:
Action:
lterh Comrrierrls:
v
*au
ktsogctlori Hlstorv illh A/^*{+ /',t . 'l . ,,,s-
--'
* Approv€d :'
APPR
P
Ilv- -tYs -w{
,'t
"i oq)^? srye-
R.qGed mf,Ti ffirusf 18, ?00f
tngpccUqrTvpo: q-DG
ln*incdolrlibr: CD
Stb Arffrcr: ll70 PTAffiGAtI mVA|LllT0PErnEmRd
SUDTYDO: tU.Pfid vl.l
Plsrc: Slltr8{6{€AePlEtr: 970.84&68G6
x+7*rw?r+7*1717
f OF WAY PERIIT At'D IETTER rcn GEORGE 9H|€FFER
N DRIVEWAY f i RCifl AREA rffi'|| - LS^I,|DC'UALEd{rh lgfl}ftqlr l!ra{ !i g{Q 9;!q1-l_ -hr|.nc. c t{d$
J Fffi ROCK ffiTAN$X}WALL8.. LSAFFCN'TL
ftar+ebd ltupcc$or{Sl
lbm 140 Bl-SG"FlndCrOFIE|||hE SHAEFFER C,OilfiITRtJCTTC{Vfiil
Can*nrdr: e co$rnonb ontcoArtsrulTo:- Arilan:
hrarclhHbbrr
BSJSDcosffis:f6pAnr:
Phona:
P'Fflc:
B4|.fr.Dtm?
AD[tln@milIql
Acfil!f, Hx}(fis
CordtyDar:ffi* 2rrlt09t0foplctr|t SFIAEFFEC{fihrcbn SHIEFFTOum DAttlSRlOin* SS,III|GSInnlcnt 6{,thfiisD|.riStoru t{rRffil5lbr: Plt}|AtSl
Co.flneni:
nel|lilR€CD
RoeuecbdTlme:- Pftilr.*
E$.niltr
6S0Ar
AiB818if
hE 8d|bn: UD
bm! 20
Plitfioum(r!*, |ffiorl.||Rfl+lneFdrfifltrs.do {OadorhDOfr300l funidoc tS ' ' AEJon: D$lffit{ED
CofitfncrtoB: D$miHWAV t8 F€ TEDORCIfiA.P[ f.lDDt'PTC.lLt FOR
TOryt'bI OF VAL R"O.IV Id"tsT BE H SEPERATE &IIW.
TtneElg:
(odhmD *4pmpd-*
, ZOFES UIfi'TBE MAM(EDAT@IITROLEOX,hm: lO Bl..OBFodr03'SH {A6omlt "ApImlrO*0rtiz(ym hsDccbfi CO A.non: APPRAPFFOI,ED
COITEfianIB: AFPRoI/ED
}GAT. }fATEDDRN'WAY I{
I.{On: APPRAP?RS,ED
Acton: COC€RTFICA'IEOFOCCT.FAIFY
,Sn: APPRAFFRCryED
*ilonF.d lfir no||r TtG glghc.rdr.Go|d hs bfli |lclw h ng$bll
04,2?ffiCqrun*#:
s4&710
Coilrmflt!:
cD'
APFROI/AL
NSTATLED ON SOt'TII
lfilon: FAPARTT{"APFROq/AI
CO C€N|IFEATE OF OCCIJPIhICY
ALtFofiril
lrdon: DNDEfffD
lp0on: APFRIFPfi0/EF
hD..ior: COtDDTtCOilAIS-|o|nttErwt{Lr6Fb orunldrcarxrdo Dlbcfird CALL I
T}IATTfrIE ITWTIBE
{{t
ii !:
t,\
I
{ 1r.: Ut t
l,
l- r-,' i. t1 $r
Wv;)ttI
.lromn mtd trom REf,tttlRCSF rbri -tsomodlrl,nl!|brb"tta#FotitbAtl$+An I . - t'
EEtitFRoERLY t-,t t t t" r"EWm h*ercbc JRll t do.f, AFFRApPRCilED
CO'UMcTlf AFFR REIIA$N\F HORTTIITYAIhft 6at I{-At${.CF.ouLSonFhn tRcqr|hst} "Aogond-ffiAlOO Inrocchr: lq,S 'ilrfon: tlOtglFED
Cofimdr&: RtttTEDTOruJBON
06,?2J00 l'|sprcbr ATLFO$I
CotntrHlbr d{r{srt rfio{y w *Scct
07/?O0O ft$pechr: ALtXBOi'l
CommnE: urit sroockrfrrnhni SilO F|lfii.ltc$lhphn olmdrcdf 'rA33spvr6nlln€ioo hapoctor: !o " A.{ofr APAPPrcryED
R8P1.131 -- ' 11
li r.,8rn S4:' 'l6a
' t''' i ,.
lhrn: 50
nMa01
eorilftrirki
01/2fl01
Corrrtr.'#:
ol/3lm1
Sofltrnifltsi
Ac0on: APIFFROI/ED
tffsshrc
INFLE LIIL
JRM
PRO{IEE ALt LETTERS OFAFPNflTAL FROil4 STRI',C ETre OT R€COM
ADO OEAil FOCI(ET OR f,,ElTAI S€tE TVPE OF BEARIF FO6| TEADER ll CES(|ES
BATH EASTVSAI,L
JRM Acflon: FIPrON fi} AFPROT/ED EXC€PT FON ROOtr.tl?/@{ti grsD{rcfof: Jmlco{Fil|{{il$ ALl. ht$Ul""dn0$c0ilPLETE
Acflon: Fl PARTICL F,|SPECTIO$J
xc€PTFOn 11€ tffiC}nr{CAt fi
A.flon: APAFPROVED
lln: S S,Dc-She*oct(ilrfi (OofronaD -AllrwrdFO1n?ftl hts$octr\r' JRlt |f0on: PtPiqRTlALhlgFECTpN
Coramenlr: PART1Ai, AFPf,OT,ED 5 BEDROOilS AiD SAITIS OI{.Yo0Delt}l fts,fecb{: JRt, lcforu Fl PARIIAL STSSPECTION. CgTs$sIb: AFFRCN,ESALL EXCEPT L$TI,ER LEVEL,CEL$S Y{A"L BE TTG, ROCX VE?GER ALOIIG
sTduRs(Wffi,TX hsD€cbf: CDAl,Ts Acfm: APAPFROUED I IA\, Comfl€{sr RFSTOFHrfl-DSIOEXCEPTFORUECH mCALROOil t \mro${ti hrsocbr: JRll Ac{on: APApPffo\lED L } fconmsf&: AFpRHECIrRHOil-Y{ALLCOFI"ETE) f \ |I J.f n"ffi #ftffii ,ffi$ { \/h RUtftiffi:5i0-Fidd-ifrre.cvo "'-'6ffirul \ " IIt \'106f}rruf hirspoch'r: CdAVtS A.en: Dt'lDEtlEt) \ J t/rr. \efimsrds: FI.AITS.I}fiAIPPROV LREOIfiED \ Vl \ -PUSLTCWORTSApPROI/ALRfAUnEO J hTF,I€REAREiSEI'*-DNC}CODEIS{'I.ES ' \\ t.hn: 5fi1 Ftlt.TEMF.CfO r'O'|lomD "noonnd* -,.^
0W30101 huoacbc tS ' Arilon: DN DE}{GO / |
Co{rmcnt3: NEED TO DO DRll/El,t/AY GRAff }lSPECTKttt I t
ORII,EWAY g l-€AT TO pAN. O|FOIIAL Ptlll$ D,E r€T Sltttfl IGAT lN R.O.w. I IPOSTF/E DRlfr.tAGE REO(,[RED. \ ,
$fTE iff.,S? FE CLEATI TOAPPROI/E FOR TCO AilD TTEF TilTTgT BE I$C LiFE SAFTrr
xssuEs.
TRACT F MT^|$T EE CLEAhEOANF NEVEGATED EEFORE APPRO}/AL B G&EiI.
COf.|TRAGTOfi WA$ AflVARE T}IAT ltlO STAShE O..tS|TE ALLOVIED,
{H0,eI(,{ |ntEHrclo.: Lg A.ilon: COS&APPROVGfiCOIPfIK'}IS08lthffar'l lr$EHrclo.: Lg A.ilon: COS|DAPFROVEDICOAE{TK'}.IS
COfifiNNOD: JEFFTOFfICI,bE}ffiWITHAREI'OCABLERIGI{TOFWAYFERTNTfl'|fi)LSTTERFNOCI
GEoRGE Shl,lFfER COftlBT. REGNIARDflII(| }EAT f{ ROtil ORRGWAY} BY 6'6.01
OTtffiR l>t€S lrffJ$T E COT|PLETEO BY 7-t5{t
ntrADt_tr.tE FoR tA06ctPE.
TRTCT F, TOBE CT€A'{EDATSRESEEDED
STNEET TO gE CLEANEDONI EOTHSF€S OF ROAD
STREtrT CI"'T TCI tr RESEILED
tAl.fDsc.APE TO 8t{O{v POgtTt E DR^t?.nGE AWAY FRCil r$iltr. wl€N COImLETED.
STNEET TO gE CLEA'{EDONI EOTHSF€S OF ROAD
STREtrT CI"'T TCI tr RESEILED
tAl.fDsc.APE TO SFtO{v POgtTt E DR^t?.nGE AWAY FRCil r$iltr. wl€N COImLETED.0g06ttl |trspoctor: Ul lrfloo: AFiiPPRSIED
OOMMU*r: REGIEVED REVOCIC&JE R*THT OF WAY PERT|dT AIS LSNEN FRO[' EEOF(E EHAETFER
CONSTRI CTIOt'l RFBUARD'hF IfATED DR|tTEyt AY hl ROITAREA.btn: 033 PLef*.!€Mp.CO * tffiom0 *ADgtoi,ld''
_ (80,*-Ot lnpfqor: o0
Coornrr{s: borfui{or bndecrsho Grob6 7ll5o{lgn: 687 Pl.AtlFRhlALeO -* ropovrd "J ATfron: APAPPR€ilED
(Ogilon 0 *AIry{swd*
LS AcToO: APAFFRCNIED{nq$il|)
ftnr:
hm
07/06/0{ Hupc&:$e PW+llALClO '
07S&01 5rpffir:6tP SLDG.FtrlolC/O-
REPTl31 Run Id: 764
oo
Residential Fire System Specifications
Billingsley
II70 ftarmigan Rd.
Vail, Co.
Thul Electronics
182 Avon Rd.
Avon Co.
949-4638
T*:;n T f t'{:il
SirF;;: u*,j'/
REGEIVED
JAN 0 5 zt't00
TOV-COM.DEV"
CourraeRcnt Svsreus Dvtstotrt
ur$lA-40
Partitioned Security System
An ABEMC0 Group Compary
he VISTA-40 advances well beyond
that of traditional security systems in
sophistication without sacrif icing everyday
convenience for the end user.
Flexibility is the key with this UL Listed - two
partitioned security system. The Vista-40
supports a host of easy t0 install and operate
devices including: traditional hardwire.
compatible wireless and V-Plexil (Polling Loopl
devices. In addition. powerful output control
through relays and X-10 power line canier
receivers can activate lighting, HVAV. appliances
and overhead garage doors. An optimal wvo-way
voice feature is also supported.
Key Fefrrres
I Nine zones standard
O Expandable to 64 zones
O 70 user codes
t} Two partitions
O 100 event log capacity
t} Seven authority levels
<) Four trigger outputs
I Hardwired, wireless and V'Plex technology
O Temporal Code ComPliant
I Supervised digital dialer circuit
<) Supports major communication formats
<} UL Commercial Burglary Listed
The inloflnation contained is intended lo be up-lGdat8 and accurate. All specificaiom
are $biect t0 ciaoge wiftrul notlce. tor more infonnation, contEst us at 8qI57$0154
or visit w wSsite at htFlurlw€dem@rom
lS0S[l EngineedrE and Manufaduting
ouality Systems Cenified to
hremational Sbrdad lsGgnl
CorunaeRcnl Sysrenas Dvrsrotrl
UI -40
Partitioned Security System
o$il
An ADEMC0 Group Company
APPIICATIONS
The VISTA-40 partitioned secunty system is well suited for
a variety of applications as a mid-sized integrated burglary
alarm control/communicator. A diverse line of ADEMC0
alarm notification appliances as well as initiating devices
supports this extremely powerful control. Some of the
applications supported are medical and professional
buildings, supermarkets. churches or synagogues, office
buildings, retail stores, and factory or warehouse
environments.
INSTATTATION
The VISTA-40 partitioned security system has been designed
to mount both quickly and easily in a convenient cabinet.
It meets all applicable requirements for UL Commercial
Burglary installations.
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical:
Primary power:
- 120VAC to ADEMC0 No. 1361 Xfmr. or 4300 if X-10 is
used
- Secondary rated 16.5AC, 40VA
0uiescent panel currefi draw:
- 250mA
Backup battery:
- 12VDC,4.0AH min to 7.0 AH max
- Lead acid battery (gel type)
Alarm power:
- 1ZVDC. 2.BA max
Aux. standby powen
- l2VDC.750mA max
Total power:
- 2.8A from all sources
- For UL installations, combined Aux and alarm output
cannot exceed 750mA
Standby time:
- Four hours with 400mA standby load using 4.0AH battery
Fusing:
- Battery input. aux. and notification (bell) outputs are
pr0tected using PTC circuit protectors. All outputs are
power limited.
Line seize:
- Double Pole
165 Eileen Way, Syosset, New York '11791 ' @ Copyright 1998 Pittway Corporation
ADEMC0 is an 1509001 Registered Company
ws4oc/D 7/98
Ringer equivalent:
- 0.78
Dial lormat:
- Touch tone or pulse
Formab:
- ADEMC0 Low Speed, ADEMC0 4+2 Express, ADEMCO
Contact lD, Sescoa and Badionics
Mechanical:
Gabinet dimensions:
- 14.5'H X 12.5"W X 3-D
Environmental:
Storage temp:
- -1{)oC ro 70"C
- 0perating Temp: 0"C to 50'C
- Humidity: 85% BH
EMI:
Meets or exceeds the following requirements:
- FCC Part 15, Class B Device
- FCC Part 68
- IEC EMC Directive
AGENCY TISTINGS
The VISTA-4O has been approved for use in burglary
applications. lt has been listed under the following
agency approvars:
- Ut609 Grade A Local Mercantile Premises and
Mercantile Safe and Vault
- U1611/1610 Grades A, M, Central Station
- U1365 Grades A. M Police Connect
Fire:
- California State Fire Marshall - Residential
- U1985 - Residential Fire
COMPATIBTE DEVICES
The complete line of ADEMC0 hardwired, compatible
wireless and V-Plex polling loop devices supports the
VISTA-40 for commercial burglary applications. See ADEMC0
Group Conlrol Accessories Compatibility Chart.
ORDERING INFOHMATION
Part No. Description
VISTA-4O Partitioned Security System
AtrlEN,|EtrlGFIOI.JP
4. Plug the supplied llying lead connector into the keypad PC board
and splice the panel wiring to it, or wire directly to the t€rminal
block on the PC board (wire colors are marked next to tarminale).
Wire colorg and functions are described in the SPECIFICATIONS
sectio!.
5. Re-attach the keylad to its case back.
6. Remove tbe clear protective filrns from the LCD display aad keypad
labels.
Aamow
c,'laf,pl
Wptntt'l4al*nar
2''/l',po'
atorrg dElqF,d,
aop.dCCa.tpttw
ah. cewt
SETTING TIIE XEYPAD ADDRESS
The keypad can bs s€t for an address of 0-31 (the keypad will not
accept €ntries Breater than 3l), which is stared in EEROM memory.
The keypad'e default address is 3l (non-addressable rnode-some early
versions of6139y'6139R default to 1l).
To chaage the keypad's address, do the following:
1. Ent r address mode: Power up (plugin) the keypad. Within 60
secondr of power-up, press and hold down the [1] and 13] keys at the
same time for 3 seconds- (If uaable to €nt€r address mode, power up
and try again,)
The current keyped address will be displayed, and the cursor will be
under the 'tens" digit. lf l0 seconds have passed with no key entry,
the ke5pad automatically exits address mode. You must power
dowo, powcr up and start address mode again.
NOTE: The heypad will not elter address mode if the panel to which
it is connected is io prcgramming mode.
2. Set thc current address t '0O': Press l0l to clear the curreDt't n5'
digit. The cursor will move to the'ones" digit position. Press l0l to
clear the current "ones" digit. The cursor will move bacL to Ore
"tans" digit position,
3, Entcr the keypad's address: Enter the proper 'tenl' digit of the
keypad's address. The cursor will move to the'ones" digit position.
Entcr the proper "ones' digit of the keffad's addre$, Note that
address "31" s€ts the he5pad to non-addressable mode.
,[. hit address mode:
Press ItH to eave the displayed address and exit addrerr mode.
VIEWING TIIE IGYPAD ADDRESS
Presg and hold dowa the [fl and [3] keys at the same tine for about 3
s€co[ilE. The current address is displayed. No tey entry is allosed.
Preee any key to elit or wait 10 sconde to exit viewihg mde,
SPECACATIONS
Physical:
6128: 4-3l4"H x 5-3/4"11I x l"D (l2lmm x 146mn x 25.4rnm)
6f3?/6f37R 4-8l4"H x 6-U4"W x l'D (lZllnm x 159mm r 26mrn)
513&6139/6139R: 4-U4'H x 6d4\Y r l-V4'D
(l21mmxl59mmx32mm)
I
il
Wiring:
(all lftypads)
Current:
6128:
6137/6r37R:
6139/61398:
Displayr:
6138:
6139,5139R
6128, 6137:
Souoder:
Red: +I2VDC
Blach Ground.
Blue: lfpresenl not used.
Green: Data to control panel.
Yellow: Data from coltml paDel.
40nA sounder on, 30mA standby, alarm sounder oll
85nA (ARMED LED lit, LCD backlight and sounder on),
reduces to 40srA when panel is operatiag ia standby
mod€ (ba.ktight off).
r00mA (ARMED LED lit, LCD backlight and mundcr
on), reduces to 40mA when panel is operating in stendby
mode Gacklight otD.
I x 16 alpha-aurneric supertq'iet LCD, bactlit.
2 x 16 alpha-numeric supertwist LCD, backlit
Fixed-Word l,CD (613? backlit).
Piezo-electric (fire elarm is loud, pulsing single tone;
(all lcypads) burglary alarm is loud, coutinuous, dual
tone).
REFER TO INSTALI.ATION INSTBUCTIONS FOB THE CONTROL PANEL FOB DETAII.S ON UMITATIONS OF THE ENTIRE AIAS}I SYSTEM.
165 Eiben Way" Syoss€t, llew Yotk 11791
Copydght O 1 993 PIITWAY CORPORATION
ilr||il]]ililil]t]ililtt[
tocrt|o. or olEdl!
tar|C atlt !'XE r|olUaED
toa tatgc a'€natat.
ADEMCO LIMITED WANN.AI{TT
Al|nnD.ri..ll.nuf.durin8comP.ny'sDivirionofPilt$.yco!Po'.t,idL.ndit.diYisio,.ub.ldi.ri!..Id|fli.t.tcsc||cr1'l65Eilccnhy'gyl'NYd!!r
loh.inonfo.t!rnc.firhiEofnd.$rrtd.Fci6otioo|drdtob.f.!t!n&..d,ist!.t.ri.l..8dto.lm.'ddPutd.'nonndtr..Ddr.n'i*f.r2{&onth.foDth.d.r.
thrF!drrqor,forF!duGtaoth.vio'.nAd.m.odalr1.mDtfo'l2|F!tlufomd|r.ofdittnrlPu'ch!.uttl..t6.inrt.ll.tic|iodnrtioorar.lotrt.fh..hdl.r
it..[.thod.rP.'iod.h.l||pdy.s.||cr,'obli8stionthdlb.|iDit.dtonpdrirrgotnplrcirg,etii.oDtio'r,f..ofd||4.fo'tt|.l.rltl.o'lrbor'!V
li.hs.l|.....p.cifG!tiaB..P'w.'dd!ctiv.innr.t.dd.f$o'lDJuhiDu!dr'!6n.lo&Ddlrv|cr'Sc|lcrArllfrvcnoobtlrtionundct6i.Limirdw.!'|D|y6o|ff
i'd1.'.dorim9$P.y'cFrirrdo'r&'vicrdby.nyon.oth.'th|nAd.D!ofrctd!.y&n'h..For9rf|nty..n'ic!,r.tufaFoducl|'.PorutiotlF.D.id'|oAd.!|coP.i,
w.y, SF{.r. .\-c$ Yo.l I ltgl.
A.RE,\-O WARRf,\TIES, EXPRASS oR lllPLlED, OF NERCHAMAAILITY. OR FTn.IESS IOR A PARTICIT|AR PITRPOSE OR (}fllERwlsE, WHICH EnEND BAYOND
DESCRIPIIO).. Oi{ THE FACE HEREOF. l.\" \'O CASE SHALL SELLER 8E UABLE TO ANYONE FOR AJ{f CONSEQITEN?IAL OR INCIDE}{TAL DAMAOES FrOR EREACH OF THIS
A\Y OTHER T'ARR.L\?}', EXPRESS OR I}IPLIED. OR UPON ANY ON|ER BASIS OF rjAATLNY WHAISOEVER. EVEN tF THE IOSS ON DAI|ACE IS CAI'SED BY THE
||"EGLIGE.\-CEORFAULT.
s.l|Grdooaorn9r.&ntthetthGprodu.ititt.lltDeynotbG.'|trProhi4dof.ittoirE!t.d;.h|t6.Produd.r,illF.r.nt!uF''o6jiniu''oiFoFn'|o$''!ncd.
.rrd|.ioith|tth.product.$il|in.||c$!rP]ovid.rd.qust.r'rrniitdprntr.tioD.cu.o.rudrnt$drth.t.pfoD.rlyi|ut.|l.d.ndrnri[bin
3l.ry,fbb.':'.f]to.o$...v.n|roGt.iintgitlto0tPEvidi{|nddrn'butiti.o.ri'r8.t|.....tufrnt..t,[..ud|wi[mtoGu'orth46.!.ril|b..o!.n6|liwi 'e.'dr cossEQvEsTry, SEI,I.ER SHAj.L HAVE NO LhBrLrTy FOR Alty PERSoNAL tNiURy, pROpEFry DAiIAGE OR OTIIER LOSS BASED ON A CIAIM ?llE PRODUCI
FAILED tO GlvE w^R\tsc. HOwEl,E& IF SELLER tS HEID LhBLE" WIIETHER DTRECTLY OR TNDTREC&Y, FOB At{Y LOSS oR DAI,IAGE AISING T NDEB THIS LIMITED
IV^RRA\TY OR OTHERWISE, BEGAROLESS OF CAUSE OR ORIGTN, SELLERS M.AITMT'X LIAS|LITT SHAT,L NOT IN At{Y CASE EXCEED T1IE PUNCHASE PRICE OF TTIE
PRODUCT. I!'lltCH SHALL 8E THE COIIPLE-IE A}iD EXCLL?S|VE REMEDY AGAINSr SEUIR lir s.rrrnty rrC&.. my prwiou! wir.ntlg.rd t tlc oolt vtrt ntt sfdc hy Scllcr oo
N6752V8 998
AtrIETVIEtrI O
An ADEMCO Group Company
With their
sophisticated
look, durahility
and adaptahility
these devices are
the right choice
for all your
system smoke
detector needs.
5192
Smoke Detector
The ADEMC0 5192 Series low profile, addressable V-Plexil smoke detectors deliver state-of
the-art features and benefits in a cost-effective package. These detectors are designed to
provide open area coverage and are compatible with ADEMC0's VISTA controls supporting V-
Plex technology. An LED on the detector will blink periodically during normal conditions, remain
on steady during alarm and cease to pulse if the chamber is out 0f acceptable sensitivity
range.
An extremely powerful feature available within the 5192 Series is the Automatic Maintenance
Alert/Reporting capability - a feature normally found in today's high end analog addressable
systems. The detectors continually monitor their own sensitivity levels in addition to the basic
normal and alarm conditions. These HIGH and LOW SENSITIVITY signals are communicated
back 1o the control, via the V-Plex addressable loop, to indicate locally and at the central station
that the detector may not be able to detect smoke or may false alarm. This feature works with
Vista-3zFB. 128F8. 1288 and First Alert Professional FA1600C.
More important is the cost saving associated with Automatic Maintenance Beporting. The
leature is an approved alternate to NFPA 72 field sensitivity calibration testing that require
external test meters. This eliminates the need to schedule inspections to detetmine detector
sensitivity/viabi lity.
Another important benefit 0l these V-Plex (addressable) smoke detectors is their ability to
operate 0n existing wiring. There is no need to run special twisted pair, data grade or shielded
wires. providing you with the right choice ior all your retrofit applications. That equates to
cost savings in time and materials!
FEATURES:
i Low profile design
O V-Plexil addressable loop device
t Automatic maintenance reporting
O Available with integral heat sensor
O Simple 2 wire installation
a Tamper resistant
<) DIP switch or serial number programmable
O Lines on existing or conventional wiring
APPTICATIONS
The 5192 Series smoke detectors are designed to provide open area coverage and are well
suited for most fire detection applications. These smoke detectors are compatible with all
ADEMC0 VISTA Fire and Burglary controls that support V-Plex addressable loop technology.
These agency listed alarm initiating devices support most commercial and residential
applications. They are suited for use in museums, hospitals, day care centers, retail stores.
strip malls, schools, libraries, fast lood chains, medical or professional office suites and in
factory and warehouse environments.
AtrlETv|EclGF|EUF
@MI/IEFSAL S.YEIEI,|S (y/VEET{
ATIE]VIEtrT
An ADEMCO Group Company
0rdedng Inlomation
Parl No, Descripttign
5192SD Addressable
Pholoelectric
Smoke Deteclor
5l92SDT Addressable
Photoelectric
Smoke Delector
w/lntegral Heat
Sensor
These smoke detectors are compatible with all
VISTA control panels that support V-Plex
(addressable) polling loop technology. The
detectors support DIP switch or serial number
addressing. DIP switch configuration are
compatible with 5140XM, VISTA-40, and VISTA'
50P controls. Serial number addressing is
supported on VISTA-32F8, VISTA-100, VISTA-
128F8, VISTA-I288 and First Alert Professionals
FA1600C controls. Heler to control oanel and
smoke deteclor installalion instructions for details.
Automatic Maintenance Reporting
Compatibility
The automatic maintenance feature is compatible
on with the following control panels 0/Vll4
VISTA-32F8 (corning soon). VISTA 128F8, VISTA
12BB and First Alert Professionals FAl600C. The
automatic maintenance may be disabled for all
other controls that d0 not support this feature.
Befer to control panel and smoke detector
lnstallation Instructions for details.
SPEClFICATIONS
Electrical:
System voltage range:
) 7 .14V
165 Eileen Way. Syosset. New York I t/91 . Copyrighl @ 1998 Pitlway Corporatio||
ADEMCO is an lS0900l Begistered Company
u5192lD 1tS9
INSTALLATION
The 5192 Series smoke detectors are supplied
wilh a convenient mounting bracket that allows
the detector to be mounted t0 a variety 0f
electrical junclion boxes. A removable terminal
block, that accepts 14 to 22 gauge wire to
provide easy wiring
connections. The detectors
are designed to meet all
applicable requirements for
UL Commercial and
Residential Fire inslallations
as well as NFPA 72
requirements when installed
in compliance with the
National Electric Code and
approved/listed control
panels.
COMPATIBITITY
Standby current {maximum @ l2V):
O LED off : 1.2n4
O LED on: 2.BmA
Mechanical;
Diameter:
.r} 5.5 inches (140mm) (including mounting bracket)
Height:
O 1.7 inches (43mm) (includirrg mounting bracketl
Weighl:
O 5.3 ounces (150 grams)
Environmental:
Installation temperature range:
| 32o to 100'F (0" to 38'Cl
Installalion humidily range:
O 1070 to 93% RH, nott-condensirtg
Heat sensor (5192S0T onlYl:
<) 135" fixed temperature electronic thermistor
EMI:
O Meets or exceeds the following requirements:
t FCC Part 15. Class B Device
o IEC EMC Directive
AGENCY TISTINGS
Fire:
a Ut26B Commercial System Smoke Detector
a Meets UF 217 Requirements for Besidential
Applicationst Factory Mutual(Pending)
t California State Fire Marshall
o MEA (Pendinsl
COMPATIBTE DEVICES
t VISTA 40 Partitioned System '(flesidential Fire)
O VISTA-50P and VISTA-50PUL Partitioned
System .(Residential Firel
a VISTA-100 Integrated Fire/Burglary Control
*{Commercial Fire}
a VISTA-l28FB Integrated Fire/Burglary Control
(Commercial Firel
a VISTA 1288 Partitioned Eurglary Control
(Residential Firel
..) VISTA-32F8 lntegrated Fire/Burglary Control
{Commercial Fire Pending)
*Automatic Maintenance Beporting feature not
supported by control panel
GFIOLJP
COMMEFCIAL SYSIEMS DIVISION
REMOVABLE
TERMINAL BLOCK
diagram lor 5lg2SD/SDT smoke det€clor
dffF-
AJfo.(r
E8
fr3a6
#F5E
o
AEETVTECI
Multl-Alert Model3
sounder
M L2/24D
Strobes
ss24LO
ss24M
SS24LOLA
Sounder/St.ob€s
MASS24LO
MASS24M
MASSLOLA
Mlnl-Alert Sound€rg
Red Belge Whlte
PA400 PA400 PA400w
PA4OOR.F PA4OOB.F PA4OOW.F
Ad+on Strobes
Red
PS24LO
Product Overvlow
Whlte
PS24LOW
MultS-Alert Sounder:
Ul and 24V operatlon
8 field€electablo tones
Multl-Alert Strobes and Sounder/strobes:
24V operatlon
1.5 or 15 candela
UL1638 llsted
Mlnl-Alert Sounders:
U2 and 24V operatlon
1.5 cd add-on strobe available
g@e@mm
En€ilne€dng speclflcatlons
System Sensol's MultlAlert soundet and sounder/stfobes are suited to provlde p.imary
or secdndary slgnallng tor tire and security apPlications. The MA and MASS modols
provlde elght field€elestablo wamlng tones.
The Multi-Alert models mount directly to 4" square back boxes. Optiond mounting
plates are availabk for eidrer flush or semi-flush insallations Model MA124D is zuitable
for outdoor applicadons when installed with the \ilBB weather'proof back box.
Muttt-Alert Strobes. System Sensor's Multi-Alen strobes are UL1638 compliant
electronic visible warning signals that flash approximately every 1.5 seconds. All
circuits are polarized to be compatible with DC alarm supervision.
Minl-Alert Sounders. System Sensor's PA400 series Mini-Alert sounders operate
at 12 and 24 volts and are ideal for hotel, motel or residential fire system
applications, where a smaller notification device is desired. The P4400
sounders are available with or without FIRE identification, and are offered in
red, beige, and white.
Multt-Afert Sounders shall be a System Sensor Model MA 12124D capable of operating at 12 and 24VDC. Sounder shall be
listed to Underwriter's Laboratories Standard lJL464 for fire protectiue signaling syriems. Sounder shall have an operating
temperature between -31'F and 151'F. Sounder shall have eight tone options, selected by means of clips.
Minf.Afert Sounders shall be a System Sensor Model
-
capable of operating at L2
^nd
24VDC. Sounder shall be listed
to Underwriter's Laboratories Standard UL464 for 6re proteitive signaiing sysiems. Sounder shall have an operating tem-
perature berween 14'F and 140oF.
MuttFAlert and Minl{lert Sounder/strobes shall be a System Model
-
capable of operating at 24VDC' Sounder/strobe
shall be listed to Underwriter's laboratories Standards UL464 and UL1638 for fire protective signaling systems.
Sounder/strobe shall have an operating remperature between 32'F and 120oF. Sounder shall have eiglt tone.options, select-
ed by means of clips. Strobe shill be powerid independently of the sounder and shall operate at.?4VDC, with a Ul..ra-nge
rating of 22J to 3bVOC. Actual opeiating voltagj must bi berween 18 and 33VDC. Strobe shall have a minimum light
output of 1.5 or 15 candela and shall be UL1638 listed for private mode applications.
Multl-Alert Sounder Specificatlons
Dimenslons
4"\4"x2Y4"
Mounting
Surface 4" r 4" back box (1y2'to 2a/8,, deeplFfush 4" x 4" BBD deep back box (2y4, deegl
Semi-flush 4' x 4" back box l1-y2" to 21/a" deep)
w h MP-SF mounting ptate
Operating Temperature Range
-32" to 151oF {-35" to 66oC)
Weight
5.7 oz. 1162 El I
Operating Voltage
12VDC to 24VDC FWR unfiltered*
Input Terminals
12 to 1A AWG
iActual 12 V operating voltage cannot be less than 9.6VDC or greater than 18.7VDC.
Actual 24 V operating voltage cannot be less than 18VDC or grealer than 33VDC.
MultFAlert Strobe Speclficatlons
Dimensions
4"x4"x21sh6"
Mounting
Surface 4' x 4' back box l7L/2" lo 2 1/e' deepl
Semi-flush 4" x 4" back bor. (L1/2" to 2 L/8" deep)
with MP SF mounting plate
Ope.ating Temperatufe Range
'31" to 151'F (-35" to 66"C1
Weight
4.2 02. (232 gl
0perating Voltage
24VDC and FwR unfilteredr
Input Termlnals
12 to 18 AWG
*Actual 24V operatlng voltage cannot be less lhan 18VDC or g.eater than 33VDC.
Mlnl-Alert Speclflcatlons
Oimensions
4t/2" x 23/a"x l|/s"
Mounting
Surface Single gang back boxFlush 4" x 4" BBD de€p back box (274"deep)
12/24VDC
Operating Temperature Range
14' to 140"F (-10' to 6O'C)
Weight
2.4 oz, (159 g)Input Termlnals
12 to 18 AWGOperatlng Voltsge
12VDC to 24VDC FwR unfiltered*
'Aclual 12V operating voltage cannot be less than 9.6VDC or greater than 18.7VDC.
Actual 24V operating voltage cannot be less than 18VDC or greater than 33VDC.
Ord6rlng lnlormation/Current Draw
Multl-Alert/Minl-Alert Model Numbers
t current ranges from 10mA to 55mA depending upon voltage and sound selected** Current ranges from 35mA to 8OmA depending upon voltage and sound selected
't' * * Sound output varies depending upon voltage and sound selected.
Note: LO and lr4 style strobe and sounde./slrobe models are not MEA approved.
System Sensor Sales and Servlce
Syrt€m SsnSor Hoadquart€rs
3825 Ohio Avenue
St. Charles, lL 60174
Ph: 8OO SENSOR2
Fx:630/377-6495
Documents on Demand
1-80G736-7672 x3
www.systemsensor.com
Syat€m Sertor Canada
Ph:905.812.0767
Fr: 905.812.0771
S),alem sonsor Europs
Ph: 011.44.1403.276500
Fx: 011.44.1403.276501
Syrtem SenSor In Chlna
Ph: 011.86.29.524.6253
Fxt O1L.A6.29.524.6259
Sy3tgm Sgnso. In Slngapolo
Ph:011.65.273.2230
Fx: 011.65.273.2610
Syalom Sonsot- Fat €aat
Ph: 011.85.22.191.9003
Fx: 011.85.22.736.6580
Syst.m Sgnsor- Ausitalla
Ph: ot 1.613.54.287.!42
F x. O1,7.6L3.54.281. !7 2
Red Beige White Description Voltage
Average
Curreot I Candela
dB Output
(UL)1* *
MAL2/24D Multi-Alert sounder 12/24VDC 75 85
ss24LO Multi-Alert strobe 24VDC 25 mA
S524M Multr.Alert strobe 24VDC 75 mA 15.0
ss24LOLA Multi-Alert strobe ('FUEGO"lens)24VDC 25 mA 1.5
MASS24LO l\,lulti-Alert sounder /strobe 24VDC 1.5
MASS24M Multi-Alert sounder /strobe 24VOC 15.0 7185
MASS24LOLA Multi-Alert sounder/strobe ("FUEGO'lens)24VDC 1.5
PA4OOR PA4OOB PA4OOW MioiAlert sounder t2/24VDC 12/75 mA
PA4OOR.F PA4OOBF PA4OOI#F Mini-Alert sounder ('Fire' identification)L2/24VDC 72/15 nA a2
PS24LO PS24LOW Add{n strobe 5mA a2
Acce$ory Model Numbels
Flush mounting plate (redlbeige)
Flush mounling deep back bor, 23/4" deep
Weatherproof back box tor MA L2/24D
O 1999 Syst€m SeGor. The company roserves the right to char{F product specifcatjons witiout nollce.Ao52o7{)7. 11l99(10K). #57 1
Chemetronics Heat Detectors 600 Serieso Page 1 of 3
chern etFdiirE$'.
Decorative Heat Detectors
Click here to download the datashect (PDF)
600 Series
Rate of Rise and Fixed Temperature Heat
Detectors
The Series 6fl) deiector olfers Rate-of-Rise and Fixed Temperature
propertles, with 135"F (57"C) or 200'F (94"C) settings, visual
indication, Slngle or Dual circuit optionq and normally open
contacts, incorporated Into 8n attractlve, low prolile design.
Cllck on the folowing topics for more information
DESCRII'TION
SPECIFICATIONS
INSTALLATION
CAUTIONS
ELECTRJCAL RATINGS
LISTINGS AND APPROVAI,S
Description:
The Serles 6il) heat detector is attractive, durable and features a combination rate-of-rlse and lixed temperaturc
operatlon. The hest detectors are available ln 135T (57'C) or 20OF (94qC) temperature ratlngs.
Rate-ot-Rise
The rate.of-rlse function detects heat quickly by respondlng to a rapid temperature lncrease The pneumadc
element responds to a rapld rlse In temperature, approximately fS'F (tqC) per mlnutet when the alr expands faster
within the sealed chamber than lt crn escape through the calibrated vent The Increase in preessure depr.esses the
diaphragm, causing the etectrical contacts to close the clrcuit Rate'of-rise unlts have a wide spacing allowance of
50 foot centers. See Specilication Table for detalls.
Fixed Temperature
The lixed iemperafure ftrnctlon reacts to heat by respondlng to a spedfic temperature settlng The element is
constnrcted of a fusible alloy, which fuses at the lixed temperature setting of eltber 135'F (57f) o" 26n'p (94'C).
When actlvatcd, the externat heat collector drops away to provlde quick vistal conllrmation that the element has
operated.
Low Profile
http://www.chemetronics.cor/600.htm 4lruoo
Chemetronics Heat Detecton 600 Seriest Page 3 of3
CAUTION:
Vlhere life safety is lnvolved, smoke detectors MUST also be used. Heat detectors sboutd be used for property
protectlon only. Reliance sholld not be placed soley on heat detectors for tife safety. Detectors must riot 6e -
palntcd. Heat detectors should be electronlcally supervised with battery backup at the panel
Electrical Ratings:
6-125 Volts A.C, 3.0 Amps.
6-28 Volts D.C" 1.0 Amps.
125 Volts D.C.,03 Amps
250 Volts D.C.,0.1 Amps.
Listings/Approvals:
Llsted by Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
Factory Mutual Approved (FIVI)
Californis Stste Fire Marshal Approval (CSFM) #t2?0-fi)61:(n5
City of New York MEA) Listing No f88-94-E
Listed by Underwrlters' Laboratories of Canada (ULC)
Main Street
MA 01?21
I 800 496 E:tE3
Fr* 1 800 496 7272
Homc - hoducts - Comp.rny - Salcs - Suppon - Links
Copyright @ 199t
Applicatlons: Normal
temp€raturc lluctuations
and ceiling tempera tures
not exceeding 100"F (3E'C)
Applications: Normal
temperature lluctuations
rnd celllng temperatur€s
exceeding 10ll'F (38"C),
but not 150"F (66'C)
Applicatlons: Normal
temperatur€ llucluations
and celling temperatures
not exceeding 10(PF (38'C)
Appllcations: Normol
temperature fl uctuatlons
and ceiling temperatures
exceeding 100"F (3E"C),
but not l50PF (66"C)
Max. Spacing Allowance
50x 50 fL. UL
30 x 30 fL - FTVI
Max. Spacing Allowance
50r50ft.UL
30x30f...FM
Mar Spacing Allowance
25x25fL-UL
20x20ft -FM
Max. Spaclng Allowance
15x15ft"-uL
http://www.chemetronics. corn/600.hm 4nuw
lo:9{9,1638
4
frol: ldeuco Far8ack Systeo {-06-00 lr38po p, 0 ot 6
lnstallatlon Instructions
4193SN Serlallzed Interface Module (SlMl
Ttre rl193sN lr a roriafizsd lwo-zono e:gandcr trEad to connect atarm sensing
devicec lo cmbolc rttrich fuppo{t sortrl nunb€r po$ing loop devices (1.c., Msta.
40, Vistr-S0P, and Vatrt @[
lha 4l93SN can be conllgwed a3 on€ srprvis€d zone (tOK EOLR) and onc
unsupervlsed tono, or two unsupervised zooes (nonnally closed devices only).
cmsdt ttg ombd panel Ins{allatar lnsouc'tiorrs forprograrnmirrg information.
Elcctrlcel Specltlcetlon:
Vollagr: 7-1l\rDC (as ruppllcd frqn lhc Addnco contsol pansfior
muldplcrpofing loogl
Currnt 1.5m4
WHTEGOOp tl SUPERUSED EO|R toK
RED
r-outNG
LOOP
B|-ACK(.)
Wtrht Dbgrrm
For Fln AgpllcrUcn r
Th. 4tgilsN nu,st br rnounled ircidc lhe cmbol panel cabinet or Insldc e UL-
Ucted functloa bos. toop 1 mrrct b. ur6d in thc oupervlsed configuraUm faFin. Loop 2 may bo ucrd lor Burgt rt
For ltr Burfrlrrf Appllartlonr:
ll usltp en unup;yds.d zonc ol tha 4lgi\Stl, ttc unil mugt bs mountsd witrrin O
foct ollhc alrnn tlde&rg dcvice, wiith no htrvonlng banlen.
6)\r/
USTEO
S?E
qREFI G@P $ TJIIST'PERI/ISED
FItt No.082 o7/2? '.W 11:02
J:GE\ESIS
Cffil SYSTEIS Fnx:r nlsa7 ot o PAGE 1
GENESIS CABLE SYSTEMS
Customer SPecificallon
Part Number:
Description:
Complianse:
4107
18 AWG 4IC FPL
UL Standard 1424; NEC Artiole 760
ConstrucUon:
Conductor
No. of Conductors
18 AWG Solid Barc GoPPer
4
Insulption
Polypropylene
Black, Red, Ylw, Gm
0.008" nom.
0,057n nom"
Straight
Jac,Eg!
PVC
Rod
0.015" nom.
0.187" nom.
g.nrrlr c!bl. ly.tomr - tt AWB {c - (UL)
Type
Color
Thickness
Diameler
Lay Lenglh
Type
Color
Thlckness
Diameter
Legend (lnk Print)TYPE F?L Et7510l -wrot-
Propertles
Temperature Rating
Operatlng Voltage
Capacltance
lmpedance
DC Reslstance
Flame Rating
-20 to 75 oC
300 Volts max.
18 pf/fi nom.
100 Ohms nom.
0.32 Ohms/M'at 20oC
UL Veilical Tray
.2x..'{}
J3e
il:i';t'
5.
Polling Loop Current Draw Worksheet
mA,Loop
Auxillary Power Current Draw Worksheet
. For UL 6re or firerburglary installations ?50mA maximum including alsrm output and polling
loop.
*r If using hardwire devices such as PlRs, refer to the specifications for that particular unit's current
draw.
t Only applies if powered from controth auiliary power.
RPM Devlce Current # Unlta Total Current
998I\A PIR lmA
419fSN Contact lmA
4194 Contact fmA
4192SD Photo Smoke 0.4 mA
4r92SDTSmoke w,4leat 0.4 mA
4l92CP Ionization
Detector
0,4 mA
4275 Dual Element PIR lmA
42?8Quad Element PIR lmA
4190WH 2-Zone RPM I l mA(LOW)
5iq) 5b 'i .1.-..o, /.1 .c! ,-..,.lLl , (" .a -... / 3"i .a ".-...4208 8-Zone RPM 16 mA
42?8EX.SN PIR fmA
493gSN Contact lmA
495gSN Contact lmA
'.1t13 s.irl N"x,*\.. $ i.n.-.{L r..
To 'tal Current'e).s{ ,-* lq c.a* If the total current draw exceeds 64 mA. a 4297 Inoo E>:tender module must be usei.
Devlce Current # Unitg Total Currenl
6128 Keypad 30mA
6137 Keypad 85mA
6139 Kelpad l00mA I I c\O rr.
675 Ground Start Module 50 mA
4281 RF Receiver 35mA
5881 RF Receiver 6OmA
4297 Poll Loop Extender 50mA + ext, loopt
4204 Relay Module lSmA standby
40tnA per activc relay
" Lor lr\"..\-€l i q a-
Tolal ,)urrentr I $ (-\ r'r-r r-
. 13.3
I
I' VtSTA.nO Installation Instrtrctions
Dev lce Current # Units Total Currenl
PA ti ,oc '* 1>c^^\,.,.| 5 r''..q I'lr' ''
Tolal Alarm Outputr r35
'For UL fire or firelburglary installalione 750nrA maximum including aux power and polling loop.
Alarm Output Current Draw Worksheet
{
fi
{.|*
s
#
rt
:r
fi
,i
.r!
!1
'''il!:i
$
t,]
J}ri!
rFlrrC
);
ri,.1
\r5
,.';
r8
1J8
<J
i$
.:,{
fi:?
il
.For UL burglary installations l.7A maximum.
Total Currenl Draw Worksheet
Battery Calculatlon Table
Ballery Selection Table
(-
in parallel.
Oulpul Total Standby Curr 'nl Total Alarm Current
Auxiliary Power Tolal
-l
Q Q, rtr .-I gQ r-n q
Polling Loop Total 2). ,(6 in .r 15,a w.
Alarm Output Total 6r i-31; ,^..
PC Board Current 250mA 330mA
Tolal Current Draw 3la .<t ,^-Gtb.).^
Capacity Calculated Value
For 4 hour standby time, use following formula:
Total standby load x 4 hours x 1.4 loading contingency tactor
").o'i A
For 24 hour slandby time, use lollowing lormula:
Toial standby load x 24 hours x |.1 contingency tactor
Total alarm load x 0.067 hours (for 4 minute alarm)
Total alarm load x 0.25 hours (for 15 minute alarm)
Add slandby and alarm capacltlesTota I
Capacity Recommended Battery Comments
4AH Yuasa NP4-I2
7AH Yuasa NP7-T)
12AH Yuasa NP12-12 Fits in large mercanlile cabinet only
14AH Yuasa NP7-12 Connecl two batleries in parallel
17.24H Yuasa NPGl8-12 Fits in lar qe mercanlile cabinel only
Note:The cabinet supplied with the VISTA-4O can house up to two l2V, ?AH batteries wired
13-4
@ffil
and corrosion protection)
rhe teadins hish security key hox. . n:ffi::lm*lg rn r", ii*
@ffi:
and corrosion protection)Ihe leadrng high security key box. . ur"n ."rr"l naor'itinn i'it ro, ii*'
,,*f,.-*'il !(|!"9}-;Y^f||"tJ,.on,.'uo,on @
ffi ffi : ffi;:i:,':-J;:::1?:,,,,".,p,ans,and
WH, ffik
ldeat for larger businesses and - |,-^ D^, rust and corrosion protection)
industriar properties. ' n:ffi:""j#;;ntins
Kitrornew
ffLJ.';'.
-:I a5I KIIOXKEYSWITGH @
-
fi . Electronic override for perimeter gates,ffi @, ffitM .::l**.mT',r:"T:::i:nt'.''*
HW :llffi:'*if'f"fop'li*'
,gS02 ,3501 tgsm
o
f r.LF.r'
f
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
!:.ltMt!t 3. Lc'|-t't LU | | LL GKHIIiLH_ YF+l
-
rfx.J.249
I
I
I
I
t
I
BILLINGSTEY RBSIDENCE
1170 PTARMIGAN ROAD
VAIL, COLORADO
CONSTRUCTION DOCTIMENTS
SPECIFICATIONS
ISST'ED JAI\IUARY ZI, 2OOO
COTTLE GRAYBIIAL YAW ARCEITECTS, LTD.
( Project Architec't is Hans Berglund )
3?347 US Hehwry 6, Suitp 200
P.o,-Box 633? Date ReCeiVed
Avoo, Colorado 81520 FEB Z / Z00X. 970.748-1516
e7o'74t^Ls1' ra:( nrJiffr/-iii;iy
JoB N'MBER ggozj \ l.'i.i,-"r"l Uf",- I
?BTqq i Otqg
8oo'oog
I
I
I
T
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
COTTLE GRAYBEAL YAW ARCHITECTS
Issued Januara 26,2000
TABLE OFCONTENTS
SECTION NO. SECTION TITLE
I DIVISION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 5 - METALSOIOIO SUMMARYOFWORK O5I2O STRUCTURALSTEEL
- 01020 ALLowANcES 05500 METAL FABRICATTONS
I 01026 UNIT PRIcE 05720 oRNAMENTAL HANDRATLS ANDr 0rc27 AppLIcATIoNS FoRpAyMENT RAILINGSOIO3O ALTERNATES
3 olo3s MoDrFIcATroN pRocEDURES
I ol04o cooRDINATIoN DIvtsIoN 6 - wooD AND pLASTrcs
OIO5O FIELDENGINEERTNG O6IOO ROUGHCARPENTRY
I OI2OO PROJECT MEETINGS 06130 HEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION
I 01300 SUBMITTALS 06185 STRUcTuRALcLUED-OI4OO QUALITY CONTROL LAMINATED TIMBER
I 0t421 REFERENCESTANDARDSAND 6200 FINISHCARPENTRY
I DEFINITIONSr ol5oo coNSTRUCTToN FACrLrrrEs
ANDTEMPORARYCONTROLS APPENDIXES
I 01530 BARRTERS A - SOLS REPORT
t 01600 MATERIALSAND EQUIPMENT B _AVALANCHE-LOADING ANALYSTS0163I STJBSTITUTIONS C- ISOKERNFIREPLACEINFORMATION
|l 01700 coNTRAcTcl-osEouT D_LIGHTING&FIXTURESCHEDULE
I 01740 WARRANTIES E-INTERIORFINISHES SCIIEDULES
F-CABINET SCHEDULES
G - EXTERIOR COLORS
I DTVISIoN 2 - srrE coNSTRUcrroN
I 02060 BUILDINC DEMOLITION
02210 SITE GRADING
I 02230 SITECLEARINC
I 02240 SoIL STABILIZATIoN
02260 EXCAVATIONSUPPORT&
PROTECTION
t 0226t FrNrsH GRADTNc
'
O23OO EARTHWORK
02711 SUBDRAINAGESYSTEM
t 02980 LANDSCAPING
I
t DIVISION3-CONCRETE
I 03300 BUTLDTNG & SrTE CAST-rN-I' PLACECoNCRETE
I
T DIVISION4. MASONRY
O44IO STONEMASONRYVENEER
I
I
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
COTTLE GRAYBEAL YAW ARCHITECTS
Issued Januarv 26.2000
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTIONNO, SECTION TITLE
I
t
I
T
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE
PROTECTION
07I11 MEMBRANE AND COMPOSITE
SHEET WATERPROOFING
10801
ACCESSORIES
TOILET & BATH ACCESSORIES
DIVISION II . EQUIPMENT
I I45I RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES
DIVISION 12 _ FURNISHINGS
12356 KITCHEN. VANIry & BUILT-IN
12520
CASEWORK
MOTORIZED SHADES
DIVISION 15 - MECI{ANICAL
I5OOO MECTIANICAL SYSTEM OUTLINE
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16000 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OUTLINE
APPENDIXES
A - SOILS REPORT
B - AVALANCHE.LOADING ANALYSIS
C - ISOKERN FIREPLACE INFORMATION
D - LIGHTING & FIXTURE SCHEDULE
E - INTERIOR FINISHES SCHEDULES
F - CABINET SCHEDULES
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
07160
0721o
07317
07411
07620
07'n0
07920
0821l
08361
085r0
08550
0871I
08712
08800
08801
08920
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
09220
09255
09310
09385
09600
09640
09680
09900
DIVISION IO - SPECIALTIES
10200
103r0
BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING
BUILDING INSULATION
WOOD SHINGLE SIDING &
ROOFING
MANUFACTURED ROOF PANELS
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND
TRIM
MANUFACTURED ROOF
SPECIALTIES
JOINT SEALANTS
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS
STEEL WINDOWS
WOOD WII\iDOWS
DOORFIARDWARE
HARDWARE SCHEDULE
GLAZING
DEBRIS MITIGATION CLAZING
GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN
WALLS
INTERIOR PLASTER
CYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
CERAMIC & PORCELAIN TILE
DIMENSIONAL STONE TILE
STONE PAVING & FLOORING
WOOD FLOORING
CARPET
PAINTING
LOUVERSAND VENTS
FIREPLACE SPECIALT]ES AND
B.
C.
D.
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1993 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV lt/93
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
SECTION O1O1O - SUMMARY OF WORK
I.I GENERAL
The project is located at 1170 Ptarmigan Road, Lot 3, Block 7, vail village, Seventh Filing.
The project consists of one custom single family residence, lock off apartment and attached
garage with livable space above. Applicable building code is the 1997 UBC and Town of
Vail amendments. occupancy type is residential R-l and garage S-3. Construction type is
v-N with one-hour occupancy separations between the garage and dwelling areas.
The existing house is to be removed as part of General Contractors contract. All existing
trees not within the footprint of new constmction of house driveways and walkways shall be
preserved.
1. Owner: Henry and Lucy Billingsley, Dallas, Texas
contract Documents, were prepared for the project by Cottle Graybeal yaw Architects,
P.O. Box 6337,37347 U.S. Highway 6, suite 200, Avon, Colorado 81620.
Contact Person: Hans Berglund. Phone: 970-748-1516. Fax: 970 748-1518
The work consists of demolition of the existing home, removal of existing driveway,
walkways and landscape timber walls, site clearing, construction of the new home,
landscaping, site hardscape and new utility connections.
l. The Work includes conventional wood frame construction on reinforced concrete
footings and foundation walls. The exterior finishes are wood trim and wood siding.
The roofing materials are to cedar shingle and standing seam metal roofing. All
construction must comply with the 1997 Uniform Building code and Town of vail
Ammendments.
The Work will be constructed under a single prime contract.
Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of
authorities having jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the following:
l. Building code requirements.
2. Health and safety regulations.
3. Utility company regulations.
4. Police, fire department, and rescue squad rules.5. Environmentalprotectionregulations.
6. Subdivision regulations and covenants
SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 - I
Copyright 1993 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV rU93
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
F. Contractor Use of Premises; During construction the Contractor shall have full use of
premises, including use ofthe site. The Contractor's use of premises is limited only by the
Owner's right to maintain a sales trailer, perform work or employ other contractors on
portions of the project.
5. Allow for Owner occupancy and use by the public as allowed by the owner.
F. Permits
All permits and licenses necessary for the Project shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor, but paid for by the Owner.
G. Removal of Waste, Demolition material, and Excess excavation
The Contractor shall dispose of and remove all waste materials and trash from the site.
H. Traffic Control
Traffic Control for the project shall be the requirement of the contractor
I. Construction Staging Area
A site for a construction staging are4 office and chemical toilet shall be determined by the
Contractor and approved by the Town . All temporary utilities will be the responsibility of
the Contractor. The chemical toilet shall be of a suitable type and maintained by the
Contractor at all times.
END OF SECTION O1O1O
I
I
I
I
I
l
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
ISUMMARY OF WORK 0r010 - 2
I copyright 1993 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV 11t93
I
I
I.1 GENERALiI'
r A. This section covers only materials and equipment not yet selected or specified and which
I are specified in the Contract Documents by allowances. Allowances are established to
I defer selection of actual materials and equipment until additional information is available.
Additional requirements will be issued by a Change Order.
-
|l B. Types of allowances required include the following:
l. Lump-sumallowances.
2. Unit-cost allowances. Calculated areas shall include allowance for typical wastage
I ^
*d overage.
I 3. Contingency allowances.I 4. Inspection and testing allowances.
,l
I C. Division I Section "Modification Procedures" specifies procedures for submitting and'' handling Change Orders.
I D. Selection and Purchase: At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise!l
the Architect ofthe date when selection and purchase ofeach product or system described
I by an allowance must be completed to avoid delaying the Work.
I E. At the Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final
I selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work.r
-. F. Purchase products and systems from the designated supplier.
Ir G. Submittals: Submit proposals for pruchase of products or systems included in allowances,
in the form specified for Change Orders.II l. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show quantities of materials delivered to the
- site for use in fulfilling each allowance.
rr H. Unused Materials: Retum unused materials for credit to Owner, after installation has been
completed and accepted.
l. Prepare and deliver unused material for storage by Owner when it is not
economically practical to retum the material for credit. Otherwise, disposal of
unused material is the Contractor's responsibility.
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
SECTION O1O2O . AILOWANCES
l,
I
t
I
I
ALLOWANCES 01020 - I
Copynght 1993 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
1.2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
I.3 EXECUTION
lv93
A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly upon delivery for damage or defects.
B. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and
installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced
with related work.
END OF SECTION O1O2O
I
t
I
I
T
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
i
T
I
I
I
,l
tALLOWANCES01020 -2
rt/93MASTERSPEC - SLV
B.
c.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1993 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
SECTION 01026 - IINIT PRICES
I.I GENERAL
I
CE
unit price is an amount proposed by bidden, stated on the Bid Form, as a price per unit
of measurement for materials or services added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by
appropriate modification, if the estimated quantities of work required by the Contract
Documents are increased or decreased,
Unit prices include necesszry material, plus costs for delivery, installation, insurance,
overhead, profit, and applicable taxes.
Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that
requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit
prices are specified in those Sections.
l. The owner reseryes the right to reject the contractor's measurement of
work-in-place that involves use of established unit prices, and to have this work
measured, at the olvner's expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to the
Contractor.
END OF SECTION 01026
UNITPRICES 01026 - I
MASTERSPEC - SLV rt/93
t
t
I.I GENERALI
r A. Coordinate the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment with the Contractor's
I Construction Schedule, Submittal Schedule, and List of Subcontracts.
I B. Schedule of Values: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation
I of the Contractor's Construction Schedule.
I l. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative
schedules and forms, including:
a. Contractor'sConstructionSchedule.
b. Application for Payment forms, including Continuation Sheets.c. Listofsubcontractors.
d. List ofproducts.
e. List ofprincipal suppliers and fabricators.f. Schedule of submittals.
I I Submit the Schedule of Values at the earliest possible date but no later than 7 daysf
before the date scheduled for submittal of the initial Applications for payment.
t C. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish the
format for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each SpecificationI Section.
I l. Include the following Project identification:
a. Project name and location.b. Name of Architect.
c. Project number.
d. Contractor's name and address.e. Date of submittal.
2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate
the following for each item listed:
a. Related Specification Section or Division.b. Description of Work.
c. Name of subcontractor.
I copyright le93 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
SECTION 01027 - APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
I
I
I
I
I
I
)
t
I
I
APPLICATIONS FORPAYMENT 01027 - |
ICopyright 1993 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV tt/93
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator.
e. Name of supplier.
f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value.
C. Dollar value.
h. Percentage of Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to
total 100 percent.
3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in sufficient detail to facilitate evaluation
of Applications for Payment. Break subcontract amounts doun into several line
items. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; the total shall equal the Contract
Sum.
4. Provide a separate line item for each part of the Work where Applications for
Payment may include materials or equipment, purchased or fabricated and stored,
but not yet installed.
5. Provide separate line items for initial cost of the materials, for each subsequent
stage of completion, and for total installed value.6. Show line items for indirect costs and margins on costs only when such items are
listed individually in Applications for Payment. Each item in the Schedule of
Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include the total cost and
proportionate share of general overhead and profit margin for each item.
a. Temporary facilities and items that are not direct cost of work-in-place may
be shown as separate line items or distributed as general overhead expense.
7. Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values when Change Orders or Construction
Change Directives change the Contract Sum.
D. Applications for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as
certified by the Architect and paid for by the Owner.
E. Payment-Application Times: Payment dates are indicated in the Agreement. The period
covered by each application is the period indicated in the Agreement.
F. Payment-Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 ard Continuation.Sheets G703
as the form for Applications for payment.
G. Application Preparation: Complete every entry, including notarization and execution by
a person authorized to sign on behalf of the Contractor. The Architect will retum
incomplete applications without action.
l.Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and the contractor's
Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
Include amounts of change orders and construction change Directives issued prior2.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
!
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
IAPPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 0t027 - 2
MASTERSPEC - SLV t1/93
I to lhe last day ofthe construction period covered by the application.
I H. Transmittal: Submit 3 executed original copies of each Application for Payment to the
Architect within 24 hours. One copy shall be complete, including waivers of lien and
'1 similar attachments.
I L Transmit each copy with a transmittal listing attachments and recording appropriate- information related to the application.
I
I. Waivers of Mechanics Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of lien
I from every entity who may file a lien arising out of the Contract and related to the WorkI covered by the payment.
I 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for the amount requested, prior to deductionr for retainage, on each item.
I 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or frrll waivers.
I 3. Submit each Application for Payment with Contractor's waiver of lien forthe period
ofconstruction covered by the application.
It a. Submit final Applications for Payment with final waivers fiom every entity
involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who may
t file a lien.r 4. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, and exeeuted in a manner,
acceptable to the Ou'ner.
J. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede
or coincide with submittal of the first Application for Payment include the following:
1. Listofsubcontractors.
2. List of principal suppliers and fabricators.
3. Schedule of Values.
4. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).
5. Submittal Schedule (preliminary if not final).
6. List of Contractor's staffassignments.
7. Copies of building permits.
8. Copies oflicenses from governing authorities.
9. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
10. Performance and payment bonds.
K. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: Following issuance of the Certificate
of Subsantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment. This application shall
reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner
I
r Copyright 1993 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
o
CE
I
I
I
!
I
I
t
I
T
APPLICATIONS FORPAYMENT 01027 -3
Copyright 1993 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
CE
tt/93 I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
!
!
I
I
T
I
occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
l. Administrative actions and submittals that shall precede or coincide with this
application include the following :
a. Occupancy permits.
b. Warranties and maintenance agreements.c. Test/adjust/balancerecords.
d. Maintenanceinstructions.
e. Meter readings.
f. Changeover information related to Owner's occupancy.g. Final cleaning.
h. Application for reduction ofretainage and consent ofsurety.
L. Final Payment Application: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or
coincide with submittal of the final Application for Payment include the following:
L Completion of Project closeout requirements.2. Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial Completion.3. Transmittal of Project construction records to the Owner.4. Certified property survey.
5. Proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.6. Removal of temporary facilities and services.7. Change of door locks to Owner's access.
END OF SECTION 01027
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
Copyright 1993 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLV rr/93
SECTION 01 O3O . ALTERNATES
I.I GENERAL
A. An altemate is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain
work that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if the O'*.ner decides
to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed or
in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the
Contract Documents.
l. The cost or credit for each altemate is the net addition to or deduction from the
Contract Sum to incorporate the Altemate into the Work. No other adjusunents
are made to the Contract Sum.
B. Coordination: Modifu or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and
fully integrate that Work into the project.
C. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notifr each parfy involved,
in uniting, of the status of each altemate. Indicate whether altemates have been
accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of
negotiated modifi cations to altemates.
D. Schedule: A "Schedule of Altemates" is included at the end of this Section.
Specification Sections referenced in the Schedule contain requirements for materials
necessary to achieve the Work described under each alternate.
I.2 SCHEDULE
lcoMMENTll
END OF SECTION O1O3O
O
CE
ALTERNATES 01030 - I
I
t
I
Copynght 1993 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLV rt/93
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
B.
D.
E.
I
I
t
t
I
I
a
ENCE
SECTION 01035 - MODIFICATTON PROCEDURES
1.1 GENERAL
Minor Changes in the Work: The Architect will issue instructions authorizing minor
changes in the Work, not involving an adjustrnent to the Contract Sum or Contract Time,
on AIA form G710, Architect's Supplemental Instructions (ASI). The Contractor, shall
advise the owner & Architect, prior to commencing any modification required by the
ASI, when the Contractor determines that there will be additional cost. Failure to provide
this notification may result il additional cost request being denied.
Owner-Initiated Change Onder Proposal Requests: The Architect will issue a description
of proposed changes in the work that require adjustment to the contract Sum or Time.
The description may include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
l. Proposal requests are for information only. Do not consider them an instruction to
stop work or to execute the proposed change.2. As soon as possible but within 20 days of receipt, submit an estimate of cost
necessary to execute the change for the Owner's review,
a. Include an itemized list of products required and unit costs, with the total
amount ofpurchases.
b. Indicate taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
discounts.
c. Indicate the effect the change will have on the Contract Time.
Contractor-Initiated Proposals: When unforeseen conditions require modifications, the
Contractor may submit a request for a change to the Architect.
l. Describe the proposed change. Indicate reasons for the change and the effect of the
change on the Contract Sum and Time.
2. Include an itemized list of products required and unit costs, with the total amount
ofpurchases.
3. Indicate taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts oftrade discounts.
Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G709.
Allowance Adjustment: Base Change Order Proposals on the difference between the
purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by the measurement of work-in-place.
Allow for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and
similar margins.
1. Include installation costs only where indicated as part of the allowance.
MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01035 - I
Copyright 1993 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV 1t/93
2. Prepare explanations and documentation to substantiate margins claimed.3. Submit substantiation of a change in work claimed in the Change Orders related to
unit-cost allowances.
Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in the allowance, whether for
purchase order amount or handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. Submit
claims within 2l days of receipt of authorization to proceed. The owner will reject
claims submitted later than 2l davs.
1. Do not include indirect expense in cost amount unless the work has changed from
that described in Contract Documents.
2. No change to indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower-priced
materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated.
Construction Change Directive: When owner and Contractor disagree on the terms of
a Proposal Request, the Architect may issue a construction change Directive on AIA
Form G714 instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change.
1. The construction change Directive contains a description of the change and
designates the method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or
Time.
Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required
by the Construction Change Directive.
1. After completing the change, submit an itemized account and supporting data to
substantiate Contract adjustments.
change order Procedures: Upon the owner's approval of a proposal Request, the
Contractor will issue a Change Order on AIA Form G701.
END OF SECTION OIO35
I
j
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
t
F.
G.
I.
MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01035 - 2
I copyright 1994 ArA O MASTERS'E. - s,,v
T
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
I
sEcTroN 01040 - cooRDrNArroN
t
l.l GENERAL
2t94
A. This Section includes requirements for coordinating construction operations including,
I but not necessarily limited to, the following:
I
1. Coordinationdrawings.
I 2. Administrative and supervisory personnel.t 3. Cleaning and protection.
I B. Progress Meetings, coordination meetings and pre-installation conferences are includedr in Section "Project Meetings."
I r.2 cooRDINATroN
-tlt
I A. Coordinate construction to assure effrcient and orderly installation of each part of the
t Work. Coordinate operations that depend on each other for proper installation,
connection, and operation.
1. Schedule operations in the sequence required to obtain the best results where
installation ofone part depends on installation ofother components, before or after
its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility
for maintenance, service, and repair.
I 3. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
B. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining
I procedures required for coordination. lnclude such items as required notices, reports, andI attendance at meetings.
I l. Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate contractors whereI coordination of their work is required.
I C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required proceduresr with other activities to avoid conflicts and assure orderly progress. Such activities
t
I
I
I
I
include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Preparationofschedules.
2. Delivery and processing of submittals.
3. Progress meetings.
4. Project closeout activities.
I cooRDINArroN 01040 - I
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
1.3 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
1.4 EXECUTION
MASTERSPEC. SLV
D. Conservation: Coordinate construction to assure that operations are carried out with
consideration for conservation of energy, water, and materials.
l. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance ol but not incorporated
in, the Work.
Coordination Drawings: Prepare coordination drawings if needed for installation of
products and materials fabricated by separate entities. Prepare coordination drawings
where limited space necessitates maximum utilization of space for eflicient installation
of different components.
I . Show the relationship of components shown on separate shop drawings.2. Indicate required installation sequences.
3. Comply with requirements contained in Section "Submittals."
Staff Names: Within 15 days of commencement of construction, submit a list of the
Contractor's staff assignments, including the superintendent and other personnel at the
Project Site. Identif,/ individuals and their responsibilities. List their addresses and
telephone numbers.
l. Post copies in the Project meeting room, the temporary field office, and each
temporary telephone.
2194
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
F.
A.Inspection of Conditions: Require Installers of major components to inspect substrate and
conditions under which work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
Coordinate temporary enclosrues with inspections and tests to minimize the need to
uncover completed construction.
clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials, during handling and
installation. Apply protective covering to assure protection from damage.
Clean and maintain completed construction as necessary through the construction period.
Adjust and lubricate operable components to assure operability without damaging effects.
Limiting Exposures: Supervise constuction to assure that no part is subject to harmful,
dangerous, or damaging exposure. Such exposures include, but are not limited to, the
B.
c.
D.
E.
COORDINATION 01040 - 2
I Copyright 1994 AIA
T BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCEI
-IOllowlng:
MASTERSPEC - SLV 2/94
I
I
I
I
1. Excessive static or dynamic loading.
2. Excessive internal or extemal pressures.
3. Excessively high or low temperatures.
4. Water or ice.
5. Solvents and chemicals.
6. Abrasion.
7. Soiling, staining, and corrosion.
8. Combustion.
9. Excessively high or lowhumidity.
10. Air contamination or pollution.
r I l. Heary traffic.
I 12. Theft.I 13. Vandalism.
I F. Manufacturer's Instructions: Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and
recommendations, to the extent that those instructions and recommendations are more
I explicit or stringent than requirements contained in Contract Documents.
I G. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing Work.
I Secure Work true to line and level. Allow for expansion and building movement.I
H. Visual Effects: Provide uniforrr joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints in expose
I Work as shown or to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to thet Owner (& Architect at Owner direction) for final decision.
t L Recheck measurements and dimensions, before starting each installation.I
I J. Install each component during weather conditions and Project status that will ensure the
I best possible results. Isolate each part of the completed construction from incompatible
material as necessary to prevent deterioration.
I K. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, REQUEST HEIGHTS
FROMARCHITECT.
t L. Inspect material immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject
damaged and defective items.,lIr ENDOFSECTIONOIO4O
I
I
I cooRDINAnoN 01040 - 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV
SECTION O1O5O . FIELD ENGINEERING
I.I GENERAL
A. This Section specifies requirements for field-engineering services including, but not
limited to, the following:
1. Land suwey work.
2. Civil-engineeringservices.
3. Damage surveys.
4. Geotechnicalmonitoring.
Submit a certificate signed by the Land Surveyor certifying that the location and elevation
of improvements comply with Contract Documents.
Final Property Survey: Submit 6 copies offinal property survey.
Project Record Documents: Submit a record of Work performed and record suwey data.
Surveyor Qualifications: Engage a land surveyor registered in the state where the Project
is located.
I.2 E)GCUTION
A. Identification: The Owner will identifi existing control points and property line corner
stakes.
Verifi layout information, in relation to property survey and existing benchmarks, before
proceeding to lay out the Work. Locate and protect existing benchmarks and control
points. Preserve pennanent reference points during construction.
l. Do not change or relocate benchmarks or control points without written approval.
Report destroyed reference points or requirements to relocate reference points
because of changes in grades.
2. Replace desroyed Project control points. Base replacements on the original survey
control points.
Establish and maintain a minimum of 2 permanent benchmarks.
1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record
Documents.
Existing Utilities: The existence of undergrowrd utilities and construction is not
guaranteed. Verifu locafion of underground utilities and other construction before
beginning sitework.
2t94
B.
C.
D.
E.
B.
C.
D.
FIELD ENGINEERING 01050 - 1
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV
1. Prior to constructiorl veriff location and invert elevation at points ofconnection of
sanitary and storm sewers, and water-service piping.
E. Work from lines and levels established by the property survey. Establish benchmarks and
markers to set lines and levels at each story ofconstruction and to locate each element.
Calculate and measure required dimensions within indicated or recognized tolerances.
Do not scale Drawings to determine dimensions.
1. Advise entities engaged in construction activities of marked lines and levels
provided for their use.
2. As construction proceeds, check every element for line, level, and plumb.
F. Surveyor's Log: Maintain a surveyor's log of control and other survey work. Make this
log available for reference.
1. Record deviations from lines and levels. Advise the Architect when deviations
exceed tolerances. On Project Record Drawings, record deviations that are
accepted and not corrected.
2. On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work
requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensiors,
locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework.
G. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, stakes
for grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and invert elevations.
H. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out batter boards for structures, building
foundations, column grids and locations, floor levels, and control lines and levels required
for mechanical and electrical work.
I. Existing Utilities: Fumish information necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing
structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other appurtenances located in or affected by
construction. Coordinate with local authorities having jurisdiction.
J. Final Property Survey: Prepare a final property survey showing significant features for
the Project. Include certification that metes, bounds, lines, and levels ofthe Project are
accurately positioned as shown on the survey.
l. Recording: At Substantial Completion, have final property survey recorded by
goveming authorities as official "properfy survey.,'
END OF SECTION O1O5O
2/94 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
IFIELD ENGINEERING 01050 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV 2t94
I
I
SECTION O12OO - PROJECT MEETINGS
I.I GENERAL
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for the General
Contractor for project meetings, including, but not limited to, the following:
l. Preconstnrctionconferences.
2. Preinstallationconferences.
3. Progress meetings.
B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting
construction. Review responsibilities and personnel assignmenls.
1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of the Owner, Architect, and their
consultants; the Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; and other
concemed parties shall attend.
a. Participants shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude
matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items that could affect progress, including the following:
Tentative construction schedule.
Critical work sequencing.
Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples.
Use of the premises.
Record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements, and the
approved schedule. Promptly distribute the record of the meeting to everyone
concemed, including the Owner and the Architect.
C. Owner, Architect, Contractor ( O.A.C.)Progress Meetings: Conduct O.A.C. progress
meetings at the Project Site twice a month or at intervals approved by the Architect.
Notifu the Owner and the Architect of scheduled dates at least two weeks in advance.
Coordinate meeting dates with preparation of the payment request.
l. Attendees: The Owner, Architect, the Contractor and its superintendent and other
entities concerned with cunent progress or involved in planning, coordination, or
future activities shall be represented. Participants shall be authorizedto conclude
matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous meeting. Review
a.
b.
c.
d.
PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - I
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
1.2 PRODUCTS (NotApplicable)
1.3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION O12OO
MASTERSPEC - SLV
items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion
appropriate to Project status.
Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.
Determine where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's Consffuction
Schedule. Determine how to expedite construction behind schedule, secure
commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss revisions required to
insure subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including the
following:
1) Time.
2) Sequences.
3) Status of submittals.
4) Deliveries and off-site fabrication problems.
5) Temporary facilities and services.6) Quality and work standards.l) Change Orders.
Reporting: Distribute meeting minutes to each party present and to parties
who should have been present. Include a summary of progress since the
previous meeting and report.
Schedule Updating: Revise the Contractor's Constnrction Schedule after each
meeting where revisions have been made. Issue the revised schedule
concurrently with the report of each meeting.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
2/94
b.
c.
PROJECTMEETINGS 01200 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1994 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
SECTION OI 3OO . SI.JBMITTALS
GENERAL
Submittal Procedures: Coordinate submittal preparation with construction, fabrication,
other submittals, and activities that require sequential operations. Transmit in advance of
construction operations to avoid delay.
I . Coordinate submittals for related operations to avoid delay because of the need to
review submittals concurrently for coordination. The Architect reseryes the right to
withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination until related submittals are
received.
2. Processing: Allow 2 weeks for initial review. Allow more time if the Architect must
delay processing to permit coordination. Allow 2 weeks for reprocessing.
a. No externion of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit
submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing.
3. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label on each submittal for identification.
Provide a 4- by 5-inch ( 1 00- by I 25-mm) space on the label or beside title block to
record review and approval markings and action taken. Include the following
information on the label for processing and recording action taken.
Project name.
Date.
Name and address of the Architect.
Name and address of the Contractor.
Name of the manufacturer, contact person, phone & fax number.
Submit sequence number.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
4. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately. Transmit with a
transmittal form. The Architect will not accept submittals from sources other than
the Contractor.
5. Transmittal Form: Use AIA Document G810. On the form, record requests for data
and deviations from requirements. Include Contractofs certification that information
complies with requirements.
6. Approved samples shall be kept on thejob site for later reference.
B. Conhactor's Construction Schedule: Prepare a horizontal bar-chart-type, contractor's
construction schedule. Provide a separate time bar for each activity and a vertical line to
5194
l.l
a.
b.
d.
t.
o
SUBMITTALS 01300 - I
ICopyright 1994 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV 5/94
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
identiff the first working day of each week. Use the same breakdown of Work indicated
in the "Schedule of Values." Indicate estimated completion in 10 percent increments. As
Work progresses, mark each bar to indicate actual completion.
C. Shop Drawings: Submit information, drawn to accurate scale. Indicate deviations from
Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Docrunents or copy standard information
as the basis of Shop Drawings, Contractor shall review and initial shop drawings prior to
Owner's or Architect's review. Note: Architect will not review and will retum shop
drawings to the contractor which have not been reviewed and or initialled bv the contactor
and or do not include/comply with the following information:
l. Dimensions.
2. Identification of products and materials included.3. Notation of coordination requirements.4. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.5. Sheet Size: Except for templates, pattems and similar full- size Drawings, submit
Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2" x I l" but no larger than 36" x 48".6. Quantity: Submit one correctable translucent vellum print and one blueline print for
review. The corrected translucent vellum print and one blue-line print ofthe noted
translucent print will be returned.7. Do not use Shop Drawings without a final starnp by the Architect or Engineer
indicating action taken in connection with construction.8. When required by applicable codes or the contract documents, provide
manufacturer's engineers stamp on shop drawings.
Note: quanities of products/materials will not be verified by the Architect or Engineer in the
shop drawings. This is the responsibility of the Contractor.
D. Weekly Construction Reports: Prepare a weekly report recording events at the site. Submit
duplicate copies to the Architect at weekly intervals. Include any or all of the following
information:
1. List ofsubcontractors at the site.2. High and low temperatures, general weather conditions.3. Accidents and unusual events.4. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.5. Meter readings and similar recordings.
6. Emergencyprocedures.
7. Orders and requests ofgoverning authorities.8. Servicesconnected,disconnected.
9. Equipment or system tests and startups.
10. Substantial Complefionsauthorized.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
SUBMITTALS 01300 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
Copyright 1994 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
E. Product Data: Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of
construction. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where Product
Data includes information on several products, mark copies to indicate applicable
information. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is deserved, the
submittal may serve as the final submittal.
F. Samples: Submit full-size Samples cured and finished as specified and identical with the
material proposed. Mount Samples to facilitate review of qualities.
l lnclude the following:
a. Specification Section number and reference.
b. Generic description of the Sample.c. Sample source.
d. Product name or name of the manufactruer, contact person, phone & fax
number.
e. Compliance with recognized standards.f. Availability and delivery time.
2. Submit Samples for review of size, kind, color, pattem, and texture, for a check of
these characteristics, and for a comparison of these characteristics between the final
submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed. Where variations are
inherent in the material, submit at least 3 units that show limits of the variations.
a. Refer to other Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate
workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections,
operation, and similar characteristics.
b. Refer to other Sections for Samples to be incorporated in the Work. Samples
must be undamaged at time of use. On the transmittal, indicate special
requests regarding disposition of Sample submittals.c. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or designated as the Owner's property,
are the Contractorfs property and shall be removed from the site.
Submit Samples for all exposed finishes including but not limited to the following:l. Exterior wood trim, columns, beams, siding and roofing2. Floor tiles.
3. All paints and stains.
4. GWB texture.
5. All exposed mechanical and electrical components.
6. Casework.
7. Door construction & wood selection.
8. Color concrete.
9. Stone flooring and wall veneer work.
10. Millwork, Interior wood trim and flooring
11. Wood, metal and clad wood door and window colors.
5/94
SUBMITTALS 0t300 - 3
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV s/94
12. Stucco color and texture
13. All exterior and interior exposed metal, flashing and decorative metal
work.
14. Interior integral plaster color and textues.
15. All other items required to be submitted in other sections of the
specifications.
G. Architect's Action: Except for submittals for the record or information, where action and
retum are required, the Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken,
and return. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility.
l. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp. The
Architect will mark the stamp appropriately to indicate the action taken.
1.2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
1.3 EXECUTION (NotApplicable)
END OF SECTION OI3OO
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
ISUBMITTALS01300 - 4
D.
1.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1998
BILLINGSLEY
MASTERSPEC- SLVAIA O
RESIDENCE
9t98
SECTION 01400 - QUALTTY REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL
Testing and inspecting seryices are required to verifr compliance with requirements
specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for
compliance with the Contract Docurnent requirements.
l. Quality-control services do not include contract enforcement activities perforrned
by Architect.
Delegated-Design Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design
services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor
by the Contract Docurnents, provide products and systerns complying with specific
performance and design sriteria indicated.
1. If criteria indicated are not zufficient to perform services or certification required,
submit a written request for additional information to Architect.
Delegated-Design Submifial In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Dda, and other
required submittals, submit a stdement, signed and sealed by the responsible design
professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be
designed or certified by a desip professionaf indicating that the products and systenrs
are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes,
loads, and other fastors used in perfonning these services.
Reports: Prepare and submit certified nnitten reports that include the fo[owing
1. Date of issue.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name, addresg and telephone number oftesting agency.4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.5. Narrcs of individuals making tests and inspections.6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.7, Identification ofproduct and Specification Section8. Corrylete test or inspection data9, Test and inspection rezuhs "nd an interpretation of test results.
10. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.
I l. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work cornplies
with the Contract Document requirements.
References
QUALITYREQTIIREMENTS 01400 - I
Copyright 1998 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
CE
9198 I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
l. ANSVASTM D3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing
and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construc-
tion.
2. ANSVASTM E329 - Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies
for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction.
Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owney's records, submit copies of permits,
licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices,
receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, recordq and similar documentq
established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of
the Work.
Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those
indicated for this Project and with a record of zuccessful in-service perforurance, as
well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized
representative ofmanufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect
installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to
those indicated for this Project.
Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or
assembling work similar in material, desigrl and extent to that indicated for this Project,
whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service
performance.
Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systerns
similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service
perforrnance.
Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified
to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those
performed for installations of the systen\ assembly, or product that are similar to those
indicated for this Project in material design, and extent.
Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to
conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and that
specializes in types of tests and inspections to be performed.
L. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's
responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.
F.
I.
J.
QUALITY REQUREMENTS 01400 - 2
N.
o.
P.
I
I
I
II
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
a
CE
a 9/98Copyright 1998 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RJSIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLV
1. Ounrer will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
testing agencies engaged and a descripion of the types of testing and inspecting
they are engaged to perform"
2. Costs for retestrng and reinspecting construction tlnt replaces or is necessitated by
work tlrat failed to comply with the Contrast Documents will be charged to
Contractor.
Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control
services specified and required by authorities havingjurisdiction.
1. Where services are indicated as Contactor's responsibility, engage a qualified
testing agency to perform these quality-control services.
a. Contractor shall not employ the same entity engaged by Owner, unless
agreed to in writing by Owner.
2. Notifi testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that
requires testing or inspecting will be performed.
3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractods responsibility, submit
a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.
4. Tesing 4d inspectilg requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract
Docurnents are Contraclor's responsibility.
5. Submit additional copies of each unitten report directly to authorities having
jurisdictioa when tlrey so direct.
Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicate4 engage a factory-authorized service
representative to inspect field-assembled conponents and equipment installation,
including service connections. Report results in writing.
RetestinglReinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were
Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control serviceg including retesting and
reinspecting, for construction that revised or replaced Work that failed to comply with
requirements established by the Contract Documents.
Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in
performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and
inspections.
l. Notifi Architect and Contractor promptly of inegularities or deficiencies
observed in the Work during performance of its services.
2. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and
inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.
3. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar
quality-conhol service through Contractor.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 3
Copyright 1998 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV 9/98
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
4. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents
or approve or accept any portion of the Work.
5. Do not perform any duties of Contrastor.
a. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing requhed tests, inspections,
and similar quality-conhol services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as
requested. Notifr agency suffrciently in advance of operations to permit assignment of
persomrel. Provide the following:
l. Access to the Work.
2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and
inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.
4. Facilities for storage and field-curing oftest samples.
5. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes tlrat require control
by testing agency.
6. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at
Project site.
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
1.2
1.3
A.
Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-
zrssurzmc€ and quality-control ssrvices with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity
of removing and replacing construction to accommodatetesting and inspecting.
l. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
PRODUCTS (NotUsed)
E)(ECUTION
Repair and Protection: On completion of testing, inspecting, sanple taking and similar
services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other
Sections of these Specifications. Restore patched areas and extend restoration
into adjoining areas in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching.
2. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.3. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of tfie assignment
of responsibility for quality-control services.
END OF SECTION OI4OO
QUALITY REQIIIREMENTS 01400 - 4
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
Copynght 1997 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV tt/97
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
SECTION 01421 - REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
I.I GENERAL
A. Definitions: Basic contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
"Indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the Drawings; or to
other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and similar requirements in the Contact
Documents. Terms such as "shou'n," "noted," "scheduled," and "specifiedt' are used to help
the user locate the reference. Location is not limited.
"Directedr" "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "requiredr" and "permitted"
mean directed by the Architect, requested by the Architect, and similar phrases.
"Approved," when used in conjunction with the Architect's action on the Contractor's
submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the Architect's duties and
responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
"Regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities
having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction
industry that control performance of the Work.
"Fumish" means to supply and deliver to the Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking,
assembly, installation, and similar operations.
"Install" describes operations at the Project site including the actual unloading, temporary
storage, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to
dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
"Provide" means to fumish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
"Installer" is the Contractor or another entity engaged by the Contractor, either as an
employee, subcontractor, or contractor oflower tier, to perform a particular construction
activity, including installation, erection, application, or similar operations. Installers are
required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform.
l. The term "experienced," when used with the term "installer," means having
successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope
to this Project; being familiar with the special requirements indicated; and having
complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities
must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic
name, such as "carpenter. "
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 0r42t - |
Copyright 1997 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV 1r/97
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
J. "hoject site" is the space available to the Contractor for performing construction activities,
either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other work as part of the
Project. The extent of the Project site is shown on the Drawings and may or may not be
identical with the description of the land on which the project is to be built.
K. "Testing Agencies": A testing agency is an independent entity engaged to perform specific
inspections or tests, either at the Project site or elsewhere, and to report on and, ifrequired"
to interpret results ofthose inspections or tests.
L. Specification Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based
on the 16-division format and CSVCSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system.
M. Specification Content: These Specifications use certain conventions for the style of
language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in
particular situations. These conventions are as follows:L Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract
Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate.
Words implied, but not stated, shall be interpolated as the sense requires. Singular
words shall be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular where
applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates.2. Streamlined language is generally used in the Specifications. Requirements
expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by the Contractor. At certain
locations in the Section Text, subjective language is used for clarity to describe
responsibilities that must be fulfrlled indirectly by the Contractor or by others when
so noted.
a- The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with,,' depending on the
context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
N. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as
if bound or copied direcfly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such
standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
O. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of the date of the Contact
Documents.
Copies of Standards: Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract
Documents. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction
activity, the Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source and make
them available on request.
Abbreviations and Names: where abbreviations and acronyms are used in the
Specifications or other Contract Documents, they mean the recognized name of the tade
association, standards-producing organization, authorities having jurisdiction, or other
P.
a.
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01421 - 2
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
t
I
I
Copyright 1997 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV tt/97
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
entity applicable to the context of the text provision. Refer to Gale Research's
"Encyclopedia of Associations" or Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional
Associations ofthe U.S.," which are available in most libraries.
Most commonly used abbreviations:
l. ACI - American Concrete Institute
2. AFPA - American Forest & Paper Association3. AGA - American Gas Association
4. AHAM - Association of Home Appliance Manufac.5. AISC - American Institute of Steel Const.6. AITC - American Institute of Timber Const.7. ANSI - American National Standards Inst.8. APA - American Plywood Association
9. ASHRAE - American Society ofHeating, Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Engrs.
10. ASTM - American Society for Testing & Materials
11. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute
12. AWS - American Welding Society
13. BIA - Brick-Inst. of America
14. CRSI - Conc. Reinforcing Steel Inst.
15. FGMA - Flat Glass Marketing Assn.
16. FM - Factory Mutual Research Organization
17. KCMA - Kitchen Cabt. Manufac. Assoc.
18. NCMA - Natl. Conc. Masonry Assoc.
19. NEC - Natl. Elect. Code
20. NFPA-Natl. FireProtec. Assn.
21. N.F.P.A. - Natl. Forest Products Assn.
22. NWWDA - Natl. Wood Window & Door Assn.
23. PCA - Portland Cement Assn.
24. PCI - Precast-Prestressed Conc. Inst.
25. SDI - Steel Door Inst.
26. SIGMA - Sealed Insulating Glass Manufac. Assoc.
27. SMACNA - Sheet Metal & Air Conditionins Contractors Natl. Assoc.
28. TCA - Tile Council of America
29. UL - Underwriters Laboratories
30. WWPA - Western Wood Products Assn.
31. WRCLA - Westem Red Cedar Lumber Assn.
R. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For the Owner's records, submit copies of permits,
licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices,
receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents,
established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the
Work.
END OF SECTION 01421
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 0t421-3
B.
D.
F.
1.1
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
II
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
Copyneht 1994 AIA MASTERSPEC. SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
SECTION OI5OO - CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
5t94
GENERAL
Summary: This Secfion specifies construction facilities and temporary controls including
temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. Provide
facilities, ready for use, maintain, expand and modiff as needed. Remove when no longer
needed, or replace by permanent facilities.
Use charges: cost or use charge for temporary facilities are not chargeable to the Owner or
Architect, and will not be accepted as basis of claims for a Change Order.
Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of
authorities having jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the following:
l. Building code requirements.
2. Health and safety regulations.
3. Utility company regulations.
4. Police, fire department, and rescue squad rules.5. Environmentalprotectionregulations.
6. Subdivision regulations and covenants
Standards: Comply wift NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations,
and Demolition Operations," ANSI Al0 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for
Construction and Demolition," and NECA Elecfical Design Library "Temporary Electrical
Facilities."
l. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations
for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with NFPA 70 'T.{ational
Electric Code."
Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary
utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
Temporary Utility Installation: Engage the local utility company to install temporary
service or connect to existing service. Arrange for a time when service can be intemrpted
to make connections. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction.
l. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping of sizes and pressures
adequate for construction. Sterilize water piping prior to use. Provide 3/4"
heavy-duty, rubber hoses 100 ft. long with shut-off noule at each outlet.
2. Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500 - t
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV 5/94
distribution system ofsufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics. Include
meters, transformers, overload protected disconnects, automatic ground- fault
intemrpters and main distribution switch gear. Install service underground.
a. Power Distribution System: Install wiring overhead, and rise vertically where
least exposed to damage.
b. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured NEMA polarized outlets.
Provide outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit intemrpters, reset button and
pilot light, for connection of power tools and equipment.
c. Elecuical PowerCords: Provide groundedextension cords; use "hard-service"
cords where exposed to traffrc.
3. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching to fulfrll security
requirements and provide illumination for construction operations and traffic
conditions.
a. Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps.
Provide guard cages or tempered glass enclosures, where exposed to breakage.
Provide exterior fixtures where exposed to moisture.
4. Telephones: Provide temporary telephone service for personnel engaged in
construction. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
Materials and Equipment: Provide new materials. If acceptable to the Architect, the
Contractor may use undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable condition.
Provide materials suitable for use intended.
1. Open-Mesh Fencing: 1l gauge, galvanized 2-inch chainlink fabric fencing 6 feet high
with galvanized barbed-wire top strand and galvarrized steel pipe posts, l-1l2 inches
I.D. for line posts and2-l/2 inches I.D. for corner posts.
Temporary Construction and Support Facilities Installation: Locate for easy access.
Mainain facilities until Substantial Completion. Remove prior to Substantial Completion.
Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent
facilities, under conditions acceptable to the Owner.
1. Provide temporary construction office and sheds, as needed, located within the
construction area. Comply with code requirements.2. Temporary Heat: Provide temporaf,y heat for curing or drying of completed
installations or protection of installed construction from adverse effects of low
temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmfirl effect
on completed installations; heating units shall have been tested and labeled by UL,
FM or another recognized trade association related to the type of fuel used.
Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce the ambient condition required.
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
t
I
I
G.
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
Copyright 1994 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV 5/94
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
a- Heating Facilities: Provide vented self-contained LP gas or fuel oil heaters
with individual space thermostatic control. Use of gasoline-buming space
heaters, open flame, or salamander type units is prohibited.
' 3' Field Offrces: Provide insulated, weathertight offices of size to accommodate
personnel. Provide heated, prefabricated units or similar construction, on adequate
support, with lockable entrances, operable windows and serviceable finishes. Keep
clean and orderly for use for small progress meetings.
4. Provide temporary toilets and drinking water fixtures. Comply with regulations and
health codes for the type, number, location, operation and maintenance of fixtures.
Install where facilities will best serve the Project. Provide disposable materials for
each facility. Provide covered waste containers for used material.5. Toilets: Install self-contained single-occupant toilet units ofthe chemical, aerated
recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass
fiber reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material.6. Drinking Water Facilities: Provide containerized tap-dispenser bottled-water type
drinking water units.
7 ' Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosure for protection ofconstruction
from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations and similar activities.
Where heat is needed and the building enclosure is incomplete, provide enclosures
where there is no other provision for containment of heat. Coordinate enclosure with
ventilating and material drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions.8. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste daily. Comply with NFPA 241 for
removal of combustible waste. Enforce requirements stictly. Handle hazardous,
dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste by
containerizing properly. Dispose in a lawful manner.9. Stairs: Provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequate. Cover finished
permanent stain with a protective covering so finishes will be undamaged at the time
ofacceptance.
I. Security and Protection Facilities Installation: Except for use of permanent fire protection
as soon as available, do not change from use oftemporary security and protection facilities
to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.
l. Fire Protection: Until fire protection is supplied by permanent facilities, install and
maintain temporary fue protection of types needed to protect against predictable and
controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA l0 "standard for Portable Fire
Extinguishers," and NFPA 241 "standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations
and Demolition Operations. "2. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried, portable Ul-rated, class "A" fire
extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In otler locations provide
hand-carried, portable, Ul--rated, class "ABC" dry chemical extinguishers. Locate
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500 - 3
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
5/94
fue extinguishers where effective for the intended purpose, but not less than one on t
each floor near each usable stairwell.I
I
t
I
I
I
Io
ENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV
Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishen, fire hydrants, temporary fire
protection facilities, stairways and otler access routes for fighting fires.
Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire exposure areas.
Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations.
c. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion type temporary heating
units, and sources offire ignition.
3. Permanent Fire Protection: At the earliest date complete installation of the
permanent fire protection facility, including connected services, and place into
operation. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities.
4. Banicades, Warning Signs and Lights: Comply with standards and code
requirements for erection of banicades. Paint appropriate waming signs to inform
personnel and the public of the hazard being protected against. where needed
provide lighting, including flashing lights.5. Enclosure Fence: When excavation begins, install an enclosure fence with lockable
entrance gates where indicated, or enclose the entire site or the portion sufficient to
accommodate operations.
a. Provide open-mesh, chain-link fencing with posts set in a compacted mixture
ofgravel and earth.
6. Environmental Protection: Operate temporary facilities and conduct construction by
methods that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility
that air, waterways and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted. Avoid use of
tools and equipment which produce harmfirl noise. Restrict use of noise making
tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints.
Execution: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability to
intended use to minimize abuse. Maintain facilities in good operating condition until
removal. Protect from damage by freezing temperatures and the elements.
l. Maintain operation of enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation and
similar facilities on a 24-hour day basis to achieve indicated results and to avoid
damage.
2. Prevent piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect from
damage during excavation operations.
Termination and Removal: Remove each facility when the need has ended, or replaced by
a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or restore
b.
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
J.
K.
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500 - 4
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
ENCE
5194
construction delayed because of interference with the facility. Repair damaged Work, clean
exposed surfaces and replace constuction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
Temporary facilities are property ofthe Contractor.
Remove paving that is not acceptable for integration into permanent paving. where
the area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and fill that does not
comply with requirements. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt
and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growtb
of plant materials. Repair or replace street paving, curbs and sidewalks at the
temporary entrances.
At Substantial Completion, renovate perrnanent facilities used during the consfiuction
period, including but not limited to:
a. Replace air filters and clean inside of ductwork and housings.b. Replace wom parts and parts subject to unusual operating conditions.c. Replace bumed out lamps.
END OF SECTION O15OO
L
2.
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01s00 - 5
I O
SECTION 01530 - BARRIERS
,T BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
I,r
I PART I -GENERAL
- A. Requirements Included
a Furnish, install, and maintain suitable barriers as required to prevent public entry, and
I to protect the work, existing facilities, trees, and plants from construction operations;
remove when no longer needed, or at completion of work.
I
l B. Related Requirements
Section 01010 - Summary of Work
I PART 2. MATERIALS
t A. Nlaterials, General
- Materials may be new or used, suitable for the intended purpose, but must not violate
- requirements ofapplicable codes and standards.
- B. Fencine
I Materiis to Contractor's option, as appropriate to serve required purpose.
I C. Barriers
I Materials to Contractor's option, as appropriate to serve required purpose.
I
I PART3.EXECUTION
I,
A. General
I L lnstall facilities of a neat and reasonably uniform appearance, srrucnuallyf adequate for required purposes.
I Z. Maintain barriers during entire construction period.
3- Relocate barriers as required by progress ofconstruction.Ir B. Fences
I I . Prior to start of work at the project site, install enclosure fence with suitably
I locked entrance gates.
1; 2. Locate fence as appropriate to serve required purpose.
t
C. Tree and Plant ProtectionIr l. Preserve and protect existing trees and plants at site that are designated to remain,
and those adjacent to site.-.
I
I
BARRIERS 01530 - I
SECTION 01530 - BARRIERS
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
t
2. Consult with the Engineer, and remove agreed on roots and branches that interfere
with construction.
3. Provide temporary barriers, to a height of6 feet, around eachroot zone, or around
each group, oftree's and plant's root zone.
4. Protect root zones oftrees and olants:
a. Do not allowvehiculartraffic or parking.
b. Do not store materials or products.
c. Prevent dumping of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids.
d. Prevent puddling or continuous nmning water.
5. Carefully supervise excavating, grading and filling, and subsequent construction
operations, to prevent damage.
6. Replace, or suitably repair, trees and plants designated to remain that are damaged or
destroyed as a result of construction operations.
D. Removal
l. Completely remove barricades, including foundations, when construction has
progressed to the point that they are no longer needed, and when approved by the
Engineer or Architect.
2. Clean and repair damage caused by installation, fill, and grade areas of the site to
required elevations and slopes, and clean the area.
End of Section
BARzuERS 01530 - 2
5/94
B.
C.
D.
1.1
I
T
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1994 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE.
SECTION 01600 - MATERIALS AND EQUTPMENT
GENERAL
"Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the
Project or taken from previously purchased stock.
I ' "Named Products" are items identified by the manufacturer's product name, including
make or model number or designation, shown or listed in the manufacturer's
published product literature.
"Materials" are products substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined or
otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work.
"Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated,
that requires service connections, such as wiring or piping.
Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind from
a single source.
I . When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between 2 or more products for
use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products previously
selected.
2. All exposed products of one type must be of the same kind and finish.
Deliver, store, and handle products according to the manufacturer's recommendations, using
means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft.
l. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage and to prevent overcrowding
construction spaces. Coordinate with installation to assure minimum holding time
for items that me flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration,
theft, and other losses.
2. Deliver products in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging
system' complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking,
protecting, and installing.
3. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents
and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.4. Store products to facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of
units. Store heavy materials away from the structure in a manner that will not
endanger the supporting construction.5. Store products subject to damage by the elements aboveground, under cover in a
weathertight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain
MATERTALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - I
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE.
MASTERSPEC - SLV 5194
I
I
I
temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions.
1.2 PRODUCTS
General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract
Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, new at the time of
installation.
l. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety guards, and other
devices and details needed for a complete installation and the intended use and effect.2. Standard Products: Where available, provide standard products oftypes that have
been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.
B. Product Selection Procedures: Procedures goveming product selection include the
following:
l. Semiproprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name 2 or more
products or manufacturers, provide I of the products indicated. No substitutions will
be permitted.
a. Where products are specified by name, accompanied by the term "or equal,"
comply with provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval for use
of an unnamed product.
EXECUTION
Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation of products. Anchor each product
securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other Work. Clean exposed surfaces
and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of
Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 01600
l^3
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
l
I
IMATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 2
B.
l.l
I
T
I
T
t
t
t
I
I
l
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
oCopyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE.
SECTION 0163I . SUBSTITUTIONS
MASTERSPEC - SLV 8/94
GENERAL
substitutions: changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction
required by the Contract Documents proposed after award of the Contract are considered
requests for substitutions. The following are not requests for substitutions:
1' Substitutions requested during the bidding period and accepted by Addendum prior
to award of the Contract.
2. Revisions to the Contract Documents requested by the Owner.3. Specified options included in the Contract Documents.4. contractor's compliance with regulations issued by goveming authorities.
Substitution Request Submiual: The Architect will consider requests for substitution
received within 60 days after cornmencement of the Work.
l. Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution. Submit requests according to
procedures required for change-order proposals.2. Identify the product or method to be replaced in each request. Include related
Specification Section and Drawing numbers.3. Provide documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions
and the following information:
a- Coordination information, including a list of changes needed to other Work
that will be necessary to accommodate the substitution.b. A comparison of the substitution with ttre work specified, including
performance, weight, size, durability, and visual effect.c. Product Dat4 including Drawings and descriptions of products and installation
procedures.
d. Samples, where applicable or requested.e. A statement indicating the effect on the Contractor's Construction Schedule
compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the
effect of the substitution on Contract Time.f. cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the contract
Sum.
4. Architect's Action: If necessary, the Architect will request additional information
within one week of receipt of a request for substitution. The Architect will notify the
Contractor ofacceptance or rejection within 2 weeks ofreceipt ofthe requesr or one
week from receipt of additional information. Whichever is later. If a decision on the
SIJBSTITUTIONS 01631 - I
Copyright 1994 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE.
use of a substitute cannot be made within time allocated, use product specified.
Acceptance will be in the form of a change order.
a. Use the product specified if the Architect cannot make a decision within the
time allocated.
PRODUCTS
Conditions: The Architect will receive and consider a request for substitution when one
or more of the following conditions are satisfied. Otherwise, the Architect will retum the
requests without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements.
l. Extensive revisions to the Contract Documents are not required.2. Changes are in keeping with the intent of the Contract Documents.3. The specified product cannot be provided within the Contact Time. The Architect
will not consider the request ifthe specified product cannot be provided as a result
of failure to pursue the Work promptly.
4. The request is related to an "or-equal" clause.5. The substitution offers the owner a substantial advantage, in cost, time, or other
considerations, after deducting compensation to the Architect for redesign and
increased cost of other construction.6. The specified product cannot receive approval by a governing authority, and the
substitution can be approved.
The Contractor's submittal and the Architect's acceptance of Shop Drawings, Product Data,
or Samples for construction not complying with the Contract Documents do not constitute
an acceptable request for substitution, nor do they constitute approval.
EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 0163I
8/94 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
l
I
t
1.2
A.
B.
1.3
SUBSTITUTIONS 0163r -2
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
l
I
I
I
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
CE
8/94
1.1
SECTION OITOO - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
GENERAL
Substantial Completion: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial
Completion, complete the following:
1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date
substantial completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the work
claimed as substantially complete.
a- Include supporting documentation for completion and an accounting of
changes to the Contract Sum.
2. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final
certifications, and similar documents.3. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage
or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.4. Changeover locks and transmit keys to the Owner.5. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of operation and maintenance
personnel. Remove temporary facilities, mockups, construction tools, and similar
elements.
6. complete final cleanup requirements, including touch up painting. Touch up and
repair and restore marred, exposed finishes.
Inspection Procedures: On receip of a request for inspection, the Architect will proceed
or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate
of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of construction
that must be completed or conected before the certificate will be issued.
l. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work is
substantially complete.
2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final
acceptance.
Final Acceptance: Before requesting inspection for certification offinal acceptance and
final payment, complete the following:
1. Final payment request with releases and supporting documentation. Include
insurance certifi cates where required.2. Submit a statement, accounting for changes to the Contract Sum.3. Submit a copy of the final inspection list stating that each item has been completed
or otherwise resolved for acceptance.
B.
I
I
t
I
I
I CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-l
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
o
CE
MASTERSPEC - SLV 8t94 I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a record of stored fuel, and similar data as
ofthe date of Substantial Completion.
5. Submit consent of surety to final payment.
6. Submit evidence of continuing insurance coverage
requirements.
complying with insurance
D. Reinspection Procedure: The Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that
the Work has been completed, except for items whose completion is delayed under
circumstances acceptable to the Architect.
1. Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect will prepare a certificate of final
acceptance. If the Work is incomplete, the Architect will advise the Contractor of
Work that is incomplete or obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required.2. Ifnecessary, reinspection will be repeated.
E' Project Record Document: As a part of the Substantial Completion submit project documents to
the Owner or Architect for review and transmittal to the Owner:
l. As-Built Drawings: Complete clean copy of conhact documents with changes which
occurred during construction noted in red. Show actual location of underground
utilities on site plan with reference dimensions to building comers, or other
permanent reference. Indicate actual routing of mechanical and electrical systems
inside of buildings.
2. Clean copy of the Product Data for all manufactured materials, systems, equipment
and fixtures actually installed on this project. Data is indexed by project
specification Table of Contents. Submit in three-ring index labeled "Record
Documents". Project data may be photocopies of specific product data or original
brochures.
3. Clean copy of shop drawings submitted for this project. Drawings are folded to one
size no larger than I lxl7 inches and contained in manila envelope(s).4. Typed list ofproject zubcontractors and suppliers indicating company name, address
and business phone numbers. Include emergency and service phone numbers where
applicable. Include in binder with product Data required in Item 1 above.5. Manufactuer maintenance instructions for special finishes such as hardwood floors,
countertops, special paint finishes, etc.6. Original, signed Certificates of Warranty required by specifications or as a part of
equipment purchase. Include in Product Data filed under appropriate Section.7. In separate three-ring binder labeled "Operating & Maintenance Instructions", insert
manufacturer operating and maintenance manual for each piece of equipment
installed on this project. Include sources for spare and replacement parts, lubricants
and any maintenance agreements required by the Contract Documents.8- Where combined systems require a sequence of operations not contained in
Manufacturer Instructions, provide:
a. Start up and shut down procedure.
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLV
b. Emergencyoperatinginstuctions.
c. Procedure for noise and vibration adjustnents.d. DescriptionofSafetyprocedures.
9. Complete list of all paint color code numbers, paint manufacturer and local supplier(s).
Include these documents as indexed sections of the "Operating & Maintenance Instructions".
F. Final Cleaning: Employ experienced workers for final cleaning. Clean each surface to the
condition expected in a commercial building cleaning and maintenanc€ program. Complete the
following before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion:
1. Remove labels that axe not permanent labels.
2. Clean hansparent materials. Remove glazing compound. Replace chipped or broken
glass.
3. Clean exposed hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free of slains, films and
similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective
condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. vacuum carpeted surfaces.4. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication.
Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light frxtures and lamps.5. Clean the site of rubbish, litter and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas;
remove stains, spills and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved
nor planted, to a smooth even-textured surface.
G. Pest Control: Engage an experienced exterminator to make a final inspection, and rid the
Project ofrodents, insects and other pests.
H. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities.
I. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety
standards for cleaning. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful
manner.
1.2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION OITOO
o
CE
t
I
t
I
I
t CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-3
B.
C.
D.
F.
l.l
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
SECTION OI74O - WARRANTIES
G.
MASTERSPEC - SLV
GENERAL
Standard product warranties are preprinted written warranties published by individual
manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to
tle Owner.
Special warranties me written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract
Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide
greater rights for the Owner.
L Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's period for correction
of the Work.
Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product
warranties do not relieve the Conhactor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the
products. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve
suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special wan:anties with
the Contractor.
Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted constuction,
remove and replace construction that has been damaged as a result of such failure or must
be removed and replaced to provide access for correction ofwarranted construction.
Reinstatement of warranty: when work covered by a warranty has failed and been
conected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The
reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustnent for
depreciation.
Replacement Cost: upon determination that work covered by a warranty has failed,
replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of the
Contract Documents. The Conhactor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding
defective work regardless of whether the owner has benefited from use of the work
through a portion of its anticipated useful service life.
Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied
wa:ranties and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise
available under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations
on the time in which the owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or
remedies.
rr/94
WARRA}.ITIES 01740 - I
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV tU94
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
1 Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to
limit selection to products with wananties not in conflict with requirements of the
Contract Documents.
2. Where the Contract Documents require a special warranty, or similar commitment,
the Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept the Work, until the Contractor
presents evidence that entities required to countersign such commitnenls are willing
to do so.
1.2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION OI74O I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
tWARRANTIES01740 -2
l.l
t.2
1.3
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV 5/94
SECTION 02060 - BIIILDING DEMOLITION
GENERAL
Definitions: As follows:
l. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled,
salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property.2. Remove and Salvage: Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain lhe Owner's
property. Remove, clean, and pack or crate items to protect against damage. Identifi
contents of containers and deliver to Owne/s designated storage area.3. Remove and Reinstall: Remove items indicated; clean, rervice, and othenvise preparg
them for reuse; store and protect against damage. Reinstall items in locations indicated.4. Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling
during demolition. when permitted by the Architect, items may be removed to a
suitable, protected storage location during demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in
their original locations.
Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, or otherwise indicated to remain
the Owner's property, demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall be
removed from the site with funher disposition at the Contractor,s option.
Record drawings at Project closeout according to Division I Section "Contract Closeout."
l. IdentiS and accurately locate capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical,
or mechanical conditions,
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before starting
demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authoritieJhaving jurisdiction.
owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of buildings to be demolished.
Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted.
PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
EXECUTION
Survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any element might result ina structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure or adjacent
structures during demolition.
Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from demolition activities.
Utility Requirements: Locate, identif, shut off, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility
services serving structures to be demolished.
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
B.
c.
BUILDING DEMOLITION 02060 - I
Copyright 1994 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
l. Provide temporary services during intemrptions to existing utilities to remain, as
acceptable to Owner and to goveming authorities.
D. Drain, purge, or otlerwise remove, collec! and dispose of chemicals, gases, explosives, acids,
flammables, or other dangerous rnaterials before proceeding with demolition operations.
E. Conduct demolition operations and remove debris to ensure minimum interference with roads,
streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
F. Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings,
facilities, and site improvements to remain. Ensure safe passage of people around demolition
area.
G. Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or strucfural support to preserve
stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of buildings to be demolished
H. Explosives: Use of explosives will not be permitted.
I. Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable metlods to limit the spread of dust and
dirt. Comply with goveming environmental protection regulations.
J. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and
ar€as.
K. Building Demolition: Demolish buildings completely and remove from the site. Use methods
required to complete Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:
L. Completely remove below-grade construction, including foundation walls and footings.
M. Completely fill below-grade areas and voids resulting from demolition of buildings and
pavements with satisfactory soil materials according to requirements specified in Division 2
Section "Earthwork. "
N. Damages: Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by demolition operations.
O. Disposal: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to
accumulate on-site.
1 . Do not burn dernolished materials.2. Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.
END OF SECTION 02060
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
IBTIILDING DEMOLITION 02060 -2
I sECrroN ozzlo -rr* ort^o
- BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
I
t PARr l -cENERAL
r A. Work Included
I 1. Remove topsoil and stockpile on site for later use.
I 2. Excavate subsoil and reform to grades, contours, and levels.
I 3. Excavate for roadways, walks, curbs, gutters, parking areas, Iandscaped areas, andr sfructures.
t B. Related Work
- l. Section 02230 - Clearing
- 2. Section 02260 -Excavation
I 3. Section 02261 -Finish Grade.
I C. Existing Conditions
I l. Known approximate underground, surface and aerial utility lines, buried objects are
I
indicated on the drawings. Contractor to coordinate ufility locations.
D. ProtectionI
I 1. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, rock outcroppings, and other features remaining as paxt of
final landscaping.
r 2. Protect benchmarks, property pins, existing structures, fences, roads, sidewalks, paving,
- and curbs against damage from equipment and vehicular traffrc.
r 3. Protect aerial, surface, or underground utility lines or appurtenances that are to remain.
I 4. Repair damage to the approval of the Owner, utility owner or the Engineer.
T
PART2-MATERIALS
A. Products
I 1. Excavated fill material - soil free from roots, rocks larger than 3 inches, and buildingr debris.
I
I
Site Grading 02210 - 1
'ECTION
02210 -rrr' Or?^O
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
2. Additional fill material - AASHTO Designation M145, soil classification groups.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. Preparation
L Establish and identifu required lines, levels, contours and datum.
2. Maintain benchmarks, monumentso and other reference points. Re-establish if disturbed
or destroyed, at no cost to the Ovmer.
3. Before start of grading, establish the location and extent of utilities in the work areas as
required in Section 01010 of Division I of these specifications. Notify utilities to remove
and relocate lines which are in the way of construction.
4. Maintain, protect, reroute or extend as required existing utilities to remain which pass
through the work area.
B. Removal of Topsoil
I . Remove topsoil of horticultural value from building area of site, and stockpile in the area
designated by the Owner and Contractor. Do not permit topsoil to be mixed with subsoil.
2. Do not strip topsoil when wet.
3. Do not stockpile topsoil to depths exceeding 8 feet. Do not drive over stockpiled topsoil.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
End of Section
Site Grading 02210 -2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Copyneht 1997 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
CE
5197
1.1
SECTION 02230 - SITE CLEARING
GENERAL
Materials Ownenhip: Except for materials indicated to be stockpiled or to remain Owner's
property, cleared materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from
the site.
Traffc: Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities
without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction,
Protection: Provide temporary fences, barricades, coverings, or other protection to preserve
existing items indicated to remain and to prevent injury or damage to persons or property.
Provide protection for adjacent properties as required.
PRODUCTS
A. Satisfactory Soil Materials: Requirements for satisfactory soil materials are specified in
Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
l. Obtain approved bonow soil materials off-site when satisfactory soil materials are
not available on-site.
EXECUTION
Locate and clearly flag tre€s and vegetation to remain or to be relocated.
As determined by the Engineer, existing on-site materials shall be carefully removed and
stored on site as directed. Transplanting will be limited to smaller trees and shrubs (0-3-in
diameter). Payment shall be on a per tree basis.
Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction.
l. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner.
Erect and maintain a tempomry fence around drip line of individual trees or around
perimeter drip line of groups of trees to remain. Remove fence when construction is
complete.
L Where excavation for new construction is required within drip line of trees, hand
clear and excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use nanow-tine spading
forks, comb soil to expose roots, and cleanly cut roots as close to excavation as
possible.
B.
C.
1.2
1.3
SITE CLEARING 02230 - |
Copyright 1997 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLV 5/97
D. Do not excavate within drip line of trees, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Repair or replace tees and vegetation indicated to remain that are damaged by construction
operations, in a manner approved by Architect.
F. Utilities: Locate and identifr exact location ofall utilities on site before any digging.
Discorurect, and seal or cap off utilities indicated to be removed. Do not intemrpt utilities
serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted. Arrange to provide
temporary utility sewices.
1' Excavate for and remove underground utilities indicated to be removed.
G. Clearing and Grubbing: Remove obstuctions, trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation to
permit installation of new construction. Removal includes digging out stumps and
obstructions and grubbing roots. All stumps, roots, willows, shrubs, and limbs are the
property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by the Contractor. Small limbs and
shrubs may be chipped on site. Owner will provide an area for storage of chipped material.
Hand grubbing may be required in roadway sections to insure that no organic materials
will be present in the road section.1. Fill depressions with satisfactory soil material. Place fill material in horizontal layers
not exceeding 8-inch (200-mm) loose depth, and compact each layer to a density
equal to adjacent original ground.
H. Topsoil Sripping: Remove sod and grass before stripping topsoil. Strip topsoil to
whatever depths are encountered in a marurer to prevent intermingling with underlying
subsoil or other waste materials.
l. Stockpile topsoil materials away from edge of excavations without intermixing with
subsoil. Grade and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent
windblown dust.
I. Site Improvements: Remove existing above- and below-grade improvements as indicated
and as necessary to facilitate new construction.
J. Disposal: Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished
materials, and waste materials, including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off
Owner's property.
K. Pollution Controls: Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods
to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in air. Comply with goveming regulations
pertaining to environmental protection.
l. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions
END OF SECTION 02230
o
CE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
SITE CLEARING 02230 -2
I sECrroN oz24o -ro,r r#rrrzArroN
- BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
I PART I.GENERAL
I A. Scope
This section of the specifications shall cover all work required to fumish and install the item
I known as soil stabilization. Soil stabilization considered under this section is the complete
I removal of all unsuitable soils and replacement with stabilization material. Replacement shall
include required compaction of stabilization material to 95yo of Modified Proctor Densiry.I
I B. Requirements
The approximate extent, location, and requirements of soil stabilization shall be noted on the
I project plans. It will be necessary for the Geotechnical Engineer to determine the necessity of- soil stabilization during the construction process.
I C. Related Sections
' Section 02210 - Site Grading
I Section 01010 - Summary of Work
I PART2-MATERIALS
I A. Dredge Rock
I l. The item commonly known as dredge rock shall consist of rounded cobbles 3 to
t 12 inches in diameter and containing approximately l}Vo fines by weight.
I 2. All dredge rock shall come from the local river tailings. Other sources subject to
I approval by Engineer.
t
3. Engineer may reject any shipment if, in his opinion, it will not satisfu the
I requirements for soil stabilization.r
B. Other Stabilization Material
I Material other than dredge rock will be sonsidered for stabilization material only when ther Contractor provides sufficient information to the Engineer, prior to placement of the
- material, to prove it has physical characteristics that will provide an equal stabilized
I structure.
I PART3-EXECUTION
I A. Removal of Excess Material
The requirements of Section 01010, &02230 shalt dictate the Contractor's responsibilities
I for removal of excess material.
I
r End of Section
I
I
I
Soil Stabilization 02240 - |
sECTroN 02260 -EX.AV,A.?.N suppoRT AND pRorECTroNl
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
1.I GENERAI
A. Performance Requirements: Design, provide, monitor, and maintain an anchored and braced
excavation support and protection system capable ofresisting soil and hydrostatic pressure and
supporting sidewalls of excavations.
B. Existing Utilities: Do not intemrpt utilities serving facilities occupied by the Owner or others
unless permitted in writing by the Architect and then only after ananging to provide tempomry
utility services according to requirements indicated.
C. Project Site Information:
l - Make test borings and conduct other exploratory operations as necessary.
1.2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
I.3 EXECUTION
A. Protect stuctures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards that could develop
during excavation support and protection system operations.
B. Install excavation support and protection systems to ensure minimum interference with roads,
streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
C. Locate excavation support and protection systems clear of permanent construction and to
permit forming and finishing of concrete surfaces.
D. Monitor excavation support and protection systems daily during excavation progress and for
as long as excavation remains open. Promptly correct bulges, breakage, or other evidence of
movement to ensure excavation support and protection systems remain stable.
E' Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by installing excavation support and
protection systems.
F. Remove excavation support and protection systems when construction has progressed
suffrciently to support excavation and bear soil and hydrostatic pressures. Remove in stages
to avoid disturbing underlying soils and damaging structures, pavements, facilities, and
utilities.
END OF SECTION 02260
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
IEXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 02260 - 1
SECTION 02261 . FINISH GRADING
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
PART I - GENERAL
A. Work Included
l. Finish grade subsoil.
2. Cut out areas to receive stabilizing base course materials for paving and sidewalks.
3. Place, finish grade and compact topsoil.
B. Related Work
l. Section 02210 - Site Gradins.
C. Protection
l. Prevent damage to existing fencing, trees, landscaping, natural features, benchmarks,
pavement and utility lines. Correct damage at no cost to the Owner.
PART 2 . MATERIALS
A. Products
1. Topsoil - Friable loam free from subsoil, roots, grass, excessive amount of weeds,
stones, and foreign matter; acidity range (pH) of 5.5 to 7.5; containing a minimum of
4o/o and a maximum 25o/o organic matter. Use topsoil stockpiled on site if conforming
to these requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. Grading
l. Rough grade subsoil systematically to allow for a maximum amount of natural
settlement and compaction. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Remove debris,
roots, branches, stones, etc. in excess of2 inches in size. Remove subsoil thathas been
contaminated with petroleum products.
2. Cut out areas, to sub-grade elevation, that are to receive stabilizing base for paving and
sidewalks.
3. Bring subsoil to required levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradual.
Blend slopes into level areas.
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
IFinish Grading 0226t - |
r sEcrroN 0226r -FrNrsH R-^o
I
t
t
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
Ir 4. Slope grade away from building minimum 2 inches in l0 feet unless indicated otherwise
on the drawings.
r 5. Cultivate sub-grade to a depth of 3 inches where topsoil is to be placed. Repeat
I cultivation in areas where equipment, used for hauling and spreading topsoil, has
I compacted subsoil.
I
6. Compact subsoil to BS0A-90% Modified procror Density.
B. Placing Topsoil
r 1. Place topsoil in areas where seeding, sodding or planting is to be performed.
Place to the following minimum depths, up to finished grade elevations:
a. 6 inches for seeded areas.
b. 4-l/2 inches for sodded areas.
c. 24 inches for shrub beds.
d. l8 inches for flower beds.
I 2. Use topsoil in relatively dry state. place during dry weather.
I 3. Fine grade topsoil eliminating rough and low areas to ensure positive drainage. MaintainI levels, profiles and contours ofsub-grade.
I 4. Remove stone, roots, grass, weeds, debris and other foreign material while spreading.
5. Manually spread topsoil around trees, plants, building and to prevent damage that may
I be caused by grading equipment.
- 6. Lightly compact placed topsoil.
rr C. Surplus Material
I 1. Remove surplus subsoil and topsoil from site.
|| 2. Leave stockpiled areas and entirejob site clean and raked, ready to receive landscaping.I
End of SectionI
I
I
Finish Grading 0226t -2
copyright 1997 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
SECTION O23OO - EARTHWORK
5/97
1.1 GENERAL
A. Definitions in this Section include the following:
l. Backfill: Soil materials used to fill an excavation.2. Base Course: Layer placed between the subbase course and asphalt paving.3. Bedding Course: Layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying
pipe.
4. Bonow: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill.5. Drainage Course: Layer supporting slab-on-grade used to minimize capillary flow
of pore water.
6. Excavation: Removal ofmaterial encountered above subgrade elevations.
a. Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations as directed by
Engineer. Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for
according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work.b. UnauthorizedExcavation: Excavationbelow subgrade elevations orbeyond
indicated dimensions without direction by Engineer and required remedial
work directed by Engineer., shall be without additional compensation.
7. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.8. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs,
mechanical and elecnical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary feafirres
constructed above or below the ground surface.9. Subbase Course: Layer placed between the subgrade and base course for asphalt
paving, or layer placed between the subgrade and a concrete pavement or walk.10. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface
of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials.
I 1. Utilities include on-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as
undergrorurd services within buildings.
B. Existing Utilities: Do not intemrpt utilities serving facilifies occupied by Owner or others
mless permitted in writing by Architect and then only after arranging to provide temporary
utility services according to requirements indicated.
C. Testing
The Owner will engage soil testing and inspection service for quality control testing during
earthwork operations as required by Engineer.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEARTHWORK02300 - I
5/97
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
B.
l.J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
Copyright 1997 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
1.2 PRODUCTS
MASTERSPEC - SLV
Soil Materials: Provide bonow soil materials when suffrcient satisfactory soil materials
are not available from excavations.
Satisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and
sM, or a combination of these group symbols; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches
(75 mm) in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other
deleterious matter.
Unsatisfactory Soils: ASTM D2487 soil classification groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH,
OL, OH, and PT, or a combination of these group symbols.
Backfill and Fill: Satisfactory soil materials.
Materials to be used for earthwork include excavated material that is free from roots,
organics, rocks larger than 5 inches, and building debris. Additional fiIl material will be
from the Ml45 AASHTO classification of soil groups.
Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel,
crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing
al-ll2-nch (38-mm) sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075-mm)
sieve.
Bedding: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; except with 100 percent passing a l-
inch (25-mm) sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075-mm) sieve.
Drainage Fill: washed, narrowly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed
gravel; ASTM D 448; coarse-aggrcgate grading Size 57; with 100 percent passing a l-ll2-
inch (38-mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 8 (2.36-mm) sieve.
Detectable warning Tape: Polyethylene film warning tape encasing a metallic core,
minimum 6 inches (150 mm) wide and 4 mils (0.1 mm) thick, continuously inscribed with
a description of the utility.
EXECUTION
Preparation: Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from
damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards
created by earthwork operations.
Provide erosion- and sedimentation-control measures.
EARTHWORK 02300 -2
Copyright 1997 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV 5/97
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
C. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on
prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area.
D. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water
accumulation.
Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface
conditions encountered, including rock, soil materials, and obstructions.
l. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactorv soil
materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.
Excavate for structures, pavements, and walks to indicated elevations and dimensions.
Extend excavations for placing and removing concrete formwork, for installing services
and other construction, and for inspections. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to
Ieave solid base to receive other work.
Excavate utility trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and invert elevations of
uniform widths to provide a working clearance on each side ofpipe or conduit. Excavate
trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches (300 mm) higher than top of pipe
or conduit.
1 . Excavate trenches deeper than bottom of pipe elevation, 6 inches (150 mm) deeper
in rock, 4 inches (100 mm) deeper elsewhere, to allow for bedding course. Hand
excavate for bell ofpipe.
Proofroll subgrades, before filling or placing aggregate courses, with heavy pneumatic-
tired equipment to identiry soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof roll wet
or saturated subgrades.
Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water,
or constructi on activities.
Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom
elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top
elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used when approved by Architect.
1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction or utility pipe as directed by
Architect.
Stockpile borrow materials and satisfactory soil materials, without intermixing, in shaped,
graded, drained, and covered stockpiles. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of
excavations and outside drip line of remaining trees.
E.
F.
G.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
H.
J.
I
I
I
t
K.
EARTHWORK 02300 - 3
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1997 AIA MASTERSPEC. SLV 5t97
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
L. Utility Trench Backfill: Place, compact, and shape bedding course to provide continuous
support for pipes and conduits over rock and other unyielding bearing surfaces and to fill
unauthorized excavations.
1. Place and compact initial backfrll of satisfactory soil material or subbase material,
free of particles larger than I inch (25 mm), to a height of 12 inches (300 mm) over
the utility pipe or conduit. Place and compact final backfrll of satisfactory soil
material to final subgrade.
2. Install waming tape directly above utilities, 12 inches (300 mm) below finished
grade, except 6 inches (150 mm) below subgrade under pavements and slabs.
M. Drainage System Backfill
Drainage facilities will be in place at the time of rough grading. Contractor shall protect facilities
as outlined in Contract Documents.
N. Fill: Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations.
O. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before
compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content.
l. Remove and replace, or scarifu and airdry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds
optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight.
P. Compaction: Place bacldill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches (200 mm) in loose
depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches
(100 mm) in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.
Q. Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according
to ASTM D 1557:
l. Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12 inches
(300 mm) of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent.
2. Under walkways, scarifl and recompact top 6 inches (150 mm) below subgrade and compact
each layer ofbackfill or fill material at 92 percent.
3. Under lawn or unpaved areas, scarifu and recompact top 6 inches (150 mm) below subgrade
and compact each layer of backfill or fill material at 85 percent.
4. All fill areas shall be compacted to 95o/o Modified Proctor Density for road construction and
structures. Compaction shall be accomplished using vibratory or sheep's foot rollers or as
required by soils engineer.
R. Grading: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes.
Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations
indicated. Grade lawns, walks, and unpaved subgrades to tolerances of plus or minus I inch
EARTHWORK 02300 - 4
Copyright 1997 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV 5/97
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
(25 mm) and pavements and areas within building lines to plus or minus % inch (13 mm).
S. Subbase and Base Courses: Under pavements and walks, place subbase course on prepared
subgrade. Place base course material over subbase. Compact to required grades, lines, cross
sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to
ASTM D 1557.
T. Under slabs-on-grade, place drainage course on prepared subgrade. Compact to required cross
sections and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry.rnit weight according to
ASTM D 698.
U. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualifred independent geotecbnical engineering testing
agency to perform field quality-control testing.
l. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with
subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed work comply with
requirements.
2. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fifls, or backfills have not achieved degree of
compaction specified, scarifr and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth
required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained.
V. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed
surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction.
W. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing,
backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.
X. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil,
trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it offOwner's property.
END OF SECTION O23OO
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
tEARTI{WORK 02300 - 5
Copyright 1994
BILLINGSLEY
AIA O
RESIDENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV 3/94 I
I
ISECTION O27II - FOUNDATIONDRAINAGE SYSTEMS
l.l GENERAL
1.2
A.
This work shall consist of the corylete construction of drainage ftcilities as required to
provide adequate site and formdation drainage per the soil report, and drawings.
Provide continuous 4" perforated perimeter foundation drains at all footings, and as
shown on landscape and architectural drawings and behind all engineered site walls.
Connect to storm sewer or gravel sumps as required.
Submit product data forthe following:
l. Perforated piprng.
2. Unperforated piping
3. |lainage panels.
4. Filter Fab,ric
PRODUCTS
Pipes and Fittings: The applications of the following materials are indicated in ptping
applications paragraphs.
1. Unperforated Polyethylene (PE) Drainage Tubing and Fittings: AASHTO M252
Interim, Type S, comrgatd with smooth walerway, for coupled joints.
a- Couplings: AASHTO M252, comrgated, band type.
Unperforated Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings: Select one of
the following:
a. Gasketed joints: ASTM D 3034, SDR 35, bell-and-spigot ends, Gaskets:
ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal.
b. Solvent Welded joints: Rigid polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe and solvent
welded fiuings complying with ASTM D2779.
Perforated, Polyethylene (PE) Ptpe and Fittings: ASTM F 405, comrgated, for
coupled joints.
a. Couplings: Manuftcturer's standard, band type.
Clay Pipe and Fittings: ASTM C 700, Extra-Stength class, unglazd socket-and-spigot
ends, for closed joints.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
)
J.I
I
I
t
4.
FOI.]NDATION DRAINAGE SYSTEMS 02711 - |
I
I
I
I
t
Copyright 1994
BILLINGSLEY
AIA O
FJSIDENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV 3194
F.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
b. Gaskets: ASTM C 425, rubber.
5. Special Pipe Couplings: Rubber or elastomeric sleeve and stainless-steel band assembly
fabricated to match otrtside diameters of pipes to be joined.
B. Cleanouts: ASME A112.36,2W with round-flanged, cast-iron ho*iog, ad secure4
scoriated, Medium-Duty Loading class, cast-iron cover. Include cast-hon ferrule and
countersurh bnass cleanout plug.
c. sleeves: AsrM A 53; Type F or Type E, Grade A; schedule 40; galvanized-steel pipe.
D. Mechanical Sleeve Seals: Modular and watertiglrt. Include interlocking rubber links
sttaped to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve and conrrccting bolts and pres$[e
plates.
Molded-Sheet Drainage Panels - Provide over insulation at foundation walls: Prefrbri-
cated, cornposite drainage panels, made with drainage core and filter fabric.
l. Drainage Core: 3-dimensional, nonbiodegradable, molded-plastic-sheet material
designed to effectively conduct water to foundation drainage syst€m under maxi-
mum soil pressures.
a- Minimum Flow Rate: 15 gpm/foot at t hydraulic gradient and 3600 psf
normal pressure, when tested according to ASTM D 4716.
2. Filter Fabric: Nonwoven geotextile fabric of polypropylene @P) or polyester fi-
bers, or corrbination of both.
Soil, Back fill and Misc. Materials: As follows;
l. Irpervious Fill: Clayey gravel and sand mixtrne capable of coryacting to dense
state.
2. Drainage Fill: Washed, evenly gaded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or
uncrushed gravel ASTMD 448, coarse aggr€gate, with less than 2 percent pass-
ing the No.200 seive, less tbems}%passing theNo.4 sieve and have a mfiimum
size of2".
3' Fiftering Material Evenly graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel or crushed
stone and natural sand, with 100 percent passlng l-ll2-inch (37.5-mm) sieve and
0 to 5 percent passing No. 50 {0.3-mm) sieve.4. Synthetic Drainage Fabnic @rotective covering for impervious material): Mirafi
l40N or accepted substitute in accordance u.ith Section 01600. Submit mmple for
acc€,ptance.
5. Matting: Geotextile fiher fabric, in I or more layers, for minimum total weight of
6 oz./sq. yd. (0.20 klsq. m).6. Plastic Shet: Fiberglass reinforced polyethylene sheeting, six mil minimum
thickness.
FOI'NDATION DRAINAGE SYSTEMS o27tt -2
Copyright 1994
BILLINGSLEY
1.3
A.
B.
MASTERSPEC - SLV
Gravel Surnp for Perimeter Drains as required.
Sumps shall be approximately 3 cubic yards of clean pit run, buried with a minimum of
4 feet of cover. Top of sump shall be covered with a filter fabric Mirafi l40N or equal.
E)GCUTION
Examine surfaces and areas for suitable conditions where foundation drainage systems
are to be installed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Excavation: Trenches shall be excavated to a width zufficient to allow for proper
jointing and thorough compaction ofthe bedding and backfill material under and around
piping. Where feasiblg trench walls sball be vertical. The completed tench bottom
shall be firm for its full length and width. Keep trenches dry during installation of
drainage systern
Fowrdation Drainage System Applications: Use the following:
l. Systems with 4-Inch (DN 100) Piping: Provide either:
a. Perforated, polyetlylene (PE) pipe and fittings, couplings, and coupled
joints.
b. Perforated, clay prpe and fittings, gaskets, and gasketedjoints.
Special Pipe-Coupling Applications: Use where required to join piprng and no other
appropriate method is specified.
Piping Installation: Drawing plans and details indicate general location and arrange-
ment of foundation drainage system piping.
l. Instail piping beginning at low points of systenr, true to grades and alignment in-
dicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Bed piping with full bearing, solidly
in fiftering material Install piping according to manufactureds writte,n inslruc-
tions and other requirements indicated.
a. Install pipe with clean interior
b. Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at a minimum slope of I
percent ( 1 : I 00) and with a minimum cover of 36 inches , except where oth-
erwise indicated.c. Lay open-joint tile spaced as indicated on Drawings or, if not indicated,
with l/4-inch space between ends. Cover top 2/3 ofjoint opening with joint
screening material and tie with corrosion-resistant wire.d. Provide recesses in excavation bouom to receive bells of pipe bell ends.
Lay pipe with bells facing upslope and with spigot end entered fully into
adjacent bell.
AIA .
RESIDENCE
3t94 I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
G.
D.
FOUNDATION DRAINAGE SYSTEMS 0271t - 3
F,
G.
I
I
I
It
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
Copyright 1994 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV 3194
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
e. Apply and compact impervious fill material to raise low areas or where un-
satisfactory bearing soil rnay occur.
2. Use increasers, reducers, and couplings made for different sizes or rmterials of
pipes and fittrngs being connected.
3. Extend piping and connect to storm &ainage systerl of sizes and in locations as
shown and as required. Temrinate pfplng as shown and as required.
Pipe Joint Construction and Installation: Join and install pipe and fittings as indicated
and according to the following:
l. Polyethylene (PE) Pipe and Fittings: As follows:
a. Install according to ASTU D 2321 and manufacturer's written instructions.
b. Install perforated prpe with perfordions down-
2. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pip€ and Fittings: Join and install sewer pipe and fit-
tings
a. With elastomeric seal gaskets according to ASTM D 2321 .
b. With solvent joints per ASTM D2779.
3. Clay Pipe and Fittings: As follows:
a. Join perforated prpe and fittings with gaskets according to ASTM C 425.
b. Lay drain tile with open joints and joint screening material.
c. Install according to ASTM C 12 and NCPI 'Clay Pipe Engineering Man-
ual.u
d. Install perforated prpe with perforations dowrr
4. System Piping Joints: ldake joints using system manuficturer's seals and cou-
plings, except where otherwise specifred.
5. Join piping made of different materials and dimensions with special couplings
made for this application Use couplings t}rat are coryatible with and that fit both
pipe materials and dimensions.
Install cleanouts and riser extersions from foundation drainage piping to cleanouts at
grade. Use Service cliass, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings for foundation drainage piping
branch fitttngs and riser extensions to cleanouts. Instail frttings so cleanouts open in di-
rection of flow in piping.
l. Set cleanout frames and covers in earth in a cast-in-place concrete anchor, 18 by
18 by 12 inches deep. Sa with tops I inch above sunounding earth grade.
2. S€t cleanout frames and covers in concrete pavtng with tops flush with paving
zurfrce.
Insiall sleeves in Iocations and at elevations indicated-
FOT]NDATION DRAINAGE SYSTEMS 02711 - 4
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLV 3194
Instal drainage parcls according to rnanufacturer's written insfiuctions and as indicated.
Coordinate placement with other foundation 6[4inage materials.
l. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for securing drainage panels to
substrate. Use adhesives and mechanical fasteners recommended by manufac-
turer. Lap edges offabric and extend fabric around formdation drainage plpe ac-
cording to manufacturer's recommendations. Do not penetrate waterproofing.
Protect installed panels during backfilling.2. Do not use drainage panels as protection over waterproof membrane, unless oth-
erwise approved by waterproofing-membrane nranufacturer.
Soil Material Insallation: As follows:
1. Impervious Fill at Footings: Place impervious fill material on subgrade adjacent
to bottom offooting after concrete footings have been cured and forms removed.
Place and compact impervious fill to dimensions indicated but not less than 4
inches above bottom of footing and 12 inches wide.2. Filtering Material: Place supporting layer of filtering material over compacted
subgrade where drainage pipe is to be laid to depth indicated or, if not indicated,
to compacted depth ofnot less than 4 inches.
3. Drainage Fill: Place fill over drain piping after satisfactory testing and covering
with filtering material. Cover piping to width of at least 6 inches on each side and
a minimum of l4"above top of pipe to within 12 inches of finish grade. Place fill
material in layers not exceeding 3 inches in loose deptlU and compact each layer
placed. Place I layer ofsynthetic drainage fabric, overlapping edges at least 4
inches, over drainage fill material.4. Fill to Grade: Place impervious fill material over compacted drainage fill. Place
material in loose-depth layers not exceeding 6 inches. ThorougNy compact each
layer. Fill to finish elevations and slope away from building.
Field Quality Control: As follows:
1. Testing: Test drain piping with water or visually check piping to ensure free flow
before backfilling. Remove obstructions, replace damaged corqronents, and re-
peat test until results are satisfactory. Place additional filtering rnaterial to depth
of4 inches around sides and top ofdrains aftertesting.
END OF SECTION 0271I
o
ENCE
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
J.
FOTJNDATION DRAINAGE SYSTEMS 02711 - 5
I sECrIoN o2e8o - ro*o#l,*^o
BILLINCSLEY RESIDENCE
I l.l .ENERAL
t
t
I
I Provide landscaping as shown on the Architectrual and landscape drawings including but not limitedr to rock retaining walls, stone pavement, concrete driveway and pavement, planters, plant material
trees, sprinkler system and stairs.
T- 1.2 PRODUCTS
I A. Flagstone Paving
l. Provide Colorado Buffflagstone at the front entry walk, steps and landing:
install in random pattern over mortar bed over concrete slab.
2. Provide Colorado Buffflagstone at the South Patio offthe KitchenlDining level
patio, walkway, steps and around hot tub: Install in random rectangular pattern
a- Install over sand bed as slpwn on landscape drawings except as noted.
b. Install over mortar bed over concrete slab at snow melt areas as shown
on landscape drawings.
B. Stone Site Walls at Hot Tub
I I Provide Colorado Buffstandstone veneer site walls over concrete masonry wall
I around hot tub as shown on landscape drawings. Top ofhot tub to be approx. 18"
above tlre patio as shown on landscape drawings.
r C. Stone Site Walls
2 Provide Standstone slab boulder site walls for retaining as shown on landscape
drawings.
t ENDoFSECrIoNo2eso
I
I
t
I
I
II
t
I
LANDSCAPING 02980 - I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
sEcrroN 03300 -Brr,,ort " srrE cAST-rN-pLAcE "o*"*frBILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
1.I GENERAL
A. Submittals: Submit the following:
L Product data for reinforcement, forming accessories, admixtures, patching
cornpounds, waterstops, joint systems, curing compounds, conc. color materials,
and others as requested by Architect or Engineer.
2. Laboratory test reports or evaluation reports for concrete nraterials and concrete
mix designs to 1fue Fngineer, signed by nrangfacturers certifiing that each corrcrete
material cornplies with requirements.
3. Written report to Engineer for each proposted concrete mix at least 15 days prior
to start ofconcreting. Do not begin concrete production until mixes have been
reviewed by Engineer.
4. Color chart ofstandard available colors for colored concrete axeas,
B. Quality Assurance: Corryly with provisions of ACI 301, "specifications for Structural
Concrete for Buildings," ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced
Concrete," and CRSI 'Manual of Standard Practice," except where more stringent
requirements are indicated.
I.2 PRODUCTS
A. Form Materiat Furnish form material with sufrcient stabih'ty to withstand pressure of
placed concrete without bow or deflection and to provide firll depttr, cnntinuous, straight,
smooth, exposed surfrces.
a' Forms lumber for all exposed corrcrete surfrces shall be dressed at least on one side
and two edges and shall be constructed so as to produce mortar-tight joints and
smootb, even concf,ete surfrces.
b Forms for une4posed finish concrete may consist of panel tlpe forms of plywood
lumbeq metal or other acceptable rnaterials.
B. Reinforcing Material As follows:
l. Deforrned Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, unless otherwise indicated.
ASTM A706, Grade 60 for welded bars.2. Welded Wire Fabric or Mesh: ASTM A185.3. PlainSteelWire: ASTMA82, asdrawn4. Supports: Bolsters, chairg spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and
fastening steel reinforcement; manufactured according to CRSI's "ldanual of
BI.JILDING & SITE - CASTINPLACE CONCRETE 03300 - l
sECrroN 03300 -BU*to " .ITE cAsr-rN-pLACE.o""fit
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
Standard Practice
C. Concrete Materials: As follows:
G.
I
I
I
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type l-[.
FlyAsh: ASTM C 618, Type F.
Normal Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, except local aggregates of proven
durability may be used when acceptable to Architect.
Lightweight Aggregates: ASTM C 330.
Water: Potable.
Fiber Reffircement: Engineered polypropylene fibers designed for secondary
reinforcement of concrete slabs.
6. Synthetic Fiber: Fibrillated or monofilament polypropylene fibers engineered and
designed for use in concrete pavement, complying with ASTM C I I16, Type III,
%to l nch(13 to 25 mm) long.
7. Additional concrete materials for Civil work:
-Coarse Aggregate: 67%-100% passing l-inch sieve.
-Fine Aggregate: Clearq sharp, natural sand fiee from loarq clay lunrps, or other
deleterious zubstances.
Admixtures: Provide admixtures that contain no more than 0.05 percent chloride ions.
l. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C260.2. Water-Reducing, Retrding, and Accelerating Chemical Admixtures: ASTM C 494.
Type A and Type D, and contain not more tbanlyo chloride ions.
Calcium chloride not permitted.
Mix Proportions and Design: Proportion mixes complying with mix design procedures
specified inACI30l.
l. Limit use of fly ash to not exceed 15 percent of cement content by weight.
Design mixes to provide corrcrete with the following properties, as indicated on drawings
and schedules:
Mix A: Footings foundation walls and other Concrete unless othrwise indicated.a. Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi at 28 days.b. Sluurp: 4" + lu.
c. Air Content: 8 percent plus or minus 2%.d. Minimum Cement Content: 5 % sacks per cubic yard
Mix B: Interior slabs on grade.
a. Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi at 28 days-b. Slump:4" + ln.
l.
2.
J.
4.
5.
).
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
I
t
IE.
t
I
I
I
I
I
1.
T
BUILDING & SITE - CAST IN PLACE CONCRBTE 03300 - 2
a.
b.
c.
d.
l.
J.
4.
).
6.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
sEcrroN 033oo -cAST-^Ca, coNcRETE
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
a. Compressive Strength:3,000psi at2g days.b. Slump: 4" + lu.
c. Air content: 8 percent plus or minus 2%.d. Minimum cement content: 5
% sacks per cubic yard - cement only,
3. Mix C: Exterior slabs on grade, sidewalks and below flagstone paving.
Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi at 28 days.
Slump:4" + 1".
Air Content: 8 percent plus or minus 204
Minimum Cement Content: 6 sacks per cubic yard (6 sacks with water
reducing admixture).
H. Water-Cement Ratio: Provide concrete for following conditions with maximum water-
cement (WC) ratios as follows: All concrete subject to freeze thaw cycle thaw have a
maximum of WC ratio of .40
I.Mixing
Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of
placement as indicated.
Adjustment to concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by
contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results,
or other circumstances lryarrant, as accepted by Architect. Laboratory test data for
revise mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by
Architect before using in work.
Use air-enhaining admixture in exterior exposed concrete, providing not less than
4 percent nor more than 8 percent entrained air for concrete exposed to freezing and
thawing, and from I percent to 3 percent for other conqete.
Use water-reducing, accelerating, and retarding admixtures that have been tested
and accepted in mix designs in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions.
Ready mix concrete shall be fumished to the concrete contractor at the construction
site, and he shall fumish and provide all equipment necessary to receive and install
the ready mix concrete as soon as it is received at the site. Mix certificate shall be
fumished to contractor by ready-mix driver for each load of ready-mix concrete
delivered to the job. All materials and the proportioning of same shall conform in
every respect to those specified heretofore. Ready-mixed concrete shall be mixed
and delivered in accordance with "Specifications for Ready-Mixed concrete',
(ASTM C-e4).
Retempering. Indiscriminate addition of water to increase slump shall be
prohibited.
-Concrete shall be mixed only in quantities required for immediate use.
Concrete that has set shall not be retempered, but shall be discarded.
-when concrete arrives at the project with slump below that which is suitable
for placing, water may be added only if neither the maximum permissible
BUILDING & SITE - CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 3
sECTroN 03300 -cAST-oOro., .'NCRETE
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
water-cement ratio nor the maximum slump is exceeded. The water must be
incorporated by additional mixing equal to at least half of the total mixing
required. Such additional water must be approved by the Engineer.
7. Cold-Weather Concreting. To maintain the temperature of the concrete above the
minimum placing temperature of 50"F, the as-mixed temperature shall not be less
than 55"F when the mean temperature falls below 40"F.
-If water or aggregate has been heated, the water shall be combined with the
aggregate in the mixer before cement is added. Cement shall not be added to
mixtures of water and aggregate when the temperature of the mixture is
greaterthan 100"F.
J. RELATED MATEzuALS:
1. Waterstops: Provide flat, dumbbell-type or center bulb-type waterstops of either rubber
(CRD-C-513) or PVC (CRD-C-572).
2. Nonshrink Grout: CRD-C 588, factory premixed grout.
3. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9
ounces per square yard, complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2.
4. Moisture-Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ANSI/ASTM C
polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet.
5. Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: Liquid-type membrane-forming curing
compound complying with ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
"Maxseal"; Maxement Company.
"Kure-N-Seal" ; Sonnebom-Contech.
"Hydrozo Concrete Aire."
6. Bonding Compound: Polyvinyl acetate, rewettable type.
7. Epoxy Adhesive: 100% solids, two component material suitable for use on dry or damp
surfaces.
8. Joint Fillers: Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-
saturated cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork or self-expanding cork.
Homex 300; Homosote.
1.3 EXECUTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
IBUILDING & SITE - CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 4
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
sECTroN 03300 -cAST-^lo"r coNcRETE
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
A. Formwork: Construct fomrwork so that concrete members and structwes are of
correct size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position. select form materials to
obtain required finishes.
l. Maintain formwork tolerances and surface irregularities within ACI 347
limits, Class A tolerances for concrete exposed to view and Class C
tolerances for other conuete surfaces.2. Provide openings in formwork to accommodate work of other trades.
Accurately place and securely support items built into forms.3. Clean and adjust forms prior to concrete placement. Apply form-release
agents or wet forms as required. Retighten forms during concrete placement,
if required, to eliminate mortar leaks.4. Metal ties or anchorages within the forms shall be constructed as to permit
their removal to a depth at least ll2 inch from the face without injury to the
concrete. The cavities shall be filled with cement mortar and the strface left
sound, smooth, even and uniform in color.5. Provide commercial formulation form release compounds that will not bond
with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair
subsequent treatnents ofconcrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesive.
B. Reinforcement: Reinforcement: Accurately position and support reinforcement, and
secure against displacement. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete.
1. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable; lap at least one full
mesh, and lace splices with wire.
C. Joints: Locate and install construction, isolation, and controljoints as indicated or
required. Locate construction joints so they do not impair strength and appearance
of structure. Place isolation and control joints in slabs-on-ground to stabilize
differential settlement and prevent random cracking.
D. Installation of Embedded Items: Set and build anchorage devices and other embedded
items required for other work, that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place
concrete. Use setting diagrams, templates, and instructions provided by others for
locating and setting.
E. Concrete Placement: Comply with ACI 304, *Guide for Measuring, Mixing,
Transporting, and Placing Concrete," for placing concrete in a continuous operation
within planned joints or sections. Do not begin concrete placement until other
affected work is completed. Protect concrete from physical damage or reduced
strength due to weather extemes during mixing, placing, and curing. In cold weather
comply with ACI 306. In hot weather comply with ACI 305.
l. Preparation. Before placing ofconcrete is begun, hardened concrete and
BUILDING & SITE - CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 5
sEcrroN 03300 -cAsT-r,Oroar .oNCRETE
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
t
T
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
foreign materials shall be removed fiom the inner surfaces of the mixing and
conveying equipment.
2. Prior to deposit of concrete, formwork shall have been completed; ice and
excess water shall have been removed; reinforcement shall have been secured
in place; expansion joint material, anchors, and other embedded items shall
have been positioned; and the entire preparation shall have been approved by
the Engineer.
3. conveying. concrete shall be handled from the mixer to the place of final
deposit as rapidly as practicable by methods that will prevent separations or
loss of ingredients and in a manner that will assure that the required quality
ofthe concrete is obtained.
4. conveying equipment shall be of size and design to insure a continuous flow
of concrete at the delivery end and shall be approved by the Engineer.
Conveying equipment and operations shall conform to the following
requirements:
5. Truck mixers, agitators, and nonagitating units and their manner of
operation shall conform to the applicable requirements of
"Specifications for Ready-Mixed Concrete" (ASTM C-94).
6. Chutes shall be metal or metal-lined and shall have a slope not
exceeding one vertical to two horizontal and not less than one vertical
to three horizontal. Chutes more than 20 feet long and chutes not
meeting the slope requirements may be used, provided they discharge
into a hopper before distribution.
7. Pumping or pneumatic conveying equipment shall be of suitable kind
with adequate pumping capacity. The equipment shall be cleaned at
the end of each operation.
8. Placing. Prior to the placing of concrete, the contractor shall submit to the
Engineer a placing schedule showing the amount and the limit of each pour
in walls and columns, as well as all slabs. This schedule is for the purposes
of establishing the location of all construction joints, as well as a method of
conelating the test cylinders to the area in which that particular batch of
concrete was placed.
9. concrete shall be deposited continuously, or in layers ofsuch thickness that
no concrete will be deposited on concrete that has hardened suffrciently to
cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section. If a
section cannot be placed continuously, constructionjoints shall be located at
BUILDING & SITE - CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 6
F.
G.
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
SECTION 033 OO -CAST-TNIACS CONCRETE
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
points as provided for in the drawings, or as approved by the Engineer.
Placing shall be canied on at such a rate that the concrete that is being
integrated with fresh concrete which is still plastic. concrete that has
partially hardened or has been contaminated by foreign materials shall not be
deposited. Temporary spreaders in forms shall be removed when the
concrete placing has reached an elevation rendering their service rmnecessary.
They may remain embedded in the concrete only if made of metal or
conqete and ifprior approval has been obtained.
10. concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable in its final position to
avoid segregation caused by handling or flowing. concrete shall not be
permitted to fall free more than five feet, and shall not be dripped through
reinforcing steel or into a deep form nor subjected to any other procedure that
will cause segregation.
I 1. where a surface mortar is to be the basis of the finish, the coarse aggregare
shall be worked back from the forms with a suitable tool as to bring a full
surface of monar against the form without the formation of excessive surface
voids.
12. All concrete shall be consolidated by vibration, spading, rodding, or forking
so that the concrete is thoroughly worked around the reinforcement, around
embedded items, and into comers of honeycombing, putting, or planes of
weakness.
I 3. Mechanical vibrators shall have a minimum frequency of 8,000 vpm and shall
be operated by competent workmen. over-vibrating and use of vibrators to
transport concrete within forms shall not be allowed. Vibrators shall be
inserted and withdrawn at many points, from 18 to 30 inches apart, for
periods of5 to l5 seconds.
Evaporation Retarder: Apply to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy condifions
cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing
operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing,
screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing.
Monolithic SIab Finishes: As follows:
l. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel
finish when surface water has disappeared and when concrete has stiffened
suffrciently to permit operation of power-driven floats. consolidate surface
with power-driven floats or by hand-floating.
a. Check and level surface plane to tolerances ofF(F) 18 (floor
BUILDING & SITE - CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 7
sECTroN 03300 .AsT-fioau .'NCRETE
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
flatness) and F(L) 15 (floor levelness). Cut down high spots
and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains.
Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform,
smooth granular texture.
2. Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces to be exposed
to view and slab surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet or paint.
a. After floating, begin first trowel-finish operation using a
power-driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface
produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface.
Consolidate concrete surface by final hand-troweling
operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and
appe€uance, and with surface leveled to tolerances ofF(F) 20
(floor flatness) and F(L) 17 (floor levelness). Grind smooth
surface defects that would telegraph thrcugh applied floor
covering system.
3. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply nonslip broom finish to exterior concrete
platforms, steps, and ftlmps, and elsewhere as indicated.
a. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by
brooming with fiber-bristle broom across float-finished concrete surface,
perpendicular to line of traJfic, to provide a uniform, fine-line texture.
4. Roughened Finish: To assure adequate bond ofapplied tile and stone finishes;
provide a roughened or heavy broom finish. Refer to finish schedule and
large scale plans for locations oftile and stone finishes.
G. Curing: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperahfes. Maintain a relatively constant temperatue for the period of time necessary for
the hydration of the cement and proper hardening of the concrete. In hot, dry, and windy
weather, apply an evaporation-control compound according to manufacturer's instructions
after screening and bull floating, but before power floating and troweling.
l. Begin initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from exposed
surfaces.
2- For surfaces to receive stone ortile: cure unformed concrete surfaces by water
ponding, continuous fog spraying, continuously wetted absorptive cover, or
by moisture-retaining cover cruing. Cure formed surfaces by moist curing
until forms are removed. Keep concrete continuously moist for not less than
72 hows for high-early strength concrete and Z days for all other concrete.3. Apply membrane-forming curing compound to exposed interior slabs and to
exterior slabs, walks, and curbs as soon as final finishing operations are
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
IBUILDING & SITE - CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 8
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
l
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
sECTroN 03300 -cAST-^fo"r .oNCRETE
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
complete. Apply uniformly according to manufacturer's directions. Recoat
areas subject to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application.
Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. DO
NOT APPLY CURING COMPOTINDS TO CONCRETE SURFACES
RECEIVING STONE OR TILE FINISH. WET CURE ONLY.4. Formed Surfaces. Steel forms heated by the sun and all wood forms in
contact with the concrete during the final curing period shall be kept wet. If
forms are to be removed during the curing period, one of the above curing
materials or methods shall be employed immediately. such curing shall be
continued for the remainder of the curing period.5. Cold-Weather Temperature. When the mean daily temperature of the
atrnosphere is less than 40oF, the temperature of the concrete shall be
maintained between 50oF and 70"F for the required curing period. When
necessaly, arrangements for heating, covering, and insulating ofhousing shall
be made in advance of placement and shall be adequate to maintain the
required temperature and moisture conditions without injury due to
concentration ofheat.
6' Excessive Temperature changes. changes in temperatures of the concrete
shall be as uniform as possible and shall not exceed 5oF, in any one hour, or
50"F in any 24-hour period.
7. Protection from Mechanical Injury. During the period, the concrete shall be
protected from damaging mechanical disturbances, particularly load suesses,
heavy shock, and excessive vibration. All finished concrete surfaces shall be
protected from damage caused by construction equipment, materials, or
methods, and by rain or running water.8. Self-supporting structures shall not be loaded in such a way as to oversftess
the concrete.
Field Quality control: The owner will employ a testing agency to perform tests and
to submit test reports. sampling and testing for quality control during concrete
placement may include the following as directed by Architect.
L Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to
comply withASTM C 94.a. Slump; ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each
day's pour of each type of concrete; additional tests when
concert consistency seem to have changed.b. AirContenr: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight
or normal weight concrete; ASTM C 231, pressure method
for normal weight concrete; one for each day's pour ofeach
type of air-entrained concrete.c. Concrete Temperature; ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when
air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and below, when 80 deg
F Q7 deg C) and above, and one test for each set of
BUILDING & SITE - CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 9
sECTI'N 03300 -cAsr-nOtoar coNCRETE
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
compressive-strength specimens.d. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 3l one set of six
standard cylinders for each compressive-strength test, unless
otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory-
cured test specimens except when field-cured test specimens
are required.
e. Compressive-Shength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each
day's pour exceeding 5 cu. yd. and one more set for each 25
cu. yards more than the first 25 cu. yd. ofeach concrete class
placed in anyone day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two
specimens at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve
for later testing ifrequired.
2. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five strength tests for a
given class ofconcrete, conduct testing from at least five randomly selected
batches or from each batch iffewer than five are used.3. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion
laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate cunent operations and provide correcfive
procedures for protecting and cwing the in-place concrete.4. Strength level ofconcrete will be considered satisfactory ifaverages ofsets
of tfuee consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified
compressive strength and no individual strength test result falls below
specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi.5. Test results will be reported in writing to Owner, Structural Engineer, ready-
mix producer, and Contractor within 24 hours after tests. Reports of
compressive strength tests shall contain the Project identification name and
number date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service,,
concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structwe, design
compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials,
compressive breaking stengtlr" and type of break for both Tday tests and 28-
day test.
6. Non destructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestnrctive
device may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance
or rejection.
7. Additional Tests: The testing agency will make additional tests on in-place
concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strength and other
characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by
Architect. Testing agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of
concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other
methods as directed.
I. Repair of Surface Defections
1. Removal. After forms have been removed, any concrete that is not as shown
BUILDING & SITE - CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - l0
T
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
sECTroN 03300 -cAST-^lo"r coNcRETE
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
on the drawings, that is out of alignment of level beyond required tolerance, or
that shows a defective surface that cannot be properly repaired or patched shall
be removed.
2. Repairing and Patching. All tie holes and all repairable defective areas shall be
patched immediately after form removal.
3. Defective Area. All honeycombed and other defective concrete shall be
removed to sound concrete, but in no case to a depth of less than one inch. The
area to be patched and an area of at least 6 inches surrounding it shall be
dampened to prevent absorption of water from the patching mortar. The bonding
compound "Euco Weld" by the Euclid Chemical Company or ',Weldcrete" by
Larsen company shall be applied. The edges ofthe patch shall be vertical, or if
possible, undercut.
a- The patching mixture shall be made of the same material and of
approximately the same proportions as used for the concrete, except that
the coarse aggregate shall be omitted and mortar shall consist of not
more than one part cement to2l/2 parts sand by damp loose volume.
Use White Portland Cement as required to produce a color matching the
color of the surrounding concrete, as determined by a trial patch.
b. The quantity of mixing water shall be not more than necessary for
handling and placing. The patching mortar shall be mixed in advance
and allowed to stand with frequent manipulation with a trowel, without
addition ofwater, until it has reached the stiffest consistency that will
permit placing.
c. After the bonding compound has dried, the premixed patching mortar
shall be applied. The mortar shall be thoroughly consolidated into place
and struck off so as to leave the patch slightly higher than the
surrounding surface. To permit initial shrinkage, it shall be left
undisturbed for at least one hour before being finally finished. The
patched area shall be kept damp for seven days. Metal tools shall not be
used in finishing a patch in a formed wall that will be exposed.
4' Tie Holes. After being cleaned and thoroughly dampened, the tie holes shall
be filled solid with patching morlar.
5. Structural. With prior approval of the Engineer, as to method and procedure,
all structural repairs shall be made by using the specified epoxy adhesive and/or
epoxy moruf.
J. Maintain exposed concrete and concrete pavement free of stains, discoloration, dirt,
BUILDING & SITE - CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - l1
sEcrroN 03300 -cAsT-nlecr coNcRETE
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
and other foreign material. Sweep concrete pavement not more than nvo days before
date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections.
END OF SECTION O33OO
BUILDING & SITE - CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - l2
I
I
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC. SLV
SECTION 04410 - STONE MASONRY VENEER
I.I GENERAL
c.
o
CE
tt/95
I
I
I
B.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
T
Submittals: Submit the following:
l. Product Data: For each variety of stone, stone accessory, and other manufactured
product specified.
a. For stone varieties, include data on physical properties required by referenced
ASTM standards.
2. stone Samples: sets for each color, grade, finish, and variety of stone required
showing the full range of variations expected.3. Colored Pointing Mortar Samples: For each color required.4. Qualification Data: For stone masonry Installer. Include lists of completed projects
with names and addresses of architects and owners.
Installer: An experienced installer who has successfi.rlly completed stone masoffy veneer
similar to that indicated for this Project.
Mockups: Before installing stone masoffy veneer, construct sample wall panels, in
location and of size indicated, to verifu selections made under Sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution.
Stain Prevention: Immediately remove mortar and soil to prevent them from staining the
face ofstone masonry veneer.
cold-weather Requirements: Do not build on frozen subgrade or setting beds. Remove
and replace stone masoffy veneer damaged by frost or freezing conditions. Comply with
the following requirements :
l. cold-weather construction: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar
temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F (4 and 49 degc). Maintain mortar above
freezing.
2. cold-weather Protection: cover masonry with insulating blankets or provide
enclosure and heat to maintain temperatures above 32 deg F (0 deg c) for 48 hours
after construction. Use wind breaks when wind velocity exceeds 15 mi./h (25 krn/h).3. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is
40 deg F (4 deg C) and above and will remain so until stone masonrv veneer has
dried out.
STONE MASONRY VENEER 04410 - I
MASTERSPEC - SLV 1l/95
Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect stone masonry veneer from excessive evaporation of
water from mortar. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 100 deg F (38
deg C) and above.
PRODUCTS
stone varieties and Sources: colorado Buff sandstone in drystack, ashlar type
installation. Provide mix of other color stones such as Telluride Gold and Fred's
Brown sandstone. Provide approximately 25olo moss rock of the above varieties.
Provide horizontal band in stone/mortar joint per architectural drawings and
details.
Mortar Materials: As follows:
o
CE
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Tlpe I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-
weather construction. Provide natural color, white, or a blend to produce mortar
color similar to Colorado BuffSandstone.
Typical 3 parts Portland cement, I part Sand.
Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207,Type S. Use for workability.
Aggregate: ASTM C 144 and as indicated below:
a. For joints narrower than l/4 inch (6 mm), use aggregate graded with 100
percent passing No. l6 (1.18-mm) sieve.b. For pointing mortar, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing No. 16
(1.18-mm) sieve.
Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural, colored sand or ground marble, granite, or
other sound stone, as required to match color of Colorado Buff Sandstone.
Water: Potable.
Copynght 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
l.
2.
J.
4.
F.
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
1.2
B.
c.
5.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Masonry Cleaners: As follows:
L cleaning: wet brush stone masonry after each day's lay-up to remove excess mortar
and splash-over. Spray and brush clean entire stone installation when complete.2. Acidic Cleaner: Manufachrer's standard-strength masonry cleaner designed for
removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other stains from stone masonry
sufaces of type indicated without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces;
expressly approved for intended use by stone producer.
Stone Fabrication; Fabricate stone in sizes and shapes required to comply with
requirements indicated, including details on Drawings.
C,
D.
I
ISTONE MASONRY VENEER 04410 -2
I
I
t
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
t
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLV 1t/95
l. Shape stone for type of masonry @attem) indicated on elevations:
2. Finish exposed faces and edges ofstone as follows:
a. Finish: Natural cleft.
E. Mortar Mixes: Do not use admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use calcium
chloride in mortar or grout.
L Mortar for Stone Masonry Veneer: Comply with ASTM C 2Z0, proportion
Specification, for types of mortar indicated below:
a. Limit cementitious materials in mortar to portland cement and lime.b. Set stone with Type S or Type N mortar.
2. Mortar for Scratch Coat over Metal Lath: Mix consisting of I part portland cement,
% patt lime, 5 parts loose damp sand, and enough water to produce a workable
consistency.
F. Provide complete waterproof system behind all stone including but not limited to asphalt-
saturated felt over the plywood, flashing above all opening in stone wall and as shown, and
weep screeds at bottom of all walls.
l. Asphalt-saturated felt per ASTM D 226,Type II, No. 30.
1.3 EXECUTION
A. Preparation: Accurately mark stud centerlines on face of asphalt-saturated felt before
begiming stone installafi on.
B. Setting Stone Masonry Veneer, General: Execute stone masonry veneer by skilled masons
experienced with the kind and form of stone and installation method indicated. Install
stone masonry veneer in pattem as approved from field mock-up panels.
l. Arrange stones for good fit, in pattern indicated with color variations uniformly
dispersed for an evenly blended appearance, with joint widths within tolerances
indicated. Lay walls with joints of the following width.
a. Joint Width: At Stone tile floor - l/8" to l/4"
Atwall veneer - 3/8 to I l/2" inch. Typical joint tobe'/q"
C. Construction Tolerances: As follows:
o
ENCE
STONE MASONRYVENEER 04410 - 3
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC. SLVo
CE
tr/9s I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces, do not exceed 1/4 inch in l0
feet or Yz inch in 40 feet or more. For extemal corners, expansion joints, control
joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 114 inchin 20 feet or % inch in 40
feet or more.
2. variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets,
horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed l/4 inch in 20 feet or
%inch in 40 feet or more.
3. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan and related portion
of walls, and partitions, do not exceed %inchin 20 feet or 3/4 inch in 40 feet.
Pointing: As follows:
l. Prepare stone joint surfaces for pointing with mortar by removing dust and mortar
particles. Where setting mortar was removed to depths greater than surrounding
areas, apply pointing mortar first in layers not greater than 3/8 inch (10 mm) until a
uniform depth is formed.2. Point stone joints by placing and compacting pointing mortar in layers not greater
than 3/8 inch (10 mm). compact each layer thoroughly and allow to become
thumbprint hard before applying next layer.3. Tool joints, when pointing mortar is thumbprint hard, with a smooth jointing tool to
produce joint profile indicated.
In-Progress Cleaning: clean stone masonry veneer as work progresses. Remove mortar
fins and smears before tooling joints.
Final cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, remove large mortar particles
with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels and clean stone masonry
veneer as follows:
l. Test cleaning methods on mockup; leave one-half ofpanel uncleaned for comparison
purposes.
Protect adjacent stone and nonmasoffy surfaces from contact with cleaner.
wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by
rinsing thoroughly with clear water.
clean stone by bucket and brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA Technical
Note No. 20 Revised II.
G. Waste Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including unusable
stone, waste mortar, and excess or soil-contaminated sand, by crushing and mixing with fill
material as fill is placed.
1. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within l8 inches (450 mm) of finished grade.
END OF SECTION O44IO
D.
E.
F.
2.
J.I
I
I
I
I
t
I
4.
STONE MASONRY VENEER 04410 - 4
I
I
I
I
l
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
Copyright 1994AIA
BILLINGSLEYRESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLV tu94
SECTION O5I2O - STRUCTURAL STEEL
1.2
A.
B.
C.
D.
GENERAL
Structural Performance: Engineer structural steel connections required by the Contract
Documents to be selected or completed by the fabricator to withstand design loadings
indicated.
Submittals: In addition to Product Data and mill test repofts on structural steel and bolts,
submit Shop Drawings detailing fabrication of structural steel components, including
connections, splices, holes, welds, and bolts.
comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents:
1. AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings-Allowable stress Design2. ASTM A 6"Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes,
Sheet Piling, and Bars for Structural Use.',3. Research Council on Structural Connections'(RCSC) "Specification for Structural
Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts.',
Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions ofAWS Dl.l "Structural Welding
Code--Steel."
I' Present evidence that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualifrcation tests
for welding processes involved and, ifpertinent, has undergone recertification.
Store materials to permit easy urccess for inspection and identification. Keep steel members
off ground by using pallets, platforms, or other supports. Protect steel members and
packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration.
l. Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become
dry or rusty before use.
PRODUCTS
Wide flange and tee shapes: ASTM A572, Grade 50
structural steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36 (AsrM A 36M), carbon steel.
Cold-Formed Structural Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B.
Nonhigh-strerrgth Anchor Bolts, Nuts, and washers: ASTM A307, Grade A; carbon-steel,
o
CE
l.l
B.
D.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - l
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLV tl/94
hex-head bolts; carbon-steel nuts; and flat, unhardened steel washers, uncoated.
E. Concrete Fill: Comply with requirements of Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete"
for normal-weight concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi (20
MPa).
F. Nonshrink, Metallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous,
ferrous-aggregate grout complying with ASTM C 1107.
I.3 EXECUTION
A. Erect structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to
AISC specifications referenced in this Section.
Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set units
accurately in location, with edges and surfaces level, plumb, and true.
l. Fit exposed connections accurately together and weld, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into
concrete masonry or similar construction.
B. Base, Bearing and leveling Plates: Provide for steel items bearing on masomy or concrete,
as indicated. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts. Clean concrete and masonry bearing
surfaces ofbond-reducing materials and roughen surfaces prior to setting base and bearing
plates. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates and set on wedges, shims, or
setting nuts as required.
1. After the items have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts, cut off
wedges or shims flush with edge of base or bearing plate, and pack with nonshrink,
metallic grout where not exposed to moisture and nonshrink, nonmetallic grout in
exposed locations solidly between bearing surfaces and plates.
C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice
for Steel Buildings and Bridges."
D. Fabrication: Fabricate and assemble structural steel in shop to greatest extent possible.
Fabricate structural steel according to AISC specifications referenced in this Section and
in Shop Drawings.
1. Comply with fabrication tolerance timits of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for
Steel Buildings and Bridges" for structural steel.
2. Install and tighten nonhigh-strength bolts, except where high-strenglh bolts are
indicated.
o
CE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
T
ISTRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 2
aJ.
4.
5.
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
CE
tt/94
Install and tighten high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for
Structwal Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
connection Type: snug tightened, unless indicated as slip-critical, direct-
tension, or tensioned shear/bearing connections.
weld connections: comply with AWS Dl .1 for procedures, appearance and quality
of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.
weld corners and seams continuously. use materials and methods that minimize
distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. obtain
fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish
exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended.
shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove sharp or rough areas and
ease exposed edges.
Shop Priming: Shop prime steel, except surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar, surfaces
to be field welded, surfaces to be high-strength bolted with slip-critical connections, and
surfaces to receive sprayed-on fireproofing.
surface Preparation: ssPC-sP 2 "Hand rool cleaning" or SSpc-Sp 3 "power Tool
Cleaning."
Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply nonasphaltic primer
complying with SSPC's "Painting System Guide No. 7.00', to provide a dry film
thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). use priming methods that result in
full coverage ofjoints, comers, edges, and exposed surfaces.
Primer to be fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer
with good resistance to corrosion, compatible with finish paint systems, and
complying with performance requirements of FS TT-p-664.
END OF SECTION 05120
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 3
I Copyright leeTAIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDI
t
ENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV 5/97
SECTION O55OO - METAL FABRICATIONS
I l.l .ENERAL
I A. Submittals: In addition to product Data" submit the folrowing:
I l. Shop Drawings detailing fabrication and erection.
2- Samples materials and finishes as may be requested by Architect
I Full size mock-up of balcony railings.
B. Fabricate and Pre-Fabricated items in this section include: Deck railings and all other misc.
I angles, channels, tubes, plates or otler misc. steel section as indicated and or as required.I
.- c. welder qualifications: currently qualified according to Aws Dr.l
I
D. Structural performance of handrails and railing system: Comply with ASTM E 985 based on
I testing per ASTM E 894 and E 935.
I E. ?revent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials
tiom direct contact with incompatible materials.
I 1.2 PRODUCTS
l A. General: Provide materials selected for their surface flatness. smoothness. and without
blemishes.t
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Ferrous Metals: As follows:
l. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M.
2. Stainless-Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM AZ76,Type 304.
3. Steel rubing: cold-formed steel tubing complying with AsrM A 500.
4- Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless otherwise indicated.
5' Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either
ASTM A 47 (ASTM A 47M) malleable iron or ASTM A27lA27M cast steel.
Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A 153/A
153M.
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - I
Copyright 1997 AIA o MASTERSPEC - SLV 5t97
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
C Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-
alkyd primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P-664 and compatible
with finish paint systems indicated.
D. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Organic zinc-rich primer, complying with SSPC-Paint 20
and compatible with topcoat.
E. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel,
complying with SSPC-Paint 20.
F. Fasteners: Provide Type 304 or 3 l6 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated
fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class FelZn 5, where built into
exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.
G. Concrete Fill: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for
normal'weight, air-entrained, ready-mix concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive
strength of 3000 psi, unless otherwise indicated.
H. Fabrication, General: Use connections that maintain structural value ofjoined pieces. Shear
and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs.
l. Weld corners and seams continuously. Use materials and methods that minimize
distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain
fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish
exposed welds smooth and blended.
2. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or
provide weep holes.
3. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners where possible. Locatejoints where least conspicuous.
I. Loose Bearing and Leveling Plates: Provide for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete.
Drill plates to receive anchor bolts.
l. Galvanize plates or provide protective paint per structural notes.
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
IMETAL FABRICATIONS 0ss00 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1997 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
CE
5197
J. Loose steel Lintels: Fabricate from shapes and to sizes indicated.
l. Galvanize lintels located in exterior walls or provide protective paint per structural notes.
K. shelf Angles: Fabricate to sizes indicated and for attachment to framing. provide
horizontally slotted holes to receive 3/4-inch (19-mm) bolts, spaced not more than 6 inches
(150 mm) from ends and24 inches (600 mm) o.c.
Galvanize shelf angles to be installed in exterior walls or provide protective paint per
structural notes.
Fumish wedge-type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, to atiach shelf angles
to cast-in-place concrete.
Miscellaneous Framing and supports: provide steel framing and supports that are not a
part of structural-steel framework as necessary to complete the Work. Fabricate from
structural steel of welded construction. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware,
hangers, and similar items.
l.where indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally
welded anchors at 24 inches (600 mm) o.c.
Fabricate steel girders for wood frarne construction from continuous steel shapes.
where wood nailers are attached to girders with bolts or lag screws, drill holes at 24
inches (600 mm) o.e.
Fabricate steel pipe columns for supporting wood frame construction with steel base
plates and top plates welded to pipe with fillet welds the same size as pipe wall
thickness.
Galvanize members to be installed in exterior walls or provide protective paint per
strucfural notes.
Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Fabricate units with continuously welded joints and smooth
exposed edges. Miter comers and use concealed splices where possible. Provide cutouts,
fittings, and anchorages; coordinale assembly and instalration with other work.
Finish metal fabrications after assembly. Comply with NAAMM'S "Metal Finishes Manual
for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating
l.
2.
2.
4.
M.
N.
METAL FABRICATIONS 0s500 - 3
Copyright 1997 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLV 519'l
finishes. Shop prime ferrous-metal items not indicated to be galvanized. See structural not
es for protective painting.
1. Hot-dip galvanize items indicated to be galvanized to comply with ASTM A r23 or
ASTM A 153/A l53M as applicable.
2. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated fenous-metal surfaces to comply
with SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
3. Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "paint Application Specification No.
1," for shop painting.
EXECUTION
Installation, General: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners for securing metal
fabrications to in-place construction. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for
installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, with edges and
surfaces level, plumb, and true.
l. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into
concrete, masonry, or similar construction.
2. Fit exposed connections accurately together. Weld connections, unless otherwise
indicated. Do not weld, cut, or abrade galvanized swfaces.
Set bearing and leveling plates on cleaned surfaces using wedges, shims, or leveling nuts.
After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts and pack
with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout.
Touch up shop paint after erection. Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded
areas and paint with the same material as used for shop painting.
Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair
galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION O55OO
o
CE
I
I
I
l.J
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
B.
C.
D.
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 4
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
Copynght t997 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLV 5/97
SECTION 05720 - ORNAMENTAL HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS
I.1 GENERAL
A. Structural Performance of Handrails and Railings: Comply with ASTM E 985, based on
testiag per ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935.
B. Structural Performance ofHandrails and Railings: Capable of withstanding structural loads
required by ASCE 7 without exceeding allowable design working stresses of materials
involved.
C' Structural Performance of Handrails and Railings: Capable of withstanding the following
structural loads without exceeding allowable design working stresses of materials involved:
1. Top Rail ofGuards: Concentrated load of200 lbf applied at any point and in any
direction, and uniform load of 50 lbflft. applied horizontally and concurrently with
uniform load of 100 lbf/ft. applied vertically downward. Concentrated and uniform
loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.2. Handrails Not Serving As Top Rails: Concentrated load of 200 lbf applied at any
point and in any direction, and uniform load of 50 lbflft. applied in any direction.
Concentrated and uniform loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
D' Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other
materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.
E. Submittals: In addition to product Data, submit the following:
l. Shop Drawings showing railing layout and details, with structural computations.2. Samples for each type ofexposed finish required.
1.2 PRODUCTS.
A' Provide railings in sizes and frnishes called out in drawings and finish schedule. Submit
required changes in design due to structural performance requirements previously specified.
F' Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of same material and fmish as
supported rails.
G. Wood Rails: Hardwood rails of species and profile indicated; bonded to steel subrail; with
o
ENCE
ORNAMENTAL HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS 05720 - 1
Copyright 1997 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV s/97
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
manufacturer's standard transparent fi nish.
H. Fasteners: Same basic metal as fastened metal; concealed unless otherwise indicated or
unavoidable and standard with systems indicated.
I. Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials with capability to sustain, without
failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in rmit masonry and four
times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined per ASTM E 488.
J. Shop Primers: Provide primers to comply with applicable requirements in Division 9
Section "Painting."
K. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-
alkyd primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P-664; with good
resistance to corrosion; and compatible with finish paint systems indicated.
L. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Zinc-dust, zinc-oxide primer formulated for priming
zinc-coated steel and for compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and complying
with SSPC-Paint 5.
M. Fabrication, General: Fabricate to design, dimensions, and details indicated, but not less
than that required to support structural loads.
l. Form changes in direction of railing members as follows:
a. Bybending.
b. By inserting prefabricated flush elbow fittings.
2. Fomt curves by bending in jigs to produce uniform curvature without buckling,' twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces.3. Welded Corurections: Connect handmil and railing members by welding. Cope and
weld or use welded-in fittings. Weld connections continuously.4. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: provide wall brackets, flanges,
miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to connect handrails and railings to other
construction.
5. Close exposed ends of handrail and railing members with prefabricated end fittings.6. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails.
N. Shop-Primed Steel Finish: Prepare per SSPC-SP 7, "Brush-offBlast Cleaning," and apply
primer.
1.3 EXECUTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
IORNAMENTAL HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS 05720 - 2
I
Copyright 1997 AIA MASTERSPEC _ SLV
T
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
I A. Installation, General: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required to install handrails and
railings. Set units accurately in location, alignment, and elevation.
l. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of l/16 inch in 3 feet(2 mm in I m).2. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and fiom parallel with
rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed l/4 inch in 12 feet (5 mm
in 3 m).
I B. Anchor posts to wood surfaces with fittings designed for railing system and for this
purpose.
t c- Attach handrails to newel posts with wall brackets or end fittings.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. For wood stud partitions, use hanger or lag bolts set into wood backing between
studs.
END OF SECTION 05720
I oRNAMENTAL HANDRAILS AND RAILINGs 05720 - 3
I si#trH,'#+ts,o,*O
CE
MASTERSPE. - SLV O 5/9s
I SECTIONO6IOO-ROUGHCARPENTRY
I I.1 GENERAL
I A. Refer to Structual drawings for stress-rating requirements of wood structwal components.
I 1.2 PRODUCTS
I
A. Lumber, General: Comply with DOC PS 20 and with applicable grading rules of inspection
I agencies certified ty tile emerican Lumber Stanaarai Committee's (ALSC) Board ofr Review. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, with each piece factory marked with grade stamp
ofinspection agency.
r I ' Provide lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for
2-inch nominal (38-mm actual) thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Wood-Preservative-Treated Materials: Comply with applicable requirements of AWPA C2
(lumber) and AWPA C9 (plywood).
I' Pressure treat aboveground items with waterborne preservatives to a minimum
retention of 0.40 lb/cu. ft. (4.0 kg/cu. m). After treatrnent, kiln-dry lumber and
plywood to a maximum moisture content of 19 and 1 5 percent, respectively. Treat
indicated items and the following:
a. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and
similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, and waterproofing.b. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed
members in contact with masonry or concrete.c. Wood framing members less than 6 inches (460 mm) above grade.d. Wood floor plates installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth.
2. Pressure treat wood members in contact with ground or freshwater with waterbome
preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.40 lb/cu. ft. (6.4 kg/cu. m).3. Complete fabrication of treated items before treatment, where possible. If cut after
treatment, apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces. Inspect
each piece of lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective
pieces.
C. Dimension Lumber: Provide dimension lumber of grades indicated according to the
ALSC National Grading Rule (NGR) provisions.
l. Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions: Provide standard, Stud, or No. 3 grade and
any of the following species:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - I
copyright 1995 AJA OBILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
Species: Eastern softwoods; NELMA.
Species: Northem species; NLGA.
Species: Mixed southem pine; SPIB.
Species: Westem woods; WCLIB or WWPA.
2. Framing Other than Non-Load-Bearing Partitions: Provide Construction or No. 2
grade and any of the following species:
a. Species: Southern pine; SPIB.b. Species: Douglas fir-larch; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWpA.
3. Exposed Deck Framing: No. I grade, Douglas fir-larch
For timbers of 5-inch nominal size and thicker, provide Douglas firlarch, Select Stuctural
per NLGA, wcLIB, or wwPA rules or southern pine, No. I Dense per spIB rules.
Miscellaneous Lumber: Provide No. 3 or Standard grade lumber of any species for support
or attachment of other construction, including rooftop equipment curbs and support bases,
cant strips, bucks, nailers, blocking, and similar members.
Engineered Wood Products: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which
curent model code research or evaluation reports exist that evidence compliance with
building code in effect for Project. Provide engineered wood products with allowable
design stresses, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated.
Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational
engineering analysis, and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified
independent testing agency.
1. Laminated-Veneer Lumber: Lumber manufactured by laminating wood veneers in
a continuous press using an exterior-type adhesive complying with ASTM D 25sg
to produce members with grain of veneers parallel to their lengths and complying
with the following requirements:
a. Extreme Fiber stress in Bending: 2800 psi for l2-inch nominal- depth
members.
b. Modulus of Elasticity: 2,000,000 psi (13 800 Mpa).
2. Parallel-Strand Lumber: Lumber manufactured by laying up wood strands using an
exterior-type adhesive complying with ASTM D 2ssg, and cured under pressuri to
produce members with grain of strands parallel to their lengths and complying with
the following requirements :
a. Extreme Fiber stress in Bending: 2900 psi (20 Mpa) for l2-inch nominal-
(286-mm actual-) depth members.
5/95MASTERSPEC - SLV I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a-
b.
c.
d.
D.
F.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
CE
5/9s
b. Modulus of Elasticity: 2,000,000 psi (13 g00 Mpa).
3. Prefabricated Wood l-Joists: Units manufactured by bonding stress-graded lumber
flanges to wood-based structural-use panel webs with exterior-type adhesives
complying with ASTM D2ss9, to produce l-shaped joists complying with the
following requirements :
a. Structural Capacities: Establish and monitor structural capacities according to
ASTM D 5055.
G. Wood-Based Structural-Use Panels: Provide either all-veneer, mat-formed, or composite
panels complying with DOC PS 2, "Performance Standard for Wood-Based Structural-Use
Panels," unless otherwise indicated. provide plywood panels complying with Doc ps l,
"U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood," where plywood is
indicated. Comply with structural drawings and the following:
I' Trademark: Factory mark structural-use panels with APA trademark evidencine
compliance with grade requirements.2. Span Ratings: Provide panels with span ratings required to meet "Code plus"
provisions of APA Form No. E30, "APA Design/Construction Guide: Residential
& Commercial. "3. Combination Subfloor-Underlayment: %" T & G, APA-rated Sturd-I-FloorPlywood,
Exposure I, with fully sanded face. Provide at waterproof deck roofing. Provide at
subfloor - underlayment directly under any finish flooring lcarpet. (O.S.B. may not
be substituted)
4' Subflooring: y1" T & G, APA-rated plywood sheathing, Exposure 1. (o.s.B. may not
be substituted)
5' wall Sheathing: vz", APA-rated Structural I sheathing, Exposure 1. May be plywood
or O.S.B.
6. Roof Sheathing:5/8",APA-rated Structural I plywood sheathing, Exterior. (O.S.B.
may not be substituted)
7. Plywood Backing Panels: For mounting electrical or telephone equipment, provide
fue-retardant-treated plywood panels with grade, c-D plugged ixposure l, in
thickness indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, not less than 15/32 inch (1 1.9 mm)
thick.
H. Particleboard: Comply with and factory mark each panel according to ANSI 4208,1.
Provide thickness indicated.
L Particleboard Underlayment: Grade pBU.
I. Air-Infilration Banier: Air retarder complying with ASTM E1677; made from
polyolefins; either cross-laminated films, woven shands, or spunbonded fibers; coated or
uncoated; with or without perforations to transmit water vapor but not liquid water; and
with minimum water-vapor transmission of 1 0 perms (57 5 nglPax s x sq. m) when tested
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 3
Copynght 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
CE
5/95 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
according to ASTM E 96, Procedure A.
J. Metal Framing Anchors: Provide galvanized steel framing anchors of structural capacity,
type, and size indicated and as follows:
1. Research or Evaluation Reports: Provide products for which model code research
or evaluation reports exist that are acceptable to authorities havingjurisdiction and
that evidence compliance of metal framing anchors for application indicated with
building code in effect for Project.
2. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads, as published
by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated.3. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with
ASTM A 653, G60 coating designation; structural, commercial, or lock-forming
quality, as standard with manufacturer for type of anchor indicated.
K. Sill-Sealer Gaskets: Glass-fiber-resilient insulation, fabricated in strip form, for use as a
sill sealer; l-inch (25-mm) nominal thickness, compressible to l/32 inch(0.8 mm); selected
from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated.
L. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying with APA Af'G-01
that is approved for use with type ofconstruction panel indicated by both adhesive and
panel manufacturers.
1.3 EXECUTION
A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and
fitted.
B. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit.
Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow
attachment of other construction.
Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated,
complying with the following:
1. CABO NER-272 for power-driven staples, P-nails, and allied fasteners.2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer.3. "Recommended Nailing Schedule" of referenced framing standard and with AFPA's
"National Design Specifications for Wood Construction."4. "Table 23-I-Q-Nailing Schedule" of the Uniform Building Code.
Use hot-dip galvanized or stainless-steel nails where rough caryenty is exposed to weather,
in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity.
Hammer nail heads flush with surface on exposed carpentry work.
C.
D.
E.
ROUGHCARPENTRY 06100 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
CE
5/95
F. Framing Standard: Comply with AFPA's "Manual for Wood Frame Construction." rmless
otherwise indicated.
G' Installation of Structural-Use Panels: Comply with applicable recommendations contained
in APA Form No. E30, 'APA Design/Construction Guide: Residential & Commercial."
for types of structural-use panels and applications indicated.
l. Comply with "Code plus" provisions of above_referenced guide.2' Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below and per structural notes:
a. Combination Subflooring-Underlayment: Glue and nail to framing throughout.b. Subflooring: Glue and nail to framing tlroughout.c. Sheathing: Nail to framing.d. Sheathing: Nail to framing.e. Underlayment: Nail to subflooring.
H' Water proof membrane stripprng around windows: After windows are installed, but before
air-infiltration barrier, provide self adhering water proof membrane stripping around' windows.
l. Provide 20 mil, self sealing Rubberized-Asphalt Composite Sheet product, self-
adhering sheet consisting of rubberized asphalt laminated to a 4-mil- thick
polyethylene film with release liner on adhesive side, (available in approx. l0- wide
roll ) by W. R. Grace or approved equal.2. Apply to overlap top of window / door head and jamb nailing flange.3' Note: Apply to wrap behind windoWdoor nailing flange sill and to lap over Air-
infiltration barrier, see section below.
I. AirJnfiltration Barrier: Cover sheathing with air-infiltration banier to comply with
manufacturer's written instructions.
l. Apply air-infiltration barrier to cover upstanding flashing with 4-inch (100-mm)
overlap.
2 Apply air-infiltration barrier to overlap top of windod door nailing flange and
membrane strips at head and jamb of window.3 Air-infiltration barrier to wmp behind membrane strip and flashing per drawings at
windoddoor nailing flange sill.
J. Provide continuous bead ofsealant at outside edge ofjoint between concrete foundation
/ slab and wall bottom plate to create watertight joint. Install sill sealer to inside of sealant
joint.
END OF SECTION O6IOO
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - s
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1996 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLV 8/96
SECTION 06130 - HEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION
GENERAL
Heavy timber is defined as rectangular solid-wood framing members 5 inches nominal (114
mm actual) and larger in both dimensions.
Timber standard: comply with AITC 108, "Standard for Heary Timber construction."
Schedule delivery ofheary timber to avoid extended on-site storage and to avoid delaying
the Work.
PRODUCTS
General: comply with Doc PS 20, "American Softwood Lumber standard." and with
grading rules ofthe following inspection agencies:
l. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau.2. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.3. WWPA - Westem Wood Products Association.
Exposed Interior Timber Species and Grade: Douglas Fir, No. 1, select tight kno! smooth
sanded finish, l5 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing.
l. Structural Properties: As indicated on Structural Drawings.
Exposed Exterior Timber Species and Grade: Cedar, No. l, select tight knot, ruffsawn, 19
percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing.
L Structural Properties: As indicated on Stnrctural Drawings.
Dressing: Provide dressed timber (S4S), unless otherwise indicated.
End Sealer: Manufacturer's standard, transparent wood sealer that is effective in retarding
the transmission of moisture at cross-grain cuts.
Penetrating Sealer: Manufacturer's standard, transparent, penetraling wood sealer that is
compatible with indicated finish.
Connectors, Anchors, and Accessories Per Requirements of Section 05500: Fabricate from
structural-steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36; steel bars complying
o
ENCE
l.l
B.
c.
1.2
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
HEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION 06130 - I
Copyright 1996 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLV
with ASTM A575, GradeM1020; and hot-rolled steel sheet complying with
ASTM A 570, Grade 33.
I' Finish each assembly and fastener with rust-inhibitive primer, 2-mil (0.05-mm) dry
hlm thickness, all exposed members to be finish painted with color per schedules
H. Fabrication of wood columns and timbers: Shop fabricate members by cutting and restoring
exposed surfaces to match specified surfacing. Predrill for fasteners and assembly of units.
1. Machine sand exposed surfaces to remove planing or surfacing marks, finishing with
No. 120 grit sandpaper.2. Seal Coat: After fabricating and surfacing each unit, apply a saturation coat of
penetrating sealer on swfaces of each unit.
I.3 EXECUTION
A. Installation: Erect timber framing true and plumb. Provide temporary bracing to maintain
lines and levels until permanent supporting members are in place.
B. Fit timber framing by cutting and restoring exposed surfaces to match specified surfacing.
Predrill for fasteners and assembly of units.
l. Machine sand exposed surfaces to remove planing or surfacing mmks, finishing with
No. 120 grit sandpaper.2. Coat crosscuts with end sealer.
C' Repair damaged surfaces and finishes after completing erection. Replace damaged heavy
timber if repairs are not approved by Architect.
END OF SECTION 06130
o
CE
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
It
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IHEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION 06t30 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
T
I
tI
Copyright 1996 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
ENCE
8/96
l.l
SECTION 06185 - STRUCTURAL GLUED-LAMINATED TIMBER
GENERAL
Structural gluedJaminated (glularn) timber is defined as an engineered, stress-rated timber
product assembled from selected and prepared wood laminations bonded together with
adhesives with the grain of the laminations approximately parallel longitudinally.
Submittals: In addition to manufacturer's Product Data and installation instructions for
glulam timber and accessories, submit the following:
I . Shop Drawings: Show layout of structural glulam timber system and full dimensions
of each member. Indicate laminating combination.
2. Sample of resawn finish for exposed glulams.
Manufacturer Qualifications: Provide factory-glued structural units produced by an AITC-
licensed firm.
Quality Standard: Comply with AITC Al90.l, "structural Glued Laminated Timber.',
Delivery, Storage, and Handling: Comply with provisions of AITC 1 11, "Recommended
Practice for Protection of Structural Glued Laminated Timber during Transit, Storage, and
Erection."
l. Individually wrap members with plastic-coated paper covering, with water-resistant
seams.
PRODUCTS
Species and Grades for Columns, Beams, Purlins, and Arches: Provide glulam members
of the following species that comply with AITC II7--MANTIFACTURING for the
following combination symbol;
l. Species and Combination Symbol: Douglas fir,24FY4.
2. Species and Combination Symbol: Douglas fu,24FV8.
Appearance Grade for exposed glulam: Provide resat{n industrial grade appearance grade
members complying with AITC 110.
Preservative Treatment: Pressure treat lumber before gluing according to AWPA C28 for
waterbome preservatives.
B.
C.
D.
E.
1.2
B.
c.
STRUCTURAL GLUED-LAMINATED TIMBER 06185 - I
Copyright 1996 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLV
D. Adhesive : Wet-use type complying with ASTM D 2559.
E. End Sealer: Manufacturer's standard, transparent, colorless wood sealer that is effective
in retarding the transmission of moisture at cross-grain cuts and is compatible with
indicated finish.
F. Penetrating Sealer: Manufacturer's standard, transparent, penetrating wood sealer that is
compatible with indicated finish.
G. Cormectors, Anchors, and Accessories: Fabricate from structural-steel shapes, plates, and
bars complying with ASTM A 36; steel bars complying with ASTM A 575,Grade M 1020;
and hot-rolled steel sheet complying with ASTM A 570, Grade 33.
1. Finish each assembly and fastener with rust-inhibitive primer, 2-mi1 (0.05-mm) dry
film thickness.
H. Shop fabricate for connections to greatest extent possible, including cutting to length and
drilling bolt holes.
1. Sizes on drawings are member sizes before they are resawn coordinate connections
& elevations for size after resawing.
2. Larger members may be cut in half width or height wise to make a smaller section.
For example, a9 l/2" x 5 712" may be cut to make two 4 l/2" x 5 l/2,,members3. The sizes on drawings are intended to be standard sizes-submit altemate sizes for
members which are not shown as a standard size. Contractor to coordinate all
member size changes with other members and connections.
I. Camber: Fabricate horizontal and inclined members, units of less than l:1 slope, with
either circular or parabolic camber equal to l/500 of span.
J. End-Cut Sealing: Immediately after end-cutting each member to frnal length and after
wood treatment (if any), apply a saturation coat of end sealer to ends and other cross-cut
surfaces, keeping surfaces flood-coated for not less than l0 minutes.
K. Seal Coat: After fabricating and sanding each unit, and end-coat sealing, apply a heavy
saturation coat of penetrating sealer on swfaces of each uni! except for treated wood where
treatment included a water repellent.
I.3 EXECUTION
A. Installation: Erect structural glulam timber framing true and plumb, with uniform, close-
fitting joints. Provide temporary bracing to maintain lines and levels until permanent
o
ENCE
8/96 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
STRUCTURAL GLUED-LAMINATED TIMBER 06185 - 2
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
Copyright 1996 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
CE
supporting members are in place.
1. Use padded slings and protect comers with wood blocking.2. Verifu dimensions in field before cutting members to final length3. Adequately brace members as they are placed to maintain safe position until full
stability is provided.
4. Install miscellaneous steel cormectors, anchors, and accessories as indicated. Field
drill after members are in place to insure positive uniform bearing and proper
alignment.
B. Fit structural glulam timber framing by cutting and restoring exposed surfaces to match
specified surfacing. Predrill for fasteners and assembly ofunits.
l. Use connectors as templates for drilling bolt holes.2. Machine sand exposed surfaces to remove planing or surfacing marks, finishing with
No. 120 grit sandpaper.
3. Coat crosscuts with end sealer.
C. Cutting: Avoid extra cutting after fabrication. Where field fitting is unavoidable, comply
with requirements for shop fabrication.
l. Where treated members must be cut during erection, apply a field-treatment
preservative to comply with AWPA M4.
D. Repair damaged surfaces and finishes after completing erection. Replace damaged
structural glulam timber if repairs are not approved by Architect.
E. Do not remove wrappings on individually wrapped members until they no longer serve a
useful purpose, including protection from wea*rer, soiling, and damage from work of other
trades.
END OF SECTION 06185
STRUCTURAL GLUED-LAMINATED TIMBER 06185 - 3
T
t
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
Copynght 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
CE
2/95
SECTION 06200 - FIMSH CARPENTRY
I.1 GENERAL
A. Submittals: In addition to Product Data, submit Samples for each furish and type of siding
and paneling.
l. 3 foot length of each type of wood siding, battens and boardwalk
B. Definitions:
l. Finish Carpentry: Woodwork exposed to view but not considered as cabinets or
casework.
1.2 PRODUCTS
A. Lumber Standards: Comply with DOC PS 20, "American Softwood Lumber Standard,"
for lumber and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American
Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.
B' Softwood Plywood: Comply with DOC PS l, "U.S. Product Standard for Construction and
Industrial Plywood."
Hardwood Plywood: comply with HpVAHp-I, "Interim voluntary standard for
Hardwood and Decorative Plywood."
Interior Standing and Running Trim: Provide finished lumber and moldings complying
with the following requirements:
l. Species: Varies, provide per finish schedule2 Grade: No. l, select tight knot (unless noted otherwise on schedule) with
maximum 12olo moisture content, suitable for natural finish or stain,
E. Interior wood ceiling at Living/Dining/I(tchen:
l. Species: Pine
2 Grade: No. 2 or better, select tight knot, with maximum l2olo moisture content,
suitable for natural finish or stain,3. lx6 Tongue & Groove (T & G ), with V groove joint., oriented in same
direction and joints lined up with I x 6 exterior soffrt at underside of type I
roofrakes. ( To look as ifboards are continuous from inside to outside. )
c.
D.
FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 - 1
Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
Wood Molding Pattems: Refer to drawings for molding and base profile.
Shelving: per finish schedule
Wood top on Interior Railings:1. Species: Alder
2. Grade: No. I grade select tight knot (unless noted otherwise on schedule) with
maximum 12% moisture content, suitable for natwal finish or stain,
Board Paneling: Interior wood board paneling complying with wMMpA wM 9, pattern
as indicated.
l Species: Alder (unless noted otherwise on schedule)2. Grade: No. 1, select tight knot (unless noted otherwise on schedule) with maximum
127o moisture content, suitable for natural finish or stain.
Wood deck:
l. Decking at Living room: No. I grade, either 2 x 4 ot 2 x 6, redwood decking:a. over #2 grade 3 x Douglas fir sleepers (bottom cutatyi'per 12" slope to provide
level deck surface), over protection board over waterproof roofing over 3/q"
underlayment grade exterior plywood, exposure I , over 2x 1 2 j oist with top cut to
slope %"per 12."
2- Decking at Annie's room: No. I grade, either 2 x 4 or 2x6,redwood decking:a- over # 2 grade or better, select tight knot, 2 x joists, ruff sawn surface, westem red
cedar; NLGA, wcLIB, or wwPA. Maximum moisture content of 15%. per
structural.
Alternate # I' price option of providing Select 2 x 4 or 2x6 Mahogany decking at both decks.
K. Fasteners for Exterior Finish Carpentry: Provide nails of stainless steel, hot-dip galvanized
steel, or non corroding hi-strength aluminum. Brass-plated screw-type fasteners.
L- Exterior Siding: Provide No. 1, select tight knot, ruff sawn surface, western red cedar;
NLGA, wcLIB, or wwPA. Maximum moisture content of l5vo. (except as noted)
Of rhe following types:
l. Type I Siding: VerticalBoardonBoard: I x Sboarddirecttowall, I x6outerboard
to provide equal 5 %" exposure on front and back boards.
2. Type 2 Siding -shingle Siding \^rith 5" exposure.
I
I
2/95
E.
F.
G.
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
H.
J.
I
I
I
I
I
FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 -2
t
t
I
t
I
I
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
CE
2/95
N.
B.
D.
1.3
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
2. Type 3 Siding - lx8 Horizontal Tongue & Groove siding with v groove profile.
3. Type 4 siding - lx8 Horizontal Tongue & Groove siding ( no V groove at joints)
M. Exterior soffits i exterior ceilings, wderside of stair to Annie's room, exterior soffit below
deck at living room and underside oftype I roofrakes (oriented in same direction and
joints lined up with I x 6 interior ceiling):
l. Provide No. 1, select tight knot, ruff sawn surface, westem red cedan NLGA.
WCLIB, or WWPA. Maximum moisture content of l|vo.
F.
2. Provide I x6TongueandGroove( T& G), V groove atjoint.
Exterior standing Trim, Running Trim and Roof Eave / Rake soffits (except as noted
above): hovide finished lumber and moldings complying wittr the following requirements:
l. species and Grade: No. I grade, select tight knot, ruffsawn surface, westem red cedar;
NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. Maximum moisture content of l5%.
EXECUTION
Condition finish carpentry to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas
before installation, for a minimum of 2 weeks for siding and exterior trim, and 4 days for
interior trim.
Prime and back prime all lumber, trim and siding exposed on the exterior. comply with
requirements for surface preparation and application in Division 9 Section ',painting."
lnstall finish caryentry per ASI custom Grade: plumb, level, true, and aligned with adjacent
materials. Use concealed shims where required for alignment. Scribe and cut finish
carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as recommended by manufacturer.
Blind nail wherever possible. where surface nailing is necessary, use finish nails
carefirlly set with nail punch. Nail holes filled under Section 09900.
Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number ofjoints practical, using full-
length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. When butt joints are necessary,
bevel joints and stagger in adjacent and related trim. cope at returns. Trim
comers/intersections per drawings.
Paneling: Install according to manufacturer's recommendations. Select and arrange units
on each wall for best match ofadjacent units where grain character or color variations are
noticeable. Install with uniform tight joints between units.
Exterior Trim: wherever possible provide length of trim in one piece. cope end joints
FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 - 3
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
MASTERSPEC. SLV 2/95 I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
where more than one piece required, centering required joint over bearing. Face nail using
casing nails tapped flush. Do not set. Trim intersections as indicated. Sealjoints at inside
and outside corners and at trim locations. Layout jointery for uniform appearance and
consistency.
wood decks: Install with %" between boards. Apply to wood rafters using brass plated,
galvanized or stainless steel Phillips type screw fasteners which penetrate one inch into
woodjoist/sleepers. Provide2fastenersperbearingfor2xdecking. Copeendjointsover
sleeper bearing only. Staggerjoints in adjacent rows.
Exterior Fasteners: Fastener length adequate to penetate l-t/2" into wood studs or blocking
using casing nails; 1-%" for ring-shank; and one inch for screw-fype.
Repair damaged or defective finish carpen@ where possible to elimiaate functional or
visual defects. Hand smooth ready for finish under Section 09900 free from machine or
tool marks or any roughness. where not possible to repair hamrner marks or mars, replace
finish carpenty. Replace any interior finish bearing splits, cracks, or defects of any natlre.
Adiust
END OF SECTION 06200
G.
H.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 -4
B.
c.
D.
B.
l.l
1.2
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
J
I
I
I
I
t
;ii#tb1,#+ff*,or*", o MASTERSPEC - sLV 5/95
SECTION O7I1I - MEMBRANE AND COMPOSITE SHEET WATERPROOFING
GENERAL
Summary: Provide composite sheet waterproofing that prevents the passage of liquid water under
hydrostatic pressure and complies with requirements as demonstrated by testing performed by
an independent testing agency.
Submittals: Submit Shop Drawings showing locations and extent of waterproofing, including
details for subsfratejoints and cracks, sheet flashings, penetrations, tie-ins, and other termination
conditions.
Deliver materials to Project site and store in original packages with seals unbroken, labeled with
manufacturer's name, product, date of manufacture, and directions for storage. Protect stored
materials from direct sunlight.
Environmental Conditions: Apply waterproofing within range of ambient and substrate
temperatures recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. Do not apply waterproofing to a
damp or wet substrate.
Verification of Conditions: Comply with Section 01040:
l. Existing Conditions: Examine substrate before beginning installation.2. Surfaces: Veri$ substrate is smooth, free of major defects, cured and dry.3. Floors: Cured with clear resin based curing compounds not containing oil, was, or pigment.4. Notification: Notifo General Contractor of unsatisfactory conditions in writing with copy
to Owner (or Architect at Owner direction).5. Acceptance: Beginning work means acceptance of existing conditions by installer.
PRODUCTS
Deck Membrane Products: Bituthene; Grace: W.R. Grace & Co.
-Install in double layer with minimum 50% overlap of next sheet.
-Provide protection board recommended by the manufacturer.
-Installed over A surfaced fully sanded exterior grade 314" T & G plywood per section 06100
-Install pressure treated 3 x sleepers over protection board. Do not attach sleepers with fasteners
through membrane.
W.P Membrane Product at shingle roofi. W.R. Grace & Co, Vicor Ice and Water Shield.
Rubberized-Asphalt Composite Sheet product, consisting of polyethylene-sheet-backed, selt
adhering, polyrner-modified, bituminous sheet; minimum 40 mils (l mm) thick.withrelease liner
on adhesive side, per ASTM D 1970;
W.P Membrane Product at metal roof:. W.R. Grace & Co, Vicor Ultra Ice and Water Shield, high
MEMBRANE AND COMPOSITE SHEET WATERPROOFING 07lll - I
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE O MASTERSPEC - SLV 5/95
melting temperature, (for use with metal roofs ) Rubberized-Asphalt Composite Sheet producr,
consisting of polyethylene-sheet-backed, self-adhering, polymer-modified, bituminous sheet;
minimum 40 mils (l mm) thick.with release liner on adhesive side, per ASTM D 1970;
D. Water proof membrane strrpping around windows: Provide 20 mil, self sealing Rubberized-
Asphalt Composite Sheet product, self-adhering sheet consisting of rubberized asphalt laminated
to a 4-mil- thick polyethylene film with release liner on adhesive side, (available in approx. 10"
wide roll ) by W. R. Grace or approved equal.2. Apply to overlap top of window / door head and jamb nailing flange before air infiltration
barrier is installed.
3 ' Note: Apply to wrap behind windoddoor nailing flange sill and to lap over Air-infiltation
barrier.
4. See section 06100.
Auxiliary Materials: Primer, sheet flashing, liquid membrane, patching membrane, and liquid
mastics recommended by waterproofing manufacturer for intended use and compatible with
waterproofing sheet membrane.
0. Provide liquid-type auxiliary materials that meet volatile organic compound (VOC) limits
of authorities having jurisdiction.
EXECUTION
General Installation: Clean, prepare, and treat substrate according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Remove projections, concrete splatter, general surface dirt and other foreign
materials to leave surfaces in clean, dust-free, and dry condition suitable for application of
membrane.
l. Cleaning: Clean surfaces with high pressure air to remove dust, loose stones and debris.
2. Patching: Patch holes and grossly irregular surfaces with patching product compatable with
me mbrane per manufactures recommendations.
Prepare, treat, rout, and filljoints and cracks in substrate.
Prepare, prime, and treat inside and outside corners, terminations, penetrations, drains, and
protrusions according to waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions. Apply primer to
substrate at required rate and allow to dry.
Install membrane and self-adhering composite sheet membrane according to waterproofing
manufacturer's written instructions.
-At intersections with walls at both types of membranes, continue membranes 3'up the wall
and per the drawings.
-Install vicor and vicor Utra Ice and water shield under all roofing areas
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
l
I
I
I
I
1.3
B.
D.
MEMBRANE AND COMPOSITE SHEET WATERPROOFING 07111 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE O MASTERSPEC - SLV 5t9s
E. Apply membrane from low points to high points across fall line so that laps shed water. Stagger
end laps.
F. Roll entire membrane firmly and completely as soon as possible with linoleum roller or standard
water-filled garden roller less than 30" wide. Protect face of roller with resilient material such as
%" plastic foam or two wraps of indoor-outdoor carpet.
G. Seal end laps and T-joints at end of each work day.
H. Apply double thickness of membrane over properly sealed expansion, construction and control
joints.
I. Apply and firmly adhere sheet membrane over area to receive waterproofing. Accurately align
sheets. Overlap and seal seams and stagger end laps to ensure watertight installation.1. Seal laps within 12" of corner details with trowelling of EM-3000.2. At the ice & water shield sloped roof membrane, maintain uniform2-l/2-nch- (64-rnm-
minimum lap widths and end laps.3. At fte Bituthane deck membrane, maintain uniform lap widths of a minimum of 50Vo
of the sheet and end laps of a minimum of 12,,.4' For vertical applications, use heavy hand pressure and seam roller on laps.
At roof wall intersections, continue water proof membrane a minimum of 3'up wall.5. Coordinate installation of membrane products with all shown and requircd flashing ro
provide a waterproof system.6. Apply continuous layer of membrane under all flashing, Apply layer of membrane
counter flashing over all flashing to shed water on to flashing. Note membrane counter
flashing to be completely covered by roofing or siding, it is not to be exposed.
J. Protrusions:
1. Projections: Apply double layer of membrane around projections at least 6" in all
directions and seal terminations with EM-3000.
K. Terminations: Terminate by pressing very fumly to wall and finish with trowelled bead of
Elastomeric Mastic Bituthene EM-3000.
M. Protect waterproofing from damage and wear during application and remainder of construction
period, according to manufacturer's written iastructions.
N. Repair all holes and damage to membranes per manufacture's requirements. If fasteners, for
membrane, blocking, roofing, flashing or roof security devices, which penetrate membrane are
removed, seal hole in membrane at fastener location per manufacture's recommendation..
O. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures
recommended by manufacturer of affected construction.
END OF SECTION O7II1
MEMBRANE AND COMPOSITE SHEET WATERPROOFING 07lll -3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
T
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLV
SECTION 07160 - BITUMINOUS WATERPROOFING
I.I GENERAL
A. Submittals: Submit product data for each type of product specified, including data
substantiating t}lat materials comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile
organic compounds (VOCs).
B. Proceed with waterproofing work only after substrate and penetrating work have been
completed. Allow concrete drying time in accordance with waterproofing manufacturer
recommendations, but not less tban72 hours after concrete forrn removal.
C' Perform waterproofing work when existing and forecast weather conditions are suitable
and as prescribed by waterproofing manufacturer.
D. Verification of Conditions: Comply with Section 01600:
l. Existing Conditions: Examine substrate before beginning installation.2. surfaces: veri$ substrate is smooth, free of major defects, cured and dry.3. Notification: Notify General Contactor of unsatisfactory conditions in vniting with
copy to Architect.
4. Acceptance: Beginning work means acce,ptance of existing conditions by installer.
E. Install, bituminous waterproofing to exterior of walls below grade not covered by
waterproof membrane.
1.2 PRODUCTS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
l. Hot-Applied Asphalt water proofing:
a. Meadows: W.R. Meadows, Inc.b. Owens-Coming Fiberglas Corp.; Trumbull Division.
B. Bituminous waterproofing, General: Provide products recommended by manufacturer for
designated application.
l. Odor Elimination: Provide material warranted by manufacturer to be odor fiee after
drying for 24 hours under normal conditions.
o
CE
2/94
BITI.'MINOUS WATER PROOFING 07160 - |
Copyright 1994 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
c. Hot-Applied Asphalt waterproofing: waterproofing asphal! complying with
ASTM D 449, Type I.
D' Primer: Asphalt primer complying with ASTM D 41, for asphalt-based waterproofing.
E. Glass Fabric: Woven glass fabric, treated with asphalt, complying with ASTM D 1668,
Type L
I.3 EXECUTION
A. Preparation: Clean substrate and comply with recommendations of prime materials
manufacturer.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l. Install cant strips and similar accessories as recolnmended by prime materials
manufacturer.
2. Fill voids, seal joints, and apply bond breakers as recommended by prime materials
manufacturer.
3. Install separate flashings and comer protection stripping as recommended by prime
materials manufacturer.4. Prime substrate as recommended by prime materials manufacturer.5- Protection of Other Work: Prevent spillage and migration onto other surfaces of
adjoining work.
B' Application: Apply waterproofing at all perimeter foundation walls. Apply I or 2 coats
as recommended by manufacturer.
l. Reinforcement: At changes in plane or as shown, install lapped course of glass
fabric in first coat of waterproofing compound.2. Apply vertical waterproofing down walls from finished-grade line to top of footing,
extend over top offooting, and down to bottom face offooting. Extend 12 inches
onto intersecfing walls and footings, but do not extend onto surfaces exposed to
view when the project is completed.
c. Hot-Applied Asphalt waterproofing: Apply on exterior surfaces only. Do not apply when
substrate condition causes foaming.
l. Apply a coat at a rate of 20 lb or 2.5 gal./100 sq. ft. to a uniform film thickness of
not less than 30 mils.2. Apply a second coat, as specified above, after allowing 24 hours for first coat to
cure. Double the thickness of second coat where first application has failed to
produce a smooth, shiny, impervious coat.
D. Protect exterior, below-grade dampproofing membrane from damage until backfill is
completed. Remove overspray and spilled materials from sur ces not intended to receive
BITUMINOUS WATER PROOFING 07160 - 2
I copyright 1994 ArA O MASTERSIEc - sLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
I waterproofing.
I E. Protection Course: Comply with waterproofing materials manufacturer,sr recommendations for method of support or attaching of protection materials and rigid
insulation. Support with spot application of trowel-grade mastic where not otherwise
I indicated.
I END oF sEcrroN 07160
I
I
I
J
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
BrruMrNous WATERPROOFTNG 07160 - 3
MASTERSPEC - SLV 5/95
SECTION O72IO - BUILDING INSULATION
I
I.I GENERALt,
v A. Submittals: Product Data for each type of insulation product specified.
I B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fue-
test-response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per
I ASTME 84, ASTME 119, or ASTME 136 by UL or another testing and inspecting
I agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identiff materials with appropriate
markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
I 1.2 PRODUCTS
I A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referencedr standards.
I 1. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated; selected from manufacturer's-r standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths.
I B. Exterior Insulation: un-faced, flexible glass-fiber insulation: ASTM C 6l2,Type IA orF ASTM C 553, Types I, II, and III; Provided a minimum R-19 for exterior walls, R-38 at
r roofs.
l,l. Nominal Density: 1.5 lb/cu. ft.
11 2. Thermal Resistivity: 4. 13 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu x in. at 75 deg F.
I 3. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed
indices of25 and 50, respectively.
|J 4. Acceptable product: Owens-Coming, Manville, USG, Insulface 3 Certainteed.
I
C. Rigid Insulation:
I 1. Provide closed cell extruded insulation board as shown in drawings.ll a. provide I %" closed cell extrudedrigid insulation board under all interior slabs
3
ongrade.
r D. Sound Insulation: Provide fiberglass batt sound insulation at all bathroom and bedroom
I walls, at all floor/ceiling assemblies and per locations specified in the specifications and
I drawings.- l. Provide 3 Yz" and,5 1/2" thickness for corresponding wall thicknesses.
I 2. Provide 12" thickness for all floor/ceiling assemblies to completely fill cavity.
fJ 3. Do not over compact insulation.
I Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENI
I
I
BUILDINGINSULATION
o
CE
072t0 - |
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERS?EC - SLV 5195
E. Inzulation Supports: Type IS by Simpson Strong-Tie or adhesive-attached pin-anchors with
2 inch minimum diameter selfJocking steel washer, or equal.
F. Provide Polyethylene Vapor Retarder at all exterior walls and roof/ceilings:
ASTM D 4397,6 mils thick, with maximum permeance rating of 0.13 perm. Lap Joints
one stud orjoist spacing
G. Vapor-Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor retarder
manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder particularly at wall and
ceiling j oints
H. Adhesive for Bonding lnsulation: Product with demonsfiated capability to bond insulation
securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates.
1.3 EXECUTION
A. Installation, General: Comply with insulation manufacturer's vnitten instructions applicable
to products and application indicated.
1. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, unsoiled, and has not been exposed at any
time to ice and snow.
2. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut
and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections
that interfere witlt placement.
3. Apply single layer of insulation to produce thickness indicated. Notify Architect if
this is not possible.
B. Protect below-grade insulation on vertical surfaces from damage during backfilling by
applying protection board. Mechanically fasten or set in adhesive according to written
instructions of insulation manufacturer and bituminous waterproofing manufacturer.
C. Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission.
Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system.
D. Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather
exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Repair all cuts, holes and tares in vapor
barrier. Replace improperly installed, wet or damaged insulation.
END OF SECNON 07210
o
ENCE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
t
IBUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 2
I
I
Copyright 1996 AIA O MASTERSPE.-SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
SECTION 07317 - WOOD SHINGLES SIDING & ROOFING
1.I GENERAL
A. Submit Product Data for each type of product specified.
B. Submit samples of wall shingle and roof shingle.
C. Delivery, Storage and Handling: Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's
unopened bundles or containers with labels intact. Handle and store materials at Project
site to prevent water damage, staining, or other physical damage. comply with
manufacturer's recommendations for job site storage, handling, and protection.
D. Wood Shingle Grading Standards: Comply with the following:
l. U.B.C. Standard l5-4.2. CSSB's "Grading Rules for Certigrade Red Cedar Shingles."
1.2 PRODUCTS
A. Fancy-Butt Cedar Shingles: No. 1 grade, clear heartwood red cedar, edge grain with no
defects, 16 to l8 inches long by 5 inches wide by l/4-inch nominal thickness, with butt
shape indicated,
L Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
Cedar Valley Shingle Systems.
Shakertown.
B. W.P' Membrane Underlayment throughout under shingle roof: see section 07l l I
C. Nails at roofing: Hot-dip galvanized nails or Type 304 or 316 stainless-steel nails of
sufficient length to penetrate l/8" through sheathing or at least 3i4 inch into 2x
material.
l. Use shingle-type nails to attach wood shingles.
D. Staples: 0.05-inch (1.3-mm), Type304 or 316 stainless-steel staples with minimum
7/16'inch (l l-mm) crown width, of suffrcient length to penetrate through or at least 3/4
inch (19 mm) into sheathing.
E. Sheet Metal Flashing at shingle siding & roofing: Provide per the following:
1. Provide Copper Sheet except as noted: ASTMB37O, temperHO0 or 060; 16
oz.lsq. ft. (0.55 mm thick).
WOOD SHINGLES SIDING & ROOFING
I
t
t
I
I
I
J
I
I
t
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
a.
b.
07317 - |
Copyright 1996 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV 2/96
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
2. Open-Valley Metal Flashing: Preformed, inverted "V" profile at center of valley and
extending at least 9 inches or per drawings in each direction from centerline ofvalley.
3. Vent Pipe Flashing: Lead conforming to ASTM B 749, Type LSIl2l, at least 1/16 inch
tlrick, unless otherwise indicated
F. Fabricate sheet metal flashing to comply with recommendations of SMACNA's
"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metals, and other
characteristics of item indicated.
C.
EXECUTION
Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for substrates, installation
tolerances, and other conditions afGcting performance of work specified in this
Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. Cover
knotholes or other minor voids in substrate.
coordinate installation with flashing and other adjoining work to ensure proper
sequencing. Do not install roofing materials until all vent stacks and other penetrations
through roof sheathing have been installed and are securely fastened against movement.
Installation, General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions.
1. Roof: w.P. Membrane underlayment: Apply underlayment horizontally over
entire sheathing surface, lapping ends and succeeding courses a minimum of 2
inches and per manufacturer's requirements. (50 mm). Fasten with a sufficient
number of galvanized roofing nails to hold membrane in place until shingles are
applied.a. Continue W.P. Mernbrane 3' up all intersecting walls or roofs.
2. Walls: Air infiltration barrier: Provide at all walls over sheathing per section 06100
Roofing Installation: comply with cSSB's "Design and Application Manual for New
Roof construction" and NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and waterproofing Manual":
section "The NRCA steep Roofing Manual," chapter "wood Shingle and wood shake
Roofing."
l. Install wood shingles, beginning at lower end, witl a double-layer starter course,
projecting shingles 1" beyond fascia (including at gutters). Install 16 to lg-inch-
(455-mm) Iong shingles with 5-inch weather exposure. Space adjoining shinglesl/8 inch apart, attach each shingle with 2 fasteners spaced 3/4 to I inch from
edge of shingle and l-l/2 to 2 inches above butt line of subsequent course.
Stagger edge joints a minimum of l-l/2 inches in succeeding courses. prevent
I
I
I
1.3
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
D.
E.
WOOD SHINGLES SIDING & ROOFING 07317 -2
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
l
t
I
I
I
t
I
l
Copynght 1996 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENC
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
E
alignment of vertical joints in every third coluse. Drive fasteners tight to top
surface of shingles without crushing wood.
Ridges and Edges:
weather protection.
sheathing as specified.
3. Flashing: Install metal flashing as indicated, according to details and
recommendations of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual":
Section "The NRCA Steep Roofing Manual," chapter "wood shingle and wood
Shake Roofing."
a. Valleys: Construct open valleys, which comply with ARMA and NRCA recommenda-
tions.
F. Wall Installation: Comply with CSSB's "Design and Application Manual for Exterior
and Interior Walls."
1. Install Fancy-Butt Cedar Shingle: Apply shingles to wall sheathing, to fuiring
strips, or on panels to be installed on walls. On walls, begin at lower end with a
double-layer starter course, projecting shingles 1-l/2 inches beyond lower fascia.
Center each shingle between the 2 below and allow l/8-inch space between
shingles. Install l8-inch- long shingles w:r.h 7-l/2-inch for weather exposure.
Attach each shingle with 2 fasteners spaced 314 to I inch from edge of shingle and
l-l/2to 2 inches above butt line of subsequent course. Drive fasteners tight to top
surface of shingles without crushing wood. Butt interior comers against wood
stop. Butt exterior comers against corner boards.
G. Replace damaged materials installed under this Section with new materials that meet specified
requirements.
END OF SECTION 07317
Cut and fit
Install with
ridge and edge pieces to provide maximum
fasteners of suffrcient length to penetrate
WOOD SHINGLES SIDING & ROOFING 073t7 -3
lv95
I.1 GENERAL
I A. Submittals: In addition to Product Datq submit Shop Drawings, installation
instructions, color samples, and general recommendations, as applicable to materials
I and finishes for each conrponent and for total panel assemblies.
t
I 1.2 PRODUCTS
- A. Manufactwers: Provide panels by Kovach in 24 guage panel with Galvatique Finish
t (similar to a preweathered galvanized finish)
I B. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide panels with similar Galvatique finish
- by one oftlre following manufactures: Finish must be approved by architect.
t l. SteelRoofPanels:
r' a. AEP-Span.r I Bffiitlffiim*susArnc.
t d. Butler Manufacturing Co.I e. CopperSales, Inc.
r. f, Delcoa Industries" Inc.
.
g' Englert, Inc'
C. Steel Panels: Structural-quality steel sheet galvanized according to ASTM A 653, G90
I (ASTM A 653M, 2275);0.034 inch (0.85 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated.
J 1. Finish: Galvatique (Kovach) or approved similar finish-
t D. Standing-Seam Roof Panel Assembly: Designed for concealed mechanical attachment
ofpanels to roofpurlins or deck.
I l. Clips: 0.0625-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick, stainless-steel panel clips designed to meet
negative-load requirements.
11 2. Cleats: Mechanically seamed cleats fornred from minimum 0.0250-inch- (0.65-
I mm-) thick, stainless-steel or nylon-coated aluminum sheets.
I E. Undedayment required. Self-Adhering, Polymer-Modified, Bituminous Sheet
I Underlayment: ASTM D 1970, minimum of 40 mils (1 mm) thick. Provide primer
when recommended by underlayment manufachrrer.
-I 1. Products: See section 071I I
I copyright l99s AIA O MAsTERsPEc- sLV
I
BILLINGSLEYRESIDENCE
SECTION 07411 - MANUFACTURED ROOF PAI.IELS
I
I
I
MANLJFACTURED ROOF PANELS 07411 - I
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
ENCE
t|95 I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
l
1.3
F. Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivets and bolts, end-welded
studs, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads.
G. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, self-extinguishing, expanded, cellular, rubber or cross-
linked, polyolefin-foam strips.
H. Sealing Tape: Pressure-sensitive, polyisobutylene tape with release paper backing.
I. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-
mil (0.4-mm) dry frlm thickness per coat.
E)(ECUTION
Examination: Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements
indicated for conditions affecting performance of metal panel roofing. Examine roof
framing to verifr that sheathing, blocking and other secondary structural support
members and anchorage have been installed according to written instructions of panel
manufacturer. Do not proceed with roof panel installation until unsatisfuctory
conditions have been corrected.
Panel Installation: Comply with panel manufacturer's written instructions and
recommendations for installation Anchor panels securely in place, with provisions for
thermal and structural movement. Field cutting exterior panels by torch is not
permitted. Install panels with concealed fasteners, unless otherwise indicated.
1 . Standing-Seam Roof Panel Assembly: Fasten panels to supports with concealed
clip according to panel manufacturer's written instructions. Install clips at each
support with self-drilling/self-tapping fasteners.2. Over solid substrate, inSall panels with at least 3-inch (75-mm) side laps and 4-
inch (100-mm) end laps.
Accessories: Install components required for a complete roof panel assembly including
trinr, copings, fasciae, ridge closures, clips, seam covers, battens, flashings, gutters,
sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items.
Separate dissimilar metals with a bituminous coating, rubberized-asphalt underlayment,
orby other means recommended by manufacturers of dissimilar metals.
Install W.P. Membrane underlayment on roof deck under metal panels throughout roof area.
Continue minimum 3' up all intersecting walls or roofs. Apply from eave to ridge in shingle
fashion and lap joints a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm). See section 07lll. Coordinate
installation with flashings and other adjoining work to ensure proper sequencing.
Eave, rake, ridge and any other roof flashing at metal roofto be same Galvatique finish
B.
C.
D.
F.
MANI.JFACTI.]RED ROOF PAI{ELS 074t1 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
l
Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV rU9s
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
G. Weatherproofing: Install gaskets, joint fillers, and sealants where indicated and where
required for weatherproof performance of panel assemblies as recommended by panel
manufacturer. Seal panel end laps and side joints as recommended by panel
manufacturer. Install weatherseal under ridge cap. Flash and seal panels at eave and
rake with rubber, neoprene, or other closures to exclude weather.
l. Standing-Seam Roof Panel Assembly: At end laps of panels, install tape calk
between panels. Install factory-calked cleats at standing-seam joints.
2. Field Seaming: Complete seaming of panel joints by operating portable power-
driven equipment of tlpe recommended by panel manufacturer to provide a
weathertight joint.
H. Damaged Units: Replace panels and other components of the Work that have been
damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar
minor repair procedures.
I. Cleaning: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable filmg if any, as soon
as each panel is installed. On completion of panel installation, clean finished surfaces
as recommended by panel manufacturer and maintain in a clean condition during
construction.
END OF SECTIONOT4lI
MA}II.JFACTURED ROOF PANELS 074tt -3
I Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDl
o
ENCE
MASTERSPEC.SLV I
SECTION 07620 . SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
r I.1 GENERAL
I A. Conform to profiles and sizes shown on drawings, and comply with "Architectural SheetJ Metal Manual" by SMACNA, for each general category of work required.
I B. Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 01300. Include:t
- l. Overall layout of sheet metal work.
I 2. Type, thickness, and details of sheet metal components.3. Joints, expansion joints, attachment and anchoring of sheet metal components.
t 4. Submit standard colors chart, provide 9" x 9" color samples of selected colors.
t C. Wananty: Provide two year written warranty covering materials and installation for sheet
;1 metal in accordance with Section 01700.
!
l. Provide a system that shall be watenight and weatherproof.T
I D. Finish: Provide manufacturet's warranty against cracking, peeling, chalking and fading for
a period of20 years in accordance with Section 01700.I
t E. Coordinate this section with section 07320 and 071 I l.
t r.z PRoDUcrs
I A. Pre-finished Steel Sheet ( PFSM): 24 gage, ASTM A792,tnth factory-applied finish.
I Standard color per exterior color schedule.1. Painted Galvanized Steel Sheet Zinc-coated, commercial-quality steel sheet,
I complying with ASTM A755, G90 (ASTM A755M,2275) coating designation,
I minimum 0.0336 inch (0.85 mm) thick, coated with inhibitive primer and
fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent pollwinylidene
fluoride resin by weight, in color selected by Architect.
I B. Miscellaneous Materials and Accessories: As followsr
I 1. Solder: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn50.2. Fasteners: Noncorrosive metal. Match finish of exposed heads with material beingIfastened.u 3. Asphalt Mastic: SSPC-Paint 12, asbestos free, solvent type.
I 4. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type I, asbestos free, asphalt based.
I 5. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying,
nonmigrating sealant.
I
f
SHEET METAL FLASHTNG AND TRIM 0'1620 - 7I
I
8/94
Copyright 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
ENCE
8/94 I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
T
I
t
I
6. Elastomeric Sealant: As specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."7. Epoxy Seam Sealer: 2-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam-cementing compound.8. Adhesives: Type recommended for waterproof and weather-resistant seaming and
adhesive.
9. Clips, Straps, Anchoring Devices, and Similar Accessories: Compatible with
material being installed.
C. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations of SMACNA's
"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other
characteristics of the item indicated.
1. Gutters: 0.040-inch- thick galvanized steel sheet.
2. Downspouts: 0.024-inch- thick aluminum.
3. Splash Pans: 0.024-inch-thick galvanized steel sheet.4. Roof-Drain Flashing: 4.0 lbisq. ft., hard-tempered lead.5. Scuppers: 16 oz./sq. ft. (0.55-mm-thick) copper.6. Base Flashing: 0.024-inch- thick galvanized steel sheet.7. Counterflashing: 0.024-inch- thick galvanized steel sheet.8. Valley Flashing: 0.024-inch- thick galvanized steel sheet.9. Drip Edges: 0.0217-inch- (0.55-mm-) thick galvanized steel sheet.
10. Eave Flashing: 0.0217-inch- (0.55-mm-) thick galvanized steel.
11. Roof-Penetration Flashing: 0.0276-inch- (0.7-mm-) thick galvanized steel sheet.
D. Coil-Coated Galvanized Steel Sheet Finish: GalvahimerM finish.
l. Color and Gloss: As indicated by manufacturer's color and gloss designations.
1.1 EXECUTION
Installafion: Comply with manufacturer's instuctions and SMACNAs "Architectural Sheet
Metal Manual" allow for thermal expansion; set true to line and level as indicated.
Fabricate sheet metal with flat-lock seams to indicated profiles for roof eave and rake
flashing and misc. flashing profiles. Coordinate and install flashing with roofing, w. p.
membranes, air-infiltration barrier, windows, doors, vents, trim and siding as a complete
waterproof system with laps, joints, and seams permanently watertight and weatherproof;
conceal fasteners where possible.
Anchor work in place with noncorrosive fasteners, adhesives, setting compounds, tapes and
other materials and devises as recommended by manufacturer of material.
Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed sheet metal Work. Space
movement joints at maximum of l0 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of comer
or intersection. where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in work cannot be
used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof, form expansion joints of
intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than I inch deep, filled with mastic sealant
A.
B.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 2
D.
F.
G.
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
T
Copynght 1994 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
CE
8/94
(concealed within j oints).
Conceal expansion provisions where possible.
C. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin
edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of l-l/2 inches, except where pretirmed surface
would show in finished Work.
1. Do not solder aluminum.
2. Pretinning is not required for lead.
Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate
elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. Fill joint with sealant and form
metal to completely conceal sealant.
Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flatlock seams. Tin edges to be
seamed, form seams, and solder.
Counterflashings: Coordinate installation with installation of assemblies to be protected
by counterflashing. Install counterflashings in reglets or receivers. Secure in a waterproof
manner by means of snapin installation and sealant, lead wedges and sealant, interlocking
folded seam, or blind rivets and sealant. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 2 inches
and bed with sealant.
Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation with roofing and installation of items
penetrating roof.
Edges:
l. Hem edges 3/8" unless otherwise indicated.2. Drips: Angle bottom edges of vertical surfaces to form drips.
Coat back-side of fabricated sheet metal with I 5-mil sulfir free bituminous coating, SSPC-
Paint 12, where required to separate metals from corrosive substrates, including
cementitious materials, wood or other absorbent materials.
END OF SECTION 07620
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRII\4 07620 - 3
I
t
I
l
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
Copynght 1996 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
t
CE
MASTERSPEC - SLV 5/96
SECTION O77IO. MANUFACTURED ROOF SPECIALTIES
I.1 GENERAL
Submit Product Data for each item specified.
Submit Samples of each metal and finish specified.
Performance Requirements: Comply with recommend.ations of FM Loss prevention Data
Sheet 149.
1.2 PRODUCTS
A. Vent Channel at roof insulation:
l. Cello Foam, Perma-Vent EPS Ventilation Channel (Comes in standard 4' lenghts
for rafters 16 to 24" O.C. ) or approved equal.
B. Soffit Vent:
1. Expanded metal type with bug screen behind, paintable mtl surface so it can be painted
to match soffit color, screen to be black.
Provide approx. 4,, x 12,, vent between each rafter.
I.3 EXECUTION
A. Examine walls, roof edges, and parapets for suitable conditions for roof edge system
installation. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
B. Installation: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instuctions. Coordinate with
installation of roof deck and other substates to receive work of this Section and with vapor
retarders, roofing insulation, roofing membrane, flashing, and wall construction. Anchor
products secuely to structural substrates.
C. Isolate metal surfaces of units where in contact with dissimilar metal or corrosive
substrates, including wood.
D' Provide Ventilation Channel at all locations where depth of specified insulation could
block ventilation, such as at2xl2 cathedral ceilings where ceiiing is at bottom of2xl2
rafter.
E. Provide soffit vent between all rafters
END OF SECTION O77IO
B.
c.
MANUFACTURED ROOF SPECIALTIES 07710 - |
I Copyright l9e7 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
o
CE
MASTERSPEC-SLV .
I
SECTION 07920. JOINT SEALANTS
I I.I GENERALII A. Submittals: In addition to product data submit color selection samples for each type.
I B. Contractor's option to install one part premixed sealant components or multi-part job mixed-r products.
I C. Provide three year written wan"anty covering installation for sealants.
I D. Provide sealants with minimum ten year product warranty.
I 1.2 PRODUCTS
I A. Elastomeric Sealant Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
sealants by one of the following:
1. Silicone Sealanls:
a, Tremco.
2. Urethane Sealants:
a. Mamecolnternational.
b. Pecora Corporation.
c. Tremco.
I B. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are
I compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by testing and field experience.II C. Colors: Provide color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.
I D. Sealant: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealant of baseI polymer indicated complying with ASTM C 920 requirements, Type S or M, Grade NS,
Class l2-112 or 25, use NT; Silicone or Urethane for all exterior joint applications exceptI asnoted.I
a E. Caulk Acrylic-Emulsion (Latex) complying with ASTM C 834 for interior non-working
I joints with capability to accommodate joint movement up to plus or minus 7-ll2percent.
t
l
I
I
t
I
JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - |
Copyright 1997 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV 2/97
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
Manufactures:
a- Pecora 60+ Unist1i..
b. Tremco Mono or Butyl Sealant.c. Protective Treatments pTI 73g or 757.d. SonnebornMulti-purpose.
F. Acoustical Sealant: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining, latex sealant complying with ASTM
C 834 and effective in reducing airbome sound transmission tJuough perimeter joints and
openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies per
ASTM E 90.
Manufactures:
a. USG Sheetrock Acoustical Sealant.b. Pecora AC-20 FTR.
c. Tremco Acoustical Sealant.
G' Foamed-In-Place Seals: Polyurethane or Polyisocyaruate systems. Colors: Provide colors
indicated for exposed joint sealants or, if not indicated, as selected by Architect from
manufacturer's full range for this characteristic.
H. Sealant Backings, General: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants,
primers, and otherjoint fillers; approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer
based on field experience and laboratory testing.
I. Primer: As recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of
sealant to joint substrates indicated.
J. Firestop GE Pensil200 Foam; usG Firestop system; Tremco FyRE-Shield.
K. Backer Rod Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonwaxing,
nonextruding strips ofplastic foam ofsize, shape and density to control sealant depth and
otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. Size for minimum 30%
compression when inserted in joint.
1.3 EXECUTION
A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's instructions for products and
applications indicated.
Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with ASTM C 1193.
Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: comply with ASTM c 919 for use of ioint
sealants in acoustical applications.
I
I
I
B.
C.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
IJOINT SEALANTS 07920 -2
t
t
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1997 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLV
D. Install specified sealant at perimeters of exterior windows and doors, flashings, reglets,
isolation joints, joints at penetrations of walls and floors for electrical, mechanical and
plumbing construction and expansion joins, joints between dissimilar materials and other
miscellaneous exterior applications.
E. Install caulk for all interior window, door perimeters, electrical devises, mechanical devices
and other interior applications.
F. Install acoustical sealant at perimeters of interior panitions where sound partitions are
indicated on drawings.
G. Install sealant at all joints between vapor barrier sheets to maintain vapor barrier integrity.
H. Install sealant at perimeter of electrical or other devices which occw in exterior walls and
ceilings to maintain vapor barrier integrity.
I. Provide confinuous bead ofsealant at outside ofjoint between top ofconcrete walVslab and
wood sill plate to create watertight joint, Install sill sealer at inside of sealant joint.
J. Firestop all floor, wall, and ceiling penetrations of mechanical electrical and equipment
spaces, as required to maintain fire rating using specified firestop materials.
K. Exterior Window Sills: Set in full bed of polyurethane sealant.
L. Exterior Thresholds: Set in full bed of latex acrylic sealant.
M. Joint Sizes: Install sealants to depths as indicated or, as recommended by sealant
manufacturer but within following general limitations. Provide backer rods to control
depth ofsealantjoints as follows:
l. For normal moving joints sealed with elastomeric sealants but not subject to traffic,
fill joints to depth equal to 50% ofjoint width, but not more than 1/2" deep or less
than l/4" deep.
2. For joints sealed with non-elastomeric sealants and caulking compounds fill joints
to depth in range of 7SYoto 125%o ofjoint width.
END OF SECTION 07920
t
CE
zl97
JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 3
B.
c.
B.
1.1
r.2
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
Copyright 1999 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV 5/99
SECTION O82I I - FLUSH WOOD DOORS AND APPLIED TRIM PANEL DOORS
GENERAL
Submittals:
1. Product Data: For each type of door include finishing specifications.2. Shop Drawings: Indicate door types, ratings, size; jamb and stop construction details;
DETAILS oF APPLIED TRIMAND PANEL coNSTRUCnoN, location and extent of
hardware blocking; limitation of hardware cut outs/attachments (particularily in regard to
rated doors); veneer matching; and other pertinent data.3. Samples: Sample of actual door in 12"x72" sections for each face material and finish,
showing range ofveneer patterning and color variation. Note greater variations in veneer
pattems and color beyond approved sample limits will not be accepted in the field.
Quality standard: For "Architectural wood Flush Doors", comply with AwI- premium grade
for house doors and AWI custom grade for apartment, storage and mechanical doors.
Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Doors that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated.
PRODUCTS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
l. Algoma Hardwoods Inc.2. Ampco Products, lnc.
3. Buell Door Company.
4. ChappellDoorCo.
5. Eagle Plywood & Door Manufacturing, Inc.6. Eggers Industries; Architectural Door Division.7. GRAHAM Manufacturing Corp.8. Haley Brothers, Inc.
9. Ideal Wood Products, Inc.
10, IPIK Door Company.
I l. Lambton Doors.
12. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc.
13. Oshkosh Architectural Door Co.14. Southwood Door Co.
15. Vancouver Door Company, Inc.16. VT Industries Inc.
17. WeyerhaeuserCompany.
Solid-Core Doors for Transparent & Stain Finish:
l. Grade: Premium- with GradeAA faces for House doors, custom -GradeA faces at
Aparhnent, Storage & Mechanical doors.
FLUSHWOODDOORS 08211 - I
Copyright 1999 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RES
MASTERSPEC - SLV 5/99
2. Species: White bilch.
3. Cut: Base price per rotary cut, submit samples and altemate pricing for plain sliced.4. Match between Veneer Leaves: Base price per book match, submit samples and altemate
pricing for slip match.
5. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: Base price per balance match at house and
running match at Apartment, subrnit samples and deductive alternate pricing for ruruting
match at house and pleasing match at Apartment, Storage & Mechanical.
C. Interior Veneer-Faced, Solid-Core Doors:
1. Core: Glued block2. Construction: 5 plies with stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed
before veneerins.
D. Fire-Rated Doors:
l. Construction: Construction and core specified above for type of face indicated or
manufacturer's standard mineral-core construction as needed to provide fire rating
indicated.
2. Edge Construction: Manufacfurer's standard laminated-edge construction with improved
screw-holding capabilify and split resistance.3. Edge Construction: Intumescent seals concealed by outer stile matching face veneer, and
laminated backing for improved screw-holding capability and split resistance.
E. Hollow-Core Doors: Not allowed in project.
F. Interior Applied Trim Panels Doors -Interior Hardboard-Faced, Solid-Core Doors with
applied trim panels per following requirements (Wood veneer faced doors may be substituted
which meet the following requirements):
1. All doors must have bonded core:
2' Interior Door Core Material: may be particleboard, glued block or laminated strand
lumber (made from Aspen strands) which comply with AWI - economy grade standards.3. Construction: Three plies (5 plies if wood veneer doors are substituted) with stiles and
rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed before faces are applied. Cured in
hot press.
4. Apply wood trim with wet adhesive per the drawings. If exposed fasteners rnust be used,
notiff architect.
5. Applied trim Species: Alder, No. I or better, Select tight knot, Grade A finish, kiln-dried
with maximum moisture content of l2yo, finished lumber (S4S).
G' Exterior Applied Trim Panels l)oors - Veneer-Faced, Exterior Grade Solid-Core Doors with
applied trim panels per following requirements:
1. All doors must have bonded core:
2. Exterior Door Core Material: may be glued block or laminated strand lumber (made from
Aspen strands) which comply with AWI - economy grade standards..3. Conshuction: Five plies with stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive
planed before faces are applied. Cured in hot press.
o
IDENCE
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
IFLUSH WOODDOORS Q8211 - 2
I
t
I
Copyright 1999 AIA
BILLTNGSLEY RESIDENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV st99
4. Apply wood trim with exterior grade wet adhesive per the drawings. If exposed fasteners
must be used, notifu architect.
5. Applied trim Species: Alder, No. I or better, Select tight knot, Grade A finish, kiln-dried
witJr maximum moisture content of lTYo, finished lumber (S4S).
Fabricate doors in sizes indicated for Project-site fitting.
Factory fit doors to suit frarne-opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of
referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire-rated
doors.
Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied.
Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of
referenced standards for kind(s) ofdoo(s) required.
Finishing: Contractor has option to finish doors at factory if stain colors and finishes can match
approved Architects sample, otherwise field finish doors to match Architects stain and finish
samples.
l. Grade: AWI Premium at house doors, AWI Custom, at apartnent, storage and
mechanical doors.
2. Finish: AIilII System for TR-4 conversion varnish or TR-6 catalyzed polyurethane to
match approved sample.3. Staining: Match Architect's sample.4. Sheen: Semigloss per sample.
EXECUTION
Manufacturet's Written Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacture/s written
instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated.
L Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80.
Job-Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels; do not trim
stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for fire-rated doors.
Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining.
1. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors.
Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge.
Factory-Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at
Project site.
Field Finishing: Doors for transparent field finishing must be protected from sunlight to avoid
uneven photo-oxjdation (darkening) ofwood. Proper field finishing requires that the doors be
block sanded with 120 to 180 grit sandpaper to remove scratches, scuffs, compression marks
(bumishes), raised grain, and other blemishes. Staining should be done with the doors in a
H.
I,
J.
K.
1.3
A.
B.
c.
D.
I
I FLUSHWOODDOORS 08211 - 3
Copyright 1999AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC. SLVo
ENCE
5t99
horizontal position before thay are installed. Protect finish while drying from dust.
stable temperature and humidity while finishing.
END OF SECTION 0821I
FLUSH WOODDOORS 08211- 4
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1996 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLV
SECTION 08361 - SECTIONAL OVERIIEAD DOORS
t-2
A.
GENERAL
Performance Requirements: Provide sectional overhead doors capable of withstanding
the effects of gravity loads and 'niform wind-load pressure (velocity pressure) of 20
lbflsq. ft., acting inward and outward, without evidencing perrnanent defonnation of
door components. Design sectional overhead door components and operator to operate
for not less than 10,000 cycles. one corrplete cycle of a door begins with the door in
the closed position. The door is then moved to the open position and back to the closed
position.
1. Provide tracks, wheels, Inotor and mounting for as quiet of operation as possible.
Provide isolators at all attachrnents of track and motor to walls and ceiling.
Submittals: In addition to manufactureds Product Dat4 submit the following:
l. Surnmary of forces and loads on walls and jambs.
PRODUCTS
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide insulated core Flush
wood door with windows and applied siding/trim as shown, by one of the following:
1. Amarr Garage Doors.2. Fimble Door Corpordion.3. Overhead Door Corporation.4. Wayne-Dalton Corp.
Tracks: Provide manufrcturefs standard, steel track systenr, sized for door size and
werght, designed for lift type indicated and clearances show& and complying with
AsrMA653 (ASTMA653M), for minimum G60 (2t80) zinc coating. provide
cornplete track assembly including brackets, bracing, and reinforcement for rigid
support of ball-bearing roller guides for required door tlpe and size. Slot vertical
sections oftrack at 2 inches o.c. for door-drop safety device. Slope tracks at proper
angle from vertical or otherwise design to ensure tight closure at jambs when door unit
is closed. weld or boft to track supports. coffigure tracks for the following lift type:
l. Standard.
Track Reinforcement and supports: Galvanized steel complying with AsrM A 36
(ASTM A 36I\4) and ASTM A 123 as required for door size and weight. support and
attach tracks to opening jambs with continuous angle welded to tracks and attached to
wall. Support horizontal (ceiling) tracks with continuous angle welded to track and
supported by laterally braced attachments to overhead ceiling at curve and end oftracks.
o
ENCE
8/96
l.l
B.
c.
SECTIONAL OVERIIEAD DOORS 08361 - I
Copyright 1996 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV 8/96
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
D. Weatherseals: Provide replaceable, adjustable, continuous, compressible weather-
stripping gaskets of flexible vinyl, rubber, or neoprene fitted to bottonl jambs, and at
top ofoverhead door.
l. Provide motor-op€rated door with combination bottom weatherseal and sensor
edge.
E. Windows: Provide 3-mm clear float glass windows as shown on elevation, cornplyng
with ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class l, Quality q3, for windows in arrangement shown
Set glazing in vinyl, rubber, or neoprene glazng channel for metal-framed doors and
elastic glazing compound for wood doorso as required. Provide rernovable stops of
same material as door section frames.
F. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard heavy-duty, corrosion-resistant hinges, rubber or
vinyl rollers (for minimizing noise) , push/pull handles for emergency-operation of
doors and locking device with Cremone-type locking bar, engaging slots in tracks at
bothjamb sides, operable from inside and outside.
1. Provide zubmittal of standard Lock cylinder.
G. Door unit is power operated, provide safety interlock switch to disengage power supply
when door is locked.
H. Counterbalance Mechanism: Consisting of adjustable-tension tonion springs,
fabricated from oil-tempered-steel wire complying with ASTM A 229
(ASTM A' 229M), Class II, mounted on a cross-header tube or steel shaft. Connect to
door with galvanized aircraft-type lift cables, with cable safety factor of at least 5 to 1,
wound around cast-aluminum or gray-iron casting grooved cable drums- Mount
counterbalance mechanism with manufacturer's standard ball-bearing brackets at each
end of shaft and at interurediate points as required for support. Include cable safety
device, spring anchor support bracket, and sprurg bumper.
I. Design cowrterbalance mechanism so required lift or pull for door operation does not
exceed 25 lbf.
J. Electric Door Operator: Type, size, and capacity recommended and provided by door
manufacturer for door, track configuratiorU and operational life specified, with electric
motor and factory-prewired motor controls, starter, gear-reduction unit, solenoid-
operated b,rake, clutctr, remote-control stations, control devices, integfal gearing for
locking door, disconnect device, emergency auxiliary operator, and accessories required
for proper operation. Comply with NFPA 70. Design operator so motor may be
removed withotrt disturbing limit-switch adjustment and without affecting emergency
auxiliary operator.
l. Electric Motors: Provide polyphase, nredium-induction tlpe with high-starting
torque, reversible, continuous-duty, Class A insulated, electric motors, complyng
with NEMAMGI, with overload protectiorl sized to start, accelerate, and
operate door in either directiorl from any position, at not less thanz/3 fps or more
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
ISECTIONAL OVERIIEAD DOORS 08361 - 2
B.
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1996 AIA MASTERSPEC. SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
than I fps, without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor.
Coordinate wiring requirements and electric characteristics of motors with
building electrical systen
a. Provide open dripprooitype motor, and controller with NEN4A ICS 6,
Type I enclosure.
2. Control Equipment: NEMAICS l, NEIVIAICS2, and NEMAICS6, with
NFPA 70 Class 2 control circuit, maximum 24-Y, ac or dc. Provide mornentary-
contact, 3 -button control station.
a- Interior Units: Full-guarded" surface-mounted, heavy-duty type, with
general-purpose NEMA ICS 6, Type I enclosure.
b. Provide remote radio tlpe kelpad at exterior for operation of door.
3. Obstruction Detection Device: Provide each motorized door with self-
monitoring, 4-wire-configured-6pe, electrically actuated, external automatic
safety sensor able to protect full width of door opening. Activation of sensor
immediately stops and r€verses downward doortravel.
4. Adjustable Limit Switches: Interlocked with motor controls and set to
automatically stop door at fully opened and fully closed positions.
E)GCUTION
Installation: Install door, track, and operating equipment complete with necessary
hardware, jamb and head mold strips, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports
according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's written instructions, and as specified to
create as quiet ofoperation as possible.
Fasten vertical track assembly to framing at not less thanz{ inches (600 mm) o.c. Hang
horizontal track from ceiling framing (do not attach to floor fiaming) with angle or
channel hangers welded and bolt fastened in place. Provide sway bracing, diagonal
bracing, and reinforcement as required for rigid installation oftrack and door-operating
equipment.
Lubricate bearings and sliding parts; adjust doors to op€rate easily, free from warp,
twist, or distortion and fitting weathertight for entire perimeter.
END OF SECTION0836l
1.3
A.
SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS 08361 - 3
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1990, AIA O MASTERSPEC-SLV 11t90
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
SECTION 08510 - STEEL WINDOWS
l'l General:
A. Metal Window System Description:
1. Provide glazed steel doors and windows syatems capable of withstanding wind
loads and thermal and structural movement requirements indicated without failure,
based on testing manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those
indicated for this Project and called out as Metal Window System. Failure includes
air infiltration and water penetration exceeding specified limits and framing
members transferring stresses, including those caused by thermal and structural
movement, to glazing units.a. Glazing is physically and thermally isolated from framing members.b. system is reglazable from the interior or exterior (interior prefered if
possible).
Provide systems capable of withstanding avalanche debris impact loads as required
in the Avalanche Loading Analysis by Arthur I Mears, P.E. dated ]iuly 27,1999, to
provide life safety to house occupants.a. In event of debris avalanche, system must comply with the following
1. Glazed steel door and windows system may not fail within required
loading per Avalanche Loading Analysis, but deformation of framing
members, glass cracking and loss of watertightness and airtightness is
acceptable
2. Deflection of system per avalanche debris impact loads must be within
tolerances approved by glazing manufacttue inorder to prevent failure of
glazing.
3. Deflection of system must also comply with the following Test
Performance requirements: Provide door and window system that does
not evidence material failures, structural distress, or permanent
deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of clear span
when tested according to ASTM E 330 per the following requirements.
a. Deflection of framing members in a direction normal to wall plane is
limited to l/175 of clear span, unless otherwise indicated.b. Deflection of framing members in a direction normal to wall plane is
limited to l/360 of clear span, maximum, where plaster or gypsum
board surfaces are subject to bending.
l. Test Pressure: 150 percent of inward and outward wind-load
design pressures.
STEEL WINDOWS 08510 - I
Copyright 1990, AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
o
CE
MASTERSPEC - SLV
2. Duration: As required by design wind velocity; fastest I mile
of wind for relevant exposure category.
Note: copy of Avalanche Loading Analysis report and preliminary glass system
information is included in appendix B at end of specifications.
B. System Performance Requirements: In addition to the complying with the requirements
of the Avalanche Loading Analysis, comply with the following additional structural
performance, air infiltration, and water penetration requiriments indicated as
demonstrated by testing according to methods indicated.l. Air Infiltration: Not more than 0.5 cfin per foot of operable sash joint, for an
inward test pressure of 1.56 lbf per sq. ft., when tested in accordance with
ASTM E 283.2. Water Penetration: No water penetration at inward pressure of 2.86lbf per sq. ft.,
when tested in accordance with ASTM E 331.
C. Thermal Movements: Provide glazed steel door and window system, including
anchorage, that accommodates thermal movements of system and supporting elements
resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface
temperatures without buckling, damaging stresses on glazing, failure of joint sealants,
damaging loads on fasteners, noise or vibration, and other detrimental effects.
l. Temperature change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F , material surfaces.
D. Dimensional Tolerances: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system, including
anchorage, that accommodates dimensional tolerances of buildine fiame and other
adjacent construction.
E. Submittals: Submitthefollowing:
1' Product Data: Include construction details, fabrication methods, profiles and
dimensions of components, data on hardware and finishes, weight per foot of each
section, and recommendations for maintenance and cleaning.2. Shop Drawings: Include installation details, elevations of continuous work and
typical window unit elevafions, full-size details of typical members,
reinforcement, hardware, accessories, glazing details and information not in
product data.3. Samples for Color Selection: Each finish on l2-inch sections.a. Color to be similar to Eagle windows aluminum cladding color at Living
room windows4. Material Test Reports: Certified test results showing that each window type,
grade, and size complies with requirements indicated.
F. Standards: Comply with Steel Window Institute specifications.
G. Design Concept: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements and
are based on specific types and models indicated. Windows bv other manufacturers
may be considered provided deviations are minor and do not chanle design concept.
11/90 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
STEEL W]NDOWS 08510 - 2
I
t
I
I
I
I
I 1.2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1990, AIA O MASTERSPEC-SLV l l/90
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
H. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to assume engineering
responsibility and perform work of this Section who has specialized in installing glazed
aluminum curtain wall systems similar to those required for this Project and who is
acceptable to manufacturer.
l. Engineering Responsibility: Prepare data for glaznd aluminum curtain wall
systems, including drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of
manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this
Project.
I. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of glazed steel door and window system from one
source and by a single manufacturer. Notify architect if this is not possible.
J. coordinatethissectionwithsections06l00,06200,07lll,07620,o'7920,and0gg01.
PRODUCTS: Provide system capable of withstanding avalanche debris impact loads as
required in the Avalanche Loading Analysis by Arthur I Mems, P.E. dated July 27, 1999 of
the following or other required products.
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1. A& S WindowAssociates, Inc.2. William Bayley Company.3. Bliss-Cashier Metal Products, Inc.4. Coast To Coast Manufacturing Co.5. Hope's Architectwal Products, Inc.6. Torrance Steel Window Co., Inc.
B. Materials: Include the following:
1. Steel Window Members: Form members from hot-rolled new billet steel sections.
Size and weight shall conform to SWI specifications.2. Trim members: Extruded or formed sheet aluminum or stainless steel. Trim
located on the interior face of windows may be formed steel.3. Fasteners: Bronze, brass, stainless steel, or other noncorrosive metal compatible
with window members, trim, and other components.
4. Anchors, Clips and Window Accessories: Stainless steel, hot-dip zinc-coated
steel complying with ASTM AI23, or bronze/brass. Provide sufficient strength
to withstand design pressure indicated.5. compression-Type Glazing strips and weatherstripping: Molded EpDM or
n€oprene gaskets complying with ASTM D 2000, Designation 2BC4l5 to
38C620, or molded PVC gaskets complying with ASTMD2ZrT, or molded
expanded EPDM or neopren€ gaskets complying with ASTM C 509.6. Sealant: Permanently elastic, nonshrinking, and nonmigrating tlTe recommended
for ioint size and movement.I
I STEEL WNDOWS 08510 - 3
Copyright 1990, AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLV tU90
7. Glass Fiber Mesh Insect Screen: l8 by 16 mesh of plastic-coated glass fiber
threads, woven and fused to form a fabric mesh resistant to corrosion, shrinkage,
stretch, impact damage and weather deterioration. Comply with FS L-S-125.8. Glass and Glazing Materials: Refer to the "Glass and Glazing" Sections of these
specifications.
C. Hardware: Nonremovable solid bronze hardware, with steel or brass/bronze operating
bars and rods.
1. Four-BarFrictionHinges: ComplywithAAMA904.1
a. Friction Shoes: Adjustable friction shoes of bronzeo brass, nylon or
nonabrasive, nonstaining, noncorrosive, durable material,
2. Pivots: Drop-forged steel pivot leaves with brass pins.3. Gear-Type Rotary Operators: Comply with ASTM E 405, Method A. All
ventilators shall operate simultaneously, securely closing without use of
additional manually controlled locking devices.4. Group Motorized operating System: Provide system type in groups as shown.
Coordinate design with fabrication and hardware selection, to ensure smooth,
durable operation of one of the following motorized types where specified:.
a. MotorizedTorsion-type rack and pinion system operators with steel pipe
torsion shaft and factory-sealed, oil-encased gear box.b. Tension-type horizontal movement system with steel rod or cable
transmission lines operating in conduit between ventilator operators.
5 Power-Driven Control Unit: Fully enclosed electric motor of required
horsepower, with a gear or belt unit located at the operator. Equip unit for
reversible operation, with limit switches and push-button control stations.
6. Manual Operating System: Provide system type as shown. Coordinate design
with fabrication and hardware selection, to ensure smooth, durable operation.
Provide crank operator.
D. Accessories: Comply with indicated standards.l. Insect Screens: Locate on inside or outside, depending on window type. Design
for tight-fitting removable arrangement with minimum of exposed fasteners and
latches.
a. Screen Frames: Tubular-shaped nonmagnetic stainless steel members of
0.020-inch minimum wall thickness, with mitered or coped joints and
concealed mechanical fasteners. Finish in No. 28 bright mill finish.
Provide removable PVC spline-anchor concealing edge of frame.
2. Weatherstripping: Apply to inside metal contact line of each operating vent.
E. Awning Windows: Provide the following equipment and hardware:
o
ENCE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
It
I
I
I
I
I
T
STEEL WINDOWS 08510 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
Copyright 1990, AIA O MASTERSPE.-SLV tt/90
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
l. Operating Device: Gear-type rotary operator on jamb at the sill.2. Window motorized operating system where specified: Wall-mounted, electric
motor gang type.
3. Hinges: Concealed four-bar friction hinges on each jamb near top rail. Operation
shall permit inside cleaning of the outside glass.
4, Lock: Cam-action, lever-handle lock with concealed pawl.
5. Hinges: Concealed four-bar friction hinges with adjustable slide shoe.6. Hinges: Heavy duty 3-knuckle butt hinges with nylon bushings.
F. Projected Windows: Provide the following equipment and hardware:
G. Fabrication: Comply with indicated standards. Provide units that are reglazable
without dismantling ventilator framing.
l. Provide weepholes and intemal passages to conduct infiltrating water to the
exterior.
2. Provide water-shed members above side-hinged ventilators.
3. Subframes: Form of hot-rolled or cold-rolled steel matching windows of profile
indicated. Provide not less than 2-inch-deep sections of l/8-inch-thick steel.
Miter or cope comers; weld and dress smooth. Finish to match windows.4. Glazing Stops: Screw-applied or snap-on type coordinated with glass selection
and glazing system. If steel, finish to match windows; otherwise provide finish as
selected.
5. Glazing Clips: Where face glazing is indicated, furnish glazing clips for
concealment in glazing compound.6. Finishes: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations
relative to application and designations offinishes.7. Surface Preparation: Before fabrication clean surfaces of dirt, oil, grease, and
other contaminants followed by a zinc-phosphate pretreatment.
8. Shop Prime-Coat Finish: After fabrication provide 1.0-mil dry film thickness
shop prime coat consisting of hot alkali solution cleaning, followed by rinse and
hot-phosphate solution treatment, chromic-acid rinse, drying, special-dip metal
primer coating, and oven drying for 30 minutes at 300 deg F (149 deg C).9. Baked Enamel: Immediately after cleaning and pretreatment, apply 2-coat baked
enamel ltnish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat, with not less
than 1.0-mil dry film thickness for topcoat. Comply with paint manufacturer's
instructions for application and baking to achieve a minimum dry film thickness
of 2.0 mils.
a. Color and Gloss: As selected from manufacturer's standard.
10. Provide altemate pricing for High-Perfonnance Organic Coating: Prepare,
pretreat, and apply coating to exposed surfaces to comply with coating and resin
manufachrels instructions.
a. Fluorocarbon 2-Coat Coating System: 2-eoat, thermo-cured system, of
specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluorocarbon color topcoat
STEEL WINDOWS 08510 - 5
Copyright 1990, AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLV tt/90
C.
containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight;
comply with AAMA 605.2.l) Color and Gloss: As selected from manufacturer's standard.
EXECUTION:
Inspect openings before begiruring installation. Verify that openings are correct and sill
plate level.
l. Masonry shall be dry and free of mortar, sand, and other debris.2. Metal shall be dry, clean, free of welding slag, grease, oil, rust, corrosion, and
without sharp edges or offsets atjoints.
Installation: comply with manufacturer's instructions, unless more stringent
requirements are required per avalanche debris impact loads as required in the
Avalanche Loading Analysis. Set plumb, level true to line, without warp or rack of
frames or ventilators. Provide support and anchor securely to surrounding construction.
l. Separate corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at
points of contact with other materials.2. Set sills in a bed of compound or with joint fillers or gaskets. Coordinate with
wall flashings and other components. Seal exterior joints between sash, trim, and
mullions watertight with sealant.3. Repair abraded areas of factory-applied finishes.
Install glazing according to Shop Drawings and comply with requirements of Division
08801 Section "Glazing," unless otherwise indicated.
D. Adjust ventilators and hardware for a tight fit at contact points and weatherstripping,
smooth operafion and a weathertight closure.
Clean surfaces after installation. Avoid damage to the finish. Remove excess glazing
and sealant compounds, dirt, and other substances. Lubricate hardware and other
moving parts.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to
manufacturer and Installer, that ensure glazed aluminum curtain wall system is without
damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion.
clean glass after installation. comply with the "Glass and Glazing" Section for
cleaning and maintenance.
END OF SECTION 08510
o
CE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
1.3
A.
B.
F.
G.
STEEL WINDOWS 08510 - 6
B.
C.
D.
F.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1996 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLV
SECTION 08550 - CLAD WOOD W]NDOWS AND DOORS
I.I GENERAL
o
CE
This Section includes wood windows and patio doors of the types and performance grades
indicated.
l. Provide wood windows and patio doors engineered, fabricated, and installed to
withstand normal thermal movement, wind loading, and impact loading without
failure, as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's standard window assemblies
representing types, grades, and sizes required for this Project according to test
methods indicated.
Product Options: Drawings indicate sizes, profiles, dimensional requirements, and aesthetic
effects of wood windows and are based on the window types and models indicated. Other
window manufacturers whose products have equal performance may be considered
provided deviations in size, profile, and dimensions are minor and do not alterthe aesthetic
effect. Refer to Division I Section "substitutions. All proposed substitutions must be
approved by Architect.
Performance-grade number is the actual design pressure in pounds force per square foot
(pascals) used to determine the structural test pressure and water test presswe.
Standards: Performance requirements for operating force, air infiltration, water penetration,
structural performance, and forced-entry resistance for wood windows are those specified
in NWWDA I.S. 2, "Industry Standard for Wood Window Units."
Coordinate this section with sections 06100, 06200, 071 I l, 07620,07920, and 08800.
Submittals: Submit the following:
l. Product Data: For each type of clad wood window and door required. Include a list
of provided accessories& finishes. Provide recommendations for maintenance and
cleaning of exterior surfaces.
2. Shop fhawings including the following:
a. A list of all window types with manufactwe's required rough opening. provide
overall rough opening size for ganged units.
b. Installation details at 3" :l'-0" scale, which show all manufacture's
recommendations and requirements for a windoddoor head, windoddoot
jamb, double hung sill, awning/ casement sill & patio door sill;c. At all door and window types with applied divided lights, provide elevations of
each type at 1/2 inch = 1 foot scale with the locations of the divided light
dimensioned and the size ofthe applied "mullion".
d. Submit sample of window hardware finish to match interior door hardware
finish.
e. Submit sample of sliding and hinged patio door hardware & finish to match
tv96
CLAD WOOD WINDOWS AND DOORS 08550 - l
Copyright 1996 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV tr/96
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
interior door hardware finish.
3. Samples for Initial Color Selection: One l2-inch- (300-mm) long section of window
members. Where finishes involve normal color variations, include Sample sets
showing the full range of variations expected.4. Manufacturer's window and thermal glass unit warranty.
G. Glazing Standards: Comply with recommendations of GANA's "Glazing Manual" and
"Sealant Manual," unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
H. Insulating-Glass Certification Program: Provide insulating-glass units permanently marked
on spacers or at least on one component pane ofunits with the appropriate certification
label of the inspecting agency indicated below:
l. Insulating Glass Certification Council.2. Associated Laboratories, Inc.3. National CertificationTestinsLaboratories.
1.2 PRODUCTS
C.
Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide window writs by one of
the following or equal:
l. Eagle Windows and Doors2. Hurd Windows and Doors
3. Weathershield Windows and Doors
Clad Door and Window Units sizes are to be manufacturer's standard except as indicated
in this section or on drawings. windows were based on Eagles's standard sizes. Notifu
Architect of window sizes shown on window schedule which are not standard.
Materials: Comply with NWWDA I.S. 2.
Wood: Clear ponderosa pine or other suitable fine-grain lumber, kiln dried to a moisture
content of 6 to 12 percent at time of fabrication and free of visible finger joints, blue stain,
knots, pitch pockets, and surface checks larger than l/32 inch (0.8 mm) wide by 2 inches
(51 mm) long. Lumber shall be water-repellent preservative treated after machining per
NWWDAI.S.4.
D.Rollform Aluminum: Formed sheet cladding in factory-applied, baked-on enamel finish;
in color per exterior color schedule from the manufacturer's standard color range.
anically bond cladding to exterior wood sash and frame members.
Trim Members: Aluminum-clad wood, hollow-aluminum extrusions, or roll-formed
aluminum.
E. Anchors, Clips, and Accessories: Fabricate of aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
It
B.
CLAD WOOD WINDOWS AND DOORS 08550 - 2
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
Copyright 1996 AIA O MASTERSPEC - SLV rU96
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
hot-dip zinc-coated steel or iron complying with requirements of ASTM B 633 for SC 3
(severe) service conditioq provide sufficient strength to withstand desigr pressure
indicated.
Fasteners: comply with NwwDA I.s. 2 for fabrication and with manufacturer's
recommendations and standard industry practices for type and size of installation fasteners.
Compression-Type Weather Stripping: Designed for permanently resilient sealing under
bumper or wiper action, and completely concealed when sash is closed.
l. Weather-Stripping Material: Molded, expanded, EPDM or neoprene gaskets
complying with ASTM C 509, Grade 4.
Glass and Glazing Materials: hovide manufacturer's standard double pane low E, sealed,
insulating glazing material that complies with Division I Section uGlazing."
Glazing seal: Provide manufacfurer's standard extruded, vinyl, or butyl glazing gasket
providing weatherti ght seal.
Hardware- General: Provide manufacturer's standard hardware, necessary to operate,
tightly close, and securely lock windows. Do not use aluminum in frictional contact with
other metals.
1. Solid bronze hardware with plated steel operating bars and rods. All harware for all
windows shall have the same brushed chrome or similar finish and to match interior
door hardware.
2. Gear-Type Rotary operators: comply with AAMA 901.1 for rotary operators.
Comply with ASTM E 405, Method A, when subjected to operating moments and
closing torques indicated in AAMA 101. Operator shall operate all ventilators
simultaneously, securely closing tlem at both jambs without using additional
manually controlled locking devices.
K. Insect Screens: Locate screens for each operable exterior sash or ventilator on inside or
outside of window sash or ventilator, depending on window type. Design windows and
hardware to accommodate screens in a tight-fitting, removable arrangement, with a
minimum of exposed fasteners and latches.l. Screen Frames: Fabricate frames of tubular-shaped, extruded- or formed-aluminum
members of 0.040-inch- (l-mm-) minimum wall thickness, with mitered or coped
joints and concealed mechanical fasteners. Provide removable PVC spline/anchor
concealing edge of screen frame. Comply with SMA 1004.
a. Finish: Anodized aluminum or baked-on organic coating in color selected by
the Architect from manufacturer's standards.
2. Wickets: Sliding or hinged-type wickets, framed and trimmed for a tight fit and
F.
G.
J.
CLAD WOOD WINDOWS AND DOORS 08550 - 3
Copyright 1996 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV tt/96
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
durability during handling.
3, Glass-Fiber-MeshlnsectScreen: l8-by-14(1.4-by-1.8-mm)orl8-by-16(1.a-by-l,6-
mm) mesh of plastic-coated glass-fiber threads, woven and fused to form a fabric
mesh resistant to corrosion, shrinkage, stretch, impact damage, and weather
deterioration. Comply with ASTM D 3656.
L. Casement Windows: Comply withNWWDA Performance GradeDPl5.
l. Hardware: Provide the following equipment and operating hardware:
a. Operating Device: Gear-type rotary operator.
b. Hinges: Concealed four-bar friction hinges with adjustable slide shoe (two per
ventilator).
l. Provide ventilator operation that provides access for cleaning.
c. Lock: Lift-type, cam-action lock.
d. Limit Device: Stay bar with an adjustable hold-open device.
M. Double-Hung Windows: Comply with NWWDA Performance Grade DPl5. Provide
windows with tilt-in feature permitting both sides of the sash to be cleaned from interior.l. Hardware: Provide the following equipment and operating hardware:
a. Sash Balances: Concealed, counterbalancing-mechanism-type sash balances
(two per sash).
b. Sash Lock: Cam-action sweep lock and keeper on meeting rail.c. Lift Handle: Not required for Windows with recessed pull @ bottom of
window.
1.3 EXECUTION
A. Examine openings before installation. Verifr that opening is correct and sill plate is level.
1. Wood fiame walls shall be dry, clean, sound, well-nailed, free ofvoids, and without
offsets at joints. Ensure that nail heads are driven flush with surfaces in opening and
within 3 inches (75 mm) of comer.
B. Installation: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for installing window
units, hardware, operators, accessories, and other components. Coordinate window
installation with membrane window strip flashing, air infiltration barrier, uall flashings and
other builtin components. Set window units level, plumb, true to line, without warp or
rack of frames or sash. Anchor securely in place.
l. No interior exposed fasteners may be used to secure windows in place . All fasteners
must be concealed.
2. Apply water proof membrane stripping around windows:
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ICLAD WOOD WINDOWS AND DOORS 08550 - 4
r copyright 1996 AIA O MASTERSpEC - sLV O tr/96
I BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
ll a. to overlap top of window / door head and jamb nailing flange before air
infiltration barrier is installed.
I b. lo Tup behind windoddoor nailing flange sill and to lap over Air-infrltration
Darner.
t C. Set sill members in a bed of sealant or with joint fillers or gaskets to provide weathertight
constuction.
t D. Adjust operating sash and hardware to provide a tight fit at contact points and weather
shipping for smooth operation and a weathertight closure. Lubricate hardware and moving
I parts.I
E. Clean surfaces immediately after installation. Avoid damage to coatings and finishes.
I Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt, and other substances.I
I F. Clean glass immediately after installing windows. Remove nonpermanent labels from glass
I surfaces. Replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged
dwing construction.
I G. Protect window units from damage until the time of Substantial Completion.
I H. Provide insulation to fiIl voids between rough and finished frames. Coordinate installation
I of vapor retarder specified in Section 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY with window
installation to provide integral vapor barrier membrane at interior wall line.
f L Provide water proof membrane strrpping around windows:1. Apply to overlap top of window / door head and jamb nailing flange before air
I infiltration barrier is installed.r 2. Apply to wrap behind windoddoor nailing flange sill and to lap over Air-ffiltration
barrier.
! J. Final finish to wood specified in Secrion 09900 PAINTING.
I K. Replace or refinish windows and patio doors damaged during construction. Causes for
rejection include chips, scratches, gouges in jambs or frames; bowed glass; and glass sealr failures.
I
END OF SECTION 08550
I
I
r
I CLAD WOOD WINDOWS AND DOORS 08550. 5
I
I
t
I
I
t
Copyright 1998 AIA O MASTERSPE.-SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
SECTION 0871l - DOOR HARDWARE (SCHEDULED BYNAMING PRODUCTS)
I.1 GENERAL
A. Submittals: In addition to Product Data for each item specified, submit the following:l. Samples: Foreachtypeofexposedfinish.
2, Door Hardware Schedule: Organize into door hardware sets indicating type,
style, function, size, label, hand, manufacturer, fasteners, location, and finish of
each door hardware item.
3. Keying Schedule: Detail Owner's final keying instructions for locks.4. Product Certificates: Certifying that door hardware complies with listed fire door
assemblies.
B. Supplier Qualifications: Door hardware supplier who is or employs a qualified DHI
Architectural Hardware Consultant.
C. Templates: Obtain and distribute templates for doors, frames, and other work specified
to be factory prepared for installing door hardware.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
1.2
A.
PRODUCTS
Scheduled Door Hardware: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with
requirements in this Section, door hardware sets indicated in door and frame schedule,
and the Door Hardware Schedule.
l. Door Hardware Sets: Provide Rocky Mountain Rustic Line Hardware in quantity,
item, size, finish & color indicated in Interior Finish Schedules in Appendix E.
Standards: Comply with BHMA Al56 series standards, Grade I
Certified Products: Provide door hardware that is listed in one of BHMA's directories
ofcertified products.
Hinges and Pivots to have frnish to match Rocky Mountain Rustic Line Hardware:
Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves) into wood doors and
frameso provide only template-produced units.
1. Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following:
a. Exterior Hinges: Brass, with stainless-steel pin body and brass protruding
heads.
b. Interior Hinges: Brass, with stainless-steel pin body and brass protruding
heads
c. Hinges for Fire-Rated Assemblies: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin
B.
C.
D.
DOOR IIARDWARE (SCHEDULED By NAMING PRODUCTS)08711 - r
Copyright 1998 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLV 2/98
2. Nonremovable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that prevents removal of
pin while door is closed; for outswinging exterior doors3. Machine Screws: For metal doors and frames. Install into drilled and tapped
holes.
4. Wood Screws: For wood doors and frames.5. Threaded-to-the-Head Wood Screws: For fire-rated wood doors.6. Screws: Phillips flat-head screws; machine screws (drilled and tapped holes) for
metal doors, wood screws for wood doors and frames. Finish screw heads to
match surface of hinges.
E. Locks and Latches to have finish to match Rockv Mountain Rustic Line Hardware if
exposed: As follows:
l. Provide the lockset design designated:
2. Dummy Trim: Match knob, lever, lock trim and escutcheons.3. Lock Throw: Comply with Iabeled fue door requirements.4. Backset: 2-314 inches (70 mm), unless otherwise indicated.
F. Bolts to have finish to match Rocky Mountain Rustic Line Hardware if exposed:
Comply with labeled fire door requirements.
G. Surface Bolts to have finish to match Rocky Mountain Rustic Line Hardware if
exposed: Flush bolt heads of minimum l/2-inch- (12.7-mm-) diameter rods of bronze,
or stainless steel with minimum l2-inch- (305-mm-) long rod.
H. Cylinders: Tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel
silver, and complying with the following:
l. Number of Pins: minimum of five.2. Manufacturer: Same manufacturer as for locks and latches.3. Cores: Manufacturer's standard; finish face to match lockset; interchangeable
removable cores.
4. Construction Master Keys: Provide cylinders with feature that permits voiding of
construction keys without cylinder removal. Provide 10 construction master keys.a. If not available provide Construction Cores: Provide construction cores that
are replaceable by permanent cores. Provide l0 construction master keys.
b. Replace construction cores with permanent cores, as indicated in keying
schedule.
I. Keying system: Factory-registered keying system: master, grand master, or great-grand
master key system.
1. Keys: Provide nickel-silver keys permanently inscribed with a visual key control
number. Provide three change keys and five master, grand master, or great-grand
master keys.
O
CE
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
IDOOR HARDWARE (SCHEDULED BY NAMING PRODUCTS)08711-2
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1998 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV 2/98
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
J. Key Control System: Include key labels and key tags.
K. Strikes to have finish to match Rocky Mountain Rustic Line Hardware: Manufacturer's
standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to
protect frame, finished to match door hardware set.
L. Push-Pull Design to have hnish to match Rocky Mountain Rustic Line Hardware: As
illustrated on Drawings.
M. Carry-Open Bars: Provide carry-open bars for inactive leaves of pairs of doors, unless
automatic or self-latching bolts are used.
N. Protective Trim Units: Furnish protection plates sized 1-112 inches (38 mm) less than
door width on push side and l/2inch (13 mm) less than door width on pull side, by
height specified in Door Hardware Schedule. Fasten with exposed machine or self-
tapping screws.
O. Floor Stops to have finish to match Rocky Mountain Rustic Line Hardware: For doors,
unless wall or other type stops are scheduled or indicated. Do not mount floor stops
where they will impede traffic.
P. Silencers for Door Frames: Neoprene or rubber; fabricated for drilled-in application to
frame.
a. Door Gasketing: Provide continuous weather-strip gasketing on exterior doors, provide
sound gasketing on interior bedroom doors, provide smoke and fire gasketing on
interior rated doors as required per rating. Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior
applications and elsewhere as indicated.
l. Air Leakage: Not to exceed 0.50 cfm per foot (0.000774 cu. m./s per m) of crack
length for gasketing other than for smoke control, as tested according to
ASTM E 283.
2. Smoke-Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed
and labeled, based on testing according to tll. 1784.3. Fire-Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and
labeled, based on testing according to UL 10B or NFPA 252.4. Sound-Rated Gasketing: Assemblies that are listed and labeled, based on testing
according to ASTM E 1408.
5. Gasketing Materials: Comply with ASTM D 2000 and AAMA 701/702.
R. Sliding Door Hardware: Provide complete sets consisting of rails, hangers, supports,
bumpers, floor guides, and accessories indicated.L Bypassing Sliding Door Hardware: Rated for doors weighing up to 200 lb, 125lb
or 75 lb as required per doors.
2. Pocket Sliding Door Hardware: Rated for doors weighing up to 200 lb, 125 lb or 75 lb
as required per doors.3. Folding Door Hardwme: Provide complete sets consisting of overhead rails, hangers,
supports, bumpers, floor guides, and accessories indicated.
DOOR }IARDWARE (SCHEDULED BY NAMING PRODUCTS)087il - 3
Copyright 1998 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
F.
MASTERSPEC - SLV 2/98
4. Interior Doors: Provide door hardware for interior bifolding doors when not
fumished as part of door package.
5. Bifolding Door Hardware: Rated for door panels weighing up 200 lb, 125 lb or 75 lb
as required per doors.
6. All exposed hardware to have finish to match Rocky Moturtain Rustic Line
Hardware
7 . Fabrication: As follows:
a. Base Metals: Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of
specified door hardware units and BHMAAI56.I8 for finishes. Do not
furnish manufacturer's standard materials if different from specified
standard.
b. Fasteners: Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of
door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. Provide steel machine or wood
screws or steel through bolts for fire-rated applications.c. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow metal doors.d. Fasteners for Wood Doors: Comply with requirements of DHI WDHS.2,
"Recommended Fasteners for Wood Doors."
EXECUTION
Examine doors and frames for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances,
labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other
conditions affecting performance. Examine roughing-in for electrical power systems to
verifu actual locations of wiring connections before electrified door hardware
installation.
Wood Door Preparation: Comply with DHI Al l5-W series.
Mounting Heights: comply with DHI requirements, unless otJrerwise indicated.
Installation: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Set units level, plumb,
and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary
for proper installation and operation. Drill and countersink units that are not factory
prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry
standards.
1. Thresholds: set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of sealant complying
with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants.,'
Adjust and check each operating item ofdoor hardware and each door to ensure proper
operation or function. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operats as intended.
Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation ofheating and ventilating
equipment and to comply with accessibility requirements. clean operating items as
necessary to restore proper function and finish.
Door Hardware Schedule: See section 08712:
o
CE
I
I
T
I
I
I
1.3
I
l
t
I
T
I
I
B.
C.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
E.
DOOR HARDWARE (SCHEDULED By NAMTNG PRODUCTS)087t1 - 4
I sECrroN 08712 -DooR "t** r"r,
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCEt
I
I 1.1 GENERAL
I
A. See section 08711 for hardware specifications.
I B Weather stripping: Provide neoprene bulb type concealed weather strip (Pemko S88)r must exceed ASTM E 283 and SDI I 16 air infiltration rates.
r C. Door Shoes/Bottoms: Pemko 2l6G
I D. Door stops: Finish to match Hdwr. Submit sample for Architects approval.
I 1.2 HARDWARE SETS- Provide the following hardware sets.
I-1. HW #l - House Entry
I I' Mortise "Entqr Lock'o ANSI type F04 operated by thumb latch w/ integral deadI bolt in escutcheon. Keyed same as g&9.
2. Hinges 2 PR.
I 3, Wearher-stripping at jamb and head of door.l' 4. Therm.Barrier Threshold
5. Door Stop, floor mounted approx. 6,'offwall to stop door @90 degreet 6. Door bottom
T
I 2. Hw #2 - Mechanical RoomrB 1. Non rated
2. Passage latch
3. Hinges l%PR.
4. Door stop - wall or floor mounted per mech. equip., veriff location w/ Arch
before installing
5. Metal threshold
I 3. rrw#3-GaragetoFoyer
l. 20 minute rated, w/ spring hinge
2. Smoke seal for 20-minute rating
3. Bored Lockset -"Entry Type", key same as HW #l4. Hingesl%PR.
5. Metal Threshold
6. Door stop floor mount 6" from wall-stop door @ 90 degree.
I 4. HW #4 - Garage to Apartmentr l. 20 minute fire rated w/ spring hinge
t
2. Smoke seal for 20 minute rating
I D'.RHARD'ARESET'
I
I
I
I
I
08710 - 1
sECrroN osTtz -DooR t**o*u rr*
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
3. Bored Lockset "Entry Lock" ANSI type F04 operated by thumb latch w/
integral dead bolt in escutcheon, operated by knob, keyed same as HW# 54. Hinges 1% PR.
6. Weather-stripping at jamb and head of door.
6. Door bottom
7. Metal Threshold
8. Door Stop, wall mounted.
5. HW #5 - Entry to Apartment
1. Mortise Lockset "entry lock"ANSI type F04 operated by thumb latch W
integral dead bolt in escutcheon.keyed same as HW# 4
2. Hinges 2 PR.
6. Weather stripping at jamb and head of door.
7. Therm-BanierThreshold
9. Door Stop, floor mourted.
6. Weather-shipping at jamb and head of door.7. Door Bottom
HW #6 - Garage to Storage
1. Non-rated
2. Bored Lockset "Classroom type"- keyed same as #15.
3. Doorstop - wall mounted.
4. l% PR Hinges.
HW #7 - Garage to outside
1. Mortise "Entqr Lock" ANSI type F04 operated by thumb latch w/ integral dead
bolt in escutcheon. Keyed same as 1&8,9.
2. Hinges 2 PR,
3. Door Stop, wall mounted
4. Weather-stripping at jamb and head of door.
5. Door Bottom
HW #8 - Top of Stair @ Master to outside
l. Mortise Lockset- "Entry Lock" type, Lockset compatible w/ stl. Doors, keyed
same as 1,7 &9
2. Hinges per stl. Door manufacturer.
3. Door Stop, wall mounted.
4. Weather stripping at jamb and head of door.
5. Door Bottom
6. Thermal broken threshold.
1
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
DOORHARDWARE SETS 08710 -2
10.
ll.
14.
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
sECrroN o'Trz -DooR r,tro*" ,"r,
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
9. #9 Kitchen to Back Patio
l. Mortise Lockset- "Entry Lock" type, Lockset compatible w/ stl. Doors, keyed
same as 1,7 &9
2. Hinges per stl. Door manufacturer.- provide hinges, which only allow 90-degree
operation
3. One active leaf, other has bolts @ top and bottom of door, operable by lever
hdware.
4. Door Stop- see hinges above.
5. Weather stripping at jamb and head of door.
6. Deadbolt - keyed same as HW I & 8
7. Door Bottom - thermal broken threshold
NOTE: It is preferred that there be no column between doors- column not req.'
structurally
ffW #10 Bedroom Entry/Powder/Laundry
l. Privacy Latch
2. Hinges 1% PR.
3. Doorstop - floor mount @ master & laundry, wall mount @ Apartment,
Trammel, Lu Lu, George & Powder
FIW #11 Bathroom l)oors
l. Privacy Latch
2. Hinges l%PR.
3. Door stops - floor mount @ Lu Lu, George, Annies, wall mount @ Appartment
Trammel & master
IfW #12 Coat Closet @ Foyer
l. Passage Latch
2. Hinges l%PRperleaf.
3. Door Stop- floormounted.
HW #13 Pocket Door @ TV Room
l. Recessed door pull
2. Complete pocket door track, frame and hardware package.
IIW #14 Closet Doors
1. Complete sliding door track, frame and hardware package.
2. Keyed Sliding Door Lock @ bottom of door in house closets.
DOORHARDWARE SETS 08710 - 3
SECTION 08712 -DOORTDWARE SETS
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
15. HW #15 Owners Closet off Garage
l. Bored Lockset "classroom" @ active leaf, keyed same as HW # 62. Hinges l% PR per leaf.
3. Door Stop- hinge mounted.
4. Inactive leaf- provide top & bottom bolt operated by lever hdware.
16. HW #16 Owners Closet in Master Bath
l. Lockset - cabinet type to lock all four closet doors & 4 drawers on either side of
closet
2. Hinges - per cabinet maker
17. HW #17 Closet Entrv
l. '?assage" type
2. Door stop, wall mount @ Amie, Lu Lu, Trammel & George5. Hinges l% PR.
END OF SECTION O87IO
DOOR HARDWARE SETS 08710 - 4
b.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Copynght 1997 AtA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLV
SECTION O88OO _ GLAZING AT WOOD WINDOWS AND DOORS
1.I GENERAL
A' Performance Requirements: Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding normal
thermal movement and wind and impact loads without failwe, including loss or glass
breakage aftibutable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation;
failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing
materials; or other defects in construction.
l. Glass Design: Glass thicknesses indicated are minimums and are for detailing only.
Provide glass lites for various size openings in nominal thicknesses indicateA, but
not less than thicknesses and in strengths (armealed or heat treated) required to me€t
or exceed the following criteria:
a. Glass Thicknesses: Select minimum glass thicknesses to comply with
ASTM E 1300, according to the following requirements:
l) Specified Design Wind Loads: Determine design wind loads applicable
to Project from basic wind speed indicated in miles per hour (meters per
second) at 33 feet (10 m) above grade, according to ASCE 7, Section
6.4.2, based on mean roof heights above grade indicated on Drawings.2) Specified Design Snow Loads: As indicated, but not less than snow loads
applicable to Project, required by ASCE 7, Section 7.3) Probability of Breakage for Vertical Glazing: 8 lites per 1000 for lites
set vertically or not more than 15 degrees off vertical and under wind
action.
4) Probability of Breakage for Sloped Glazing: I lite per 1000 for lites set
more than 15 degrees offvertical and under wind and snow action. with
a load duration of30 days.
2' Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: As determined according to procedures
indicated below:
o
CE
8/97
c,
B. Submittals:
Center-of-Glass U-Values: NFRC 100 methodology using LBL-3529g
WINDOW 4.1 compurer program, expressed as Bhr/sq. ft. x h i deg F (Wsq.
mxK).
center-of-Glass Solar Heat Gain coefficient: NFRC 200 methodology using
LBL-35298 MNDOW 4.1 computer program.
Solar Optical Properties: NFRC 300.
In addition to Product Data for each glass product and glazing material, submit
GLAZING ATWOOD WINDOWS AND DOORS 08800 - I
Copyright 1997 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
ENCE
8/97 I
T
T
I
I
I
I
l
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
the following:
I . Samples: only required for transluscent type window glazing as called out on window
schedule and shower door.
2. Glazing Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings for glazed openings
in preparing a schedule listing glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and
location.
C. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product
manufacturers and organizations below, unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in
referenced standards.
1.GANA Publications: GANA'S "Glazing Manual" and "Laminated Glass Design
Guide."
AAMA Publications: AAMA GDSG-I, "Glass Design for Sloped Glazing," and
AAMA TIR-A7, "Sloped Glazing Guidelines."
SIGMA Publications: SIGMA TM-3000, "Vertical Glazing Guidelines," and SIGMA
TB-300l, "Sloped Glazing Guidelines."
PRODUCTS
Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Quality q3; class as indicated in schedules.
Insulating-Glass Units: Preassembled units consisting of dual-sealed lites of glass
separated by a dehydrated interspace, and complying with ASTM E774 for Class CBA
units and with requirements specified in the Insulating-Glass Schedule.
l Provide Low E Glazing.
Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of material indicated below,
complying with standards referenced with name of elastomer indicated below, and of
profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal:
l. Neoprene, ASTM C 864.
2. EPDM. ASTM C 864.
3. Silicone, ASTM C ll15.
4. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber, ASTM C 1115.
5. Any material indicated above.
Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for
Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and stuface conditions, and bite complying
with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard, to
comply with system performance requirements.
2.
J.
1.2
B.
c.
D.
GLAZING AT WOOD WINDOWS AND DOORS 08800 - 2
I copyright teez ArA O MASTERSpEc - st,v
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCEI
I ' Clean-cut or flat-grind vertical edges of butt-glazed monolithic lites in a manner thatr z. tTl;H::ffirffi,rff|',*:lXifl::,rH:'ionswithindoorandoutdoorraces.
I I.3 EXECUTION
I A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets,
and other glanng materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, includingI those in referenced glanngpublications,
I
B. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation.
r C. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites,
t D. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics.
I E. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction
t operations, including weld splatter.
a F. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any
t way, including natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period.
I G. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than foru days beforeI date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Sribstantial Completion. Wash glass
as recommended by glass manufacturer.
I
END OF SECTION O88OOI
I
I
I
I
I
r GLAZING AT WOOD WINDOWS AND DOORS 08800 _ 3
I
I Copyright 1gg7 ArA
l
I
I
t
t
t
I
t
MASTERSPEC - SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
I
SECTION O88OI -DEBRIS MITIGATION GLAZING AT METAL WINDOWS AND DOORSt
I.I GENERAL
.' A. Performance Requirements:
1. Provide glazing systems capable of withsanding normal thermal movement, wind and
impact Ioads without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the
following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or
gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other
defects in construction.
2. Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding avalanche debris impact loads as
required in the Avalanche Loading Analysis by Arthur I Mears, P.E. dated July 27,
1999,to provide life safety to house occupants. In event ofdebris avalanche, glass
system may not fail within required loading per Avalanche Loading Analysis, but
glass cracking and loss ofwatertightness and airtightness is acceptable;
Note: copy of Avalanche Loading Analysis report and preliminary glass system
information is included in appendix at end of specifications.
l. Glass Design: Glass thicknesses as required to withstand loads as required in the
Avalanche Loading Analysis.
a. Provide glass lites for various size openings in thicknesses and in strengths
(annealed, heat treated, tempered and laminated) as required to meet or exceed
the Avalanche Loading Analysis criteria:
2. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: As determined according to procedures
indicated below:II Center-of-Glass U-Values: NFRC 100 methodology using LBL-35298
I Xffirot
4.l computer program, expressed as Bhr/sq. ft. x h x deg F (Wsq.
ll a, Center-of-Glass Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: NFRC 200 methodology using
t LBL-35298 WINDOW4.I computerprogram.
I b. Solar Optical Properties: NFRC 300.
I B. Submittals: In addition to Product Data for each glass product and glazing material, submit
I the following:
I . Samples: for each different type of window glazing in this section.
I 2. Glazing Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings for glazed openingsa in preparing a schedule listing glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and
location.
I
I DEBRIS MITIGATION GLAZING AT METAL WINDOWS AND DOORS O88OI - 1
I
Copyright 1997 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
CE
8t97 T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product
manufacturers and organizations below, unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in
referenced standards.
I.GANA Publications: GANA'S "Glazing Manual" and "Laminated Glass Design
Guide."
AAMA Publications: AAMA GDSG-I, "Glass Design for Sloped Glazing," and
AAMA TIR-A7, "Sloped Glazing Guidelines."
SIGMA Publications: SIGMA TM-3000, "Vertical Glazing Guidelines," and SIGMA
TB-300l, "Sloped Glazing Guidelines."
PRODUCTS: Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding avalanche debris impact
loads as required in the Avalanche Loading Analysis by Arthur I Mears, P.E. dated July,
1999 ofthe following or other required products.
Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Quality q3; class as indicated in schedules.
Insulating-Glass Units: Preassembled units consisting of dual-sealed lites of glass
separated by a dehydrated interspace, and complying with ASTM E774 for Class CBA
units and with requirements specified in the Insulating-Glass Schedule.
1. Ifpossible, provide low E coating to glass.
Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of material indicated below,
complying with standards referenced with name of elastomer indicated below, and of
profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal:
1. Neoprene, ASTM C 864.
2. EPDM, ASTM C 864.
3. Silicone. ASTM C 1115.
4. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber, ASTM C I115.
5. Any material indicated above.
Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for
Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying
with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard, to
comply with system performance requirements.
L Clean-cut or flat-grind vertical edges of butt-glazed monolithic lites in a manner that
produces square edges with slight kerfs atjunctions with indoor and outdoor faces.
2. Grind smooth and polish exposed glass edges.
c.
J.
1.2
B.
C.
D.
DEBRIS MITIGATION GLAZINGAT METAL WINDOWS AND DOORS 08801 - 2
I copyright res't ArA O MASTERS'EC - sLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCEI
8t97
I 1.3 EXECUTIoN
I A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets,
I and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are required per avalanche
debris impact loads as required in the Avalanche Loading Analysis.
I B. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation.
I C. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers.
D. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics.
r E. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction
r operations, including weld splatter.
Ir F. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any
I way, including natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during constuction period.
'- G. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days before
I date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass
I as recommended by glass manufacturer.
I ENDoFSECrroNossol
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I DEBRIS MITIGATION GLAZING AT METAL WINDOWS AND DOORS O88OI - 3
I
l.
2.
2.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV 5/95
SECTION 08920 - GLAZED STEEL ORALUMINUM CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM
1.I GENERAI
Metal Window System Description:
Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system capable of withstanding wind loads
and thermal and structural movement requirements indicated without failure, based
on testing manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for
this Project and called out as Metal Window System. Failure includes air
infiltration and water penetration exceeding specified limits and framing members
transfening stresses, including those caused by thermal and structural movement, to
glazing units.
a. Glazing is physically and thermally isolated from framing members.b. System may be reglazable from the interior or exterior, but interior is
preferred ifpossible.
Provide syst€ms capable of withstanding avalanche debris impact loads as required
in the Avalanche Loading Analysis by Arthur I Mears, P.E. dated July 27, 1999, to
provide life safety to house occupants.a. In event of debris avalanche, system must comply with the following:1. Glazed aluminum curtain wall system may not fail within required
loading per Avalanche Loading Analysis, but deformation of framing
members, glass cracking and loss of watertightness and airtightness is
acceptable
Deflection of system must be within tolerances approved by glazing manufacture
inorder to prevent failure ofglazing.
Note: copy of Avalanche Loading Analysis report and preliminary glass system
information is included in appendix B at end of specifications.
Wind Loads: In addition to the complying with the requirements of the Avalanche
Loading Analysis, provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system, including anchorage,
capable of withstanding wind-load design pressures calculated according to
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction or the American Society of Civil
Engineers' ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures,"
6.4.2," Analytical Procedure," whichever are more stringent.
l. Deflection of framing members in a direction normal to wall plane is limited to
li 175 ofclear span, unless otherwise indicated.2. Deflection of framing members in a direction normal to wall plane is limited to
1i360 of clear span, maximum, where plaster or gypsum board surfaces are
subject to bending.
GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM 08920 - I
Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC. SLV 5t95
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
3. Test Performance: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system that does not
evidence material failures, structural distress, or permanent deformation of main
framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of clear span when tested according to
ASTM E 330.
a. Test Pressure: 150 percenl of inward and outward wind-load design
presswes,
b. Duration: As required by design wind velocity; fastesr I mile (1.609 km) of
wind for relevant exposure category.
Air Infiltration: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system with permanent
resistance to air leakage through system of not more than 0.06 cfm-isq. ft. (0.3 L/s/sq. m)
of fixed wall area when tested according to ASTM E2B3 at a static-air-pressure
difference of 6.24lbflsq. ft. (299Pa).
water Penetration: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system that does not
evidence water leakage when tested according to ASTM E 331 at minimum differential
pressrre of 20 percent of inward acting wind-load design pressure as defined by
ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and other Structures," but not less
than 10lbflsq. ft. (479Pa).
Thermal Movements: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system, including
anchorage, that accommodates thermal movements of system and supporting elements
resulfing from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface
temperatures without buckling, damaging stresses on glazing, failure of joint sealants,
damaging loads on fasteners, noise orvibration, and other detrimental effects.
l. Temperature change (Range): 120 deg F, ambien! 180 deg F , material surfaces.
condensation Resistance: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system with
condensation-resistance factor (CRF) of not less than 55 when tested according to
AAMA 1503.I,
Average Thermal Conductance: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system with an
average u-value of not more than 0.66 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F (3.75 wsq. m x K) when
tested according to AAMA 1503.1 .
Dimensional rolerances: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system, including
anchorage, that accommodates dimensional tolerances of buildins frame and other
adj acent construction.
Submittals: Product Data for each product specified and the following:
C.
D.
E.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
F.
G.
H.
I.
GLAZED ALI]MINI.]M CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM 08920 -2
J.
K.
L.
M.
B.
1.2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV s/95
l. Shop Drawings showing fabrication and installation of glazed aluminum curtain
wall system including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, and
attachments to other units of Work.2. Samples for initial selection showing the full range of colors available for
components with factory-applied color finishes.a. Color to be similar to Eagle windows aluminum cladding color at Living
room windows
3. Product test reports from a qualified independent testing agency evidencing
compliance of glazed steel or aluminum curtain wall system with requirements of
the specifications and drawings, based on comprehensive testing of
m anufacturer's current system.4. Product data for selected glazing complying with section 08801.
Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to assume engineering
responsibility and perform work of this Section who has specialized in installing glazed
aluminum curtain wall systems similar to those required for this Project and who is
acceptable to manufactwer.
l. Engineering Responsibility: Prepare data for glazed aluminum curtain wall
systems, including drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of
manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this
Project.
Source Limitations: Obtain each type of glazed window system from one source and by
a single manufacturer. Notiff architect if this is not possible.
Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of
glazed aluminum curtain wall system and are based on the specific system indicated.
Other manufacturers' systems with equal performance characteristics may be
considered. Refer to Division I Section "Substitutions."
Coordinate this section with sections 06100, 06200, 07111,07620,07920, and 08801.
PRODUCTS: Provide system capable of withstanding avalanche debris impact loads as
required in the Avalanche Loading Analysis by Arthur I Mears, P.E. dated July 27,
1999 ofthe following or other required products.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following or approved equal:
l. EFCO Corporation., thermally broken curtain wall system, shear block framing.2. Kawneer Company, Inc. similar thermal storefront system to the EFCO system,
with shear block framing.
Materials: As follows:
GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM 08920 - 3
Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
l. Aluminum: As follows:
a. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M).b. Extruded Bars, Rods, Shapes, and Tubes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M).
c. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429.
2. Steel Reinforcement if required per window manufactures calculations based on
wind loads: ASTMA36 (ASTMA36M), ASTMA6II, or ASTMA570
(ASTM A s70M).
3. Glazing as specified in Division 08801 Section "Glazing."4. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard sealed-comerpressure-glazing system.5. Glazing sealants and fillers as specified in Division 8 Section "Qlnzjng."6. Framing system gaskets and joint fillers as recommended by manufacturer for
jointqpe.
Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum
brackets and reinforcements. Provide nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning
system componenB.
Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining,
nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. Finish
exposed portions to match glazed aluminum curtain wall.
l. At movement joints, use slip-joint linings, spacers, and sleeves of material and
type recommended by manufacturer.2. No exposed fasteners, unless otherwise indicated.
Anchors: 3-way adjustable anchors that accommodate fabrication and installation
tolerances in material and finish compatible with adjoining materials and recommended
by manufacturer.
Concealed Flashing: Provide Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining,
nonbleeding head and sill flashing, compatible with adjacent materials, and of type
recommended by manufacturer. Coordinate with installation of air-infiltration barrier
and shown and required stucco edging, weep screeds and flashing.
Fabricate glazed aluminum curtain wall system according to Specifications and
Drawings. Fabricate components that, when assembled, will have accurately fitted
joints with ends coped or mitered to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion.
Forming: Form shapes with sharp profiles, straight and free of defects or deformations,
before finishing.
Prepare components to receive concealed fasteners and anchor and connection devices.
5195 I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
D.
E,
F.
G.
GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM 08920 - 4
J.
L.
M.
N.
A,
B.
1.3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
t
I
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV 5/95
Fabricate components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring in glazing
channels, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migratiag
within the system to the exterior.
Glazing Pockets: Provide minimum clearances for thickness and type of glass indicated
according to FGMA's "Glazing Manual."
Metal Protection: Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against
galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape
recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. Where steel or aluminum will contact
concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with
bituminous paint.
Frame Units: Factory assemble frame units according to Shop Drawings to greatest
extent possible. Rigidly secure Donmovement joints. Seal joints watertight, unless
otherwise indicated. Assemble components to drain water passing joints, condensation
occurring in glazing channels, condensation occurring within framing members, and
moisture migrating within the system to the exterior.
1. Install double pane low E coated insulated glazing according to Shop Drawings.
Comply with requirements of Division 08801 Section "Glazing," unless otherwise
indicated.
Finishes: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal
Products." Finish designations prefixed by AA conform to the system established by
the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes.
Class I, Color Anodic Finish: AA-M12C22A421A44, integrally colored or
electrolytically deposited color coating 0.018 mm or thicker, and complying with
AAMA 606.1 oTAAMA 608.1.
a. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range
ofchoices for color and gloss.
b. Color to be as similar as possible to Eagle windows aluminum cladding
color at living room windows.
STEEL PRIMING for steel reinforcement if required per wind loads
General: Comply with NAAMM'S "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal
Products" for recommendations relative to applying primer.
Surface Preparation: Perform manufacturer's standard cleaning operations to remove
dirt, oil, grease, or other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Remove mill scale
and rust, if present, from uncoated steel.
GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM 08920 - 5
Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV 5/95
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
C. Priming: Apply manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant primer immediately after
surface preparation and pretreatment.
1.4 EXECUTION
A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for protecting, handling, and
installing glazed aluminum curtain wall system, wrless more stringent requirements are
required per avalanche debris impact loads as required in lhe Avalanche Loading
Analysis.
B. Do not install damaged components. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs
and distortion. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. Seal joints watertight, unless
otherwise indicated. Provide means to drain water to the exterior to produce a
permanently weatherproof system.
C. Metal Protection: Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against
galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape
recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. Where aluminum will contact concrete
or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous
paint.
D. Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring in glazing
channels, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating
within the system to the exterior.
E. Install framing members plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades.
F. Install factory-assembled frame units plumb and true in alignment with established lines
and grades.
G. Anchorage: After system components are positioned, fix connections to building
structure as indicated on Shop Drawings.
l. Provide separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic
deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints.
H. Install glazing according to Shop Drawings and comply with requirements of Division
08801 Section "Gla'ing," unless otherwise indicated.
I. Install sealant according to Shop Drawings. Comply with requirements of Division 7
Section "Joint Sealants," unless otherwise indicated.
J. Erection Tolerances: Install glazed aluminum curtain wall system to comply with the
followine maximum tolerances:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IGLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM 08920 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV sl9s
1. Plumb: l/8 inch in l0 feet; l/4 inch in 40 feet .2. Level: l/8 inch in 20 feet; l/4 inch in 40 feet.3. Alignment: Where surfaces abut in line, limit offset from true alignment to l/16
inch; where a reveal or protruding element separates aligned surfaces by less than
2 inches, limit offset to l/2 inch.4. Location: Limit variation from plane or location shown on Shop Drawings to 1/8
inch in 12 feet; l12 inch over total length.5. Repair or remove Work that does not meet requirements or that is damaged by
testing; replace to conform to specified requirements.
K. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to
manufacturer and Installer, that ensure glazed aluminum curtain wall system is without
damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 08920
GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM 08920 - 7
MASTERSPEC - SLV 5t95
r SECTION 09220 -PORTLANDCEMENTINTERIORWALLPLASTER
t
I.I GENERAL
I A. Provide alternate pricing to provide Integral Color Interior Plaster at the Entry, Stair, Living,
Dining, Kitchen, and Stair to the Master.
I B. Provide alternate pricing to provide Integral Color Interior Plaster at the TV room.
I C. Provide alternate pricing to provide Integral Color Interior Plaster at the Powder room.
D. Provide product Data for each product specified and Samples for each type offinish
I E. Provide 4'x4' mockup of interior plaster color and texture
F. Coordinate work under this section with required fiaming and gyp board per sections 06100 andI oszssI
I 1.2 PRODUCTS
I A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
r following:
I l. Expanded-Metal Lath at interior plaster:
I a. Alabama Metal Industries Corp. (AMICO).t b. California Expanded Metal Products Co.c. Dale/,{ncor Industries, Inc.d. Dietrich Industries, Inc.
I e. National Gypsum Co.f. Unimast Inc.g. United States Gypsum Co.
I h. Westem Metal Lath Co.
r- 2. Metal Accessories:
I a. Alabama Metal Industries Corp. (AMICO).
b. Califomia Expanded Metal Products Co.
r i B:igt1;:llllustries,
rnc
e. Flannery, Inc.
r i [?,ffi:T::""oration
h. Metalex (Keene Products).
i. MM Systems Corp.
I
I copyright 1995 AIA
I BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
I
I
PORTLANDCEMENTPLASTER 09220 - |
MASTERSPEC - SLV 5t95
j. National Gypsum Co.k. Pittcon Industries.
l. Stockton Products.
m. Unimast, Inc.
n. United States Gypsum Co.o. Western Metal Lath Co.
Expanded-Metal Lath at interior plaster: ASTM c 847, diamond mesh, flat or self-furring
configuration as indicated, and with minimum 3.4-lblsq. yd. (1.8-kg/sq. m) weight.
Accessories: Comply with material provisions of ASTM C 1063 and the requirements indicated
below; coordinate depth of accessories with thicknesses and number of interior plaster / stucco
coats required.
l. Afuminum components: ASTM B 221 (ASTM 8221M) for alloy and temper 6063-T5
or aluminum extrusions with similar properties.2. Galvanized Steel Components: Fabricated from zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet
complying with ASTM A 653, c40 (ASTM A 653M, 290) minimum coating
designation.
Zinc-Alloy Components: ASTM B 69, 99 percent pure zinc.
Plastic components: ASTM D 4216, high-impact polyvinyl chloride (pvc) for building
products.
Metal Comerbeads: Fabricated from zinc-coated (galvanized) steel.
Plastic comerbeads: Small nose cornerbeads, with perforated flanges, fabricated from
high-impact PVC.
strip Reinforcement: smooth-edge strips of expanded-metal lath fabricated from
uncoated or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet. Provide cornerite or shipite form as
required.
8. Casing Beads: Square-edged style, fabricated from aluminum coated with clear plastic,
with short or expanded flanges to suit kinds ofplaster bases indicated.9. Curved Casing Beads: Square-edged style, fabricated from aluminum coated with clear
plastic, preformed into curve of radius indicated.10. Control Joints: Aluminum coated with clear plastic and adjustable for joint widths from
li8 to 5/8 inch (3 to 16 mm).
1 I . Foundation Sill (Weep) Screed: Fabricated from zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet.12. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002.
Fiber for Base coat: Alkaline-resistant glass or polypropylene fibers, l/2 inch (13 mm) long,
free of contaminates, manufactured for use in portland cement plaster.
Acid-Etching Solution: Muriatic acid (10 percent solution of commercial hydrochtoric acid)
mixed I part to not less than 6 nor more than 10 parts water.
Water for Mixing and Finishing interior plaster: Potable.
Lime: ASTM C 206, Type S; ASTM C 207, Type S.
B.
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
.).
^
5.
6.
'7.
D.
F.
G.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 -2
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
B.
1.3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
c.
MASTERSPEC - SLV 5t95
Bonding Agent ASTM C 932.
Base-Coat Cements: White or gray, as required.
1. Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I.
Base-CoatAggregate: ASTM C 897, sand.
Finish Coat: Recommend material and color options listed below to best match the interior
plaster sample by the Architect:
l. Job-Mixed Finish Coat: ASTM C 926.
a. Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I.
b. Cement Color: Pigmented, factory-packaged standard product consisting of white
or gray cement combined with colorfast mineral pigments to match Architect's
sample.
c. Finish-Coat Aggregate: ASTM C 897, manufactured or natural sand, in color
matching Architect's sample.
Mixes and Compositions: Comply with ASTM C926 for base- and finish-coat mixes as
applicable.
1. Proportions: Proportion materials for base coats and job-mixed finish coat in parts by
volume according to ASTM C 926.
2. Fiber Content: Add amount of fiber recommended by manufacturer to base-coat mixes
after ingredients have mixed at least 2 minutes.
3. Factory-Prepared Finish Coat: Add water only; comply with finish coat manufacturer's
written instructions.
Mixing: Mechanically mix proportioned cementitious and aggregate materials with water to
comply with applicable referenced application standard and with recommendations of plaster
manufacturer.
EXECUTION
Lathing and Furring: Install lath and furring indicated to comply with ML/SFA 920, "Guide
Specifications for Metal Lathing and Furing," and with ASTM C 1063. Install over gyp board.
Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in work and for support of
fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, handrails, furnishings, and similar work to
comply with details indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, to comply with applicable written
instructions of lath and furring manufacturer.
Isolation: Where lathing and metal support systems abut building stnrcture horizontally and
where partition or wall abuts overhead structure, sufficiently isolate from structural movement
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 -3
Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV 5t95
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
to prevent transfer of loading from building structure. Install slip- or cushion-type joints to
absorb deflections but maintain lateral support.
I . Frame both sides of control joints independently and do not bridge joints with funing and
lath or accessories.
Metal Lath: Install metal lath where plaster is to be provided. provide appropriate type,
configuration, and weight of metal lath selected from materials indicated that comply with
ML/SFA 920, "Guide Specifications for Metal Lathing and Furring," and with ASTM c 1063.
Preparing Solid Surfaces for interior plaster / stucco: Clean plaster bases and substrates for
direct application of plaster, removing loose material and substances that may impair the Work.l. Install temporary grounds and screeds to ensure accurate rodding of plaster to true
surfaces; coordinate with scratch-coat work.2. Surface Conditioning: Immediately before plastering, dampen surfaces indicated for
direct plaster application, except where a bonding agent has been applied. Moisten to
obtain optimum suction for plastering.
Installation of interior plaster accessories: Comply with referenced lathing and furring
installation standards for provision and location of plaster accessories of type indicated. Install
accessories oftype indicated at following locations:
I . External Comers: Install corner reinforcement at extemal corners.2. Terminations of interior plaster: Install casing beads, unless otlrerwise indicated.
Interior plaster Application: Sequence plaster apptication with installation and protection of
other work so that neither will be damaged by installation of other. Do not use materials ttrat
are frozen, caked, lumpy, dirty, or contaminated by foreign materials. Do not use excessive
water in mixing and applying plaster materials.
l. Interior plaster Application Standard: Apply plaster materials, composition, mixes, and
finishes indicated to comply with ASTM C 926.2. Tolerances: Do not deviate more than plus or minus l/B inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m)
from a true plane in finished plaster surfaces, as measured by a l0-foot (3-m)
straightedge placed at any location on surface.3. Grout hollow-metal frames, bases, and similar work occurring in interior plaster areas,
with base-coat plaster material, before lathing where necessary. Excep where full
grouting is indicated or required for fire-resistance rating, gout at least 6 inches (152
mm) at each jamb anchor.4. Plaster flush with metal frames and other built-in metal items or accessories that act as a
plaster ground, unless otherwise indicated. Where interior plaster is not terminated at
metal frame by casing beads, cut base coat fiee from metal frame before plaster sets and
groove finisb coat at junctures with metal.5. Comers: Make intemal corners and angles square; finish extemal corners flush with
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
6.
7.
D.
E.
F.
G.
cornerbeads on interior work, square and true with interior plaster faces.
Thickness: As indicated or as required by ASTM C 926.
Number of Coats: Apply plaster in 2 coats.
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 4
I.
J.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV 5t95
Finish Coats: As follows:
1. Float Finish: Apply finish coat to a minimum thickness of l/8 inch (3 mm) to completely
cover base coat(s), uniformly floated to a true even plane with fine-textured finish
matching the sample of interior plaster.
2. Trowel-Textured Finish: Apply finish coat with hand-troweled-textured finish matching
the sample of interior plaster.
3. Prepared Finish: Apply finish coats, and other factory-prepared finish coats according to
manufacturer's written inshuctions.
Moist-cure plaster base and finish coats to comply with ASTM C 926, including written
instructions for time between coats and curing in "Annex A2 Design Considerations."
Cutting and Patching: Repair cracks and indented surfaces. Point-up finish interior plaster
surfaces around items that are built into or penetrate plaster surfaces. Repair or replace work to
eliminate blisters, buckles, check cracking, dry outs, efflorescence, excessive pinholes, and
similar defects. Repair or replace work as necessary to comply with required visual effects.
Cleaning and Protecting: Remove interior plaster from other surfaces not to be plastered.
When plastering is completed, remove unused materials, containers, equipment, and plaster
debris. Protect plaster work from damage or deterioration until Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 09220
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 5
I Copyright 199s AIA MASTERSPEC. SLV 2t95
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
t
SECTION 09255 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
Ir l.r cENERAL
I A. Coordinate work under this section with section 09220 for the areas to have interior
integrally colored plaster.
I B. Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with STC ratings,
provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies whose STC ratings were
I determined according to ASTMESO and classified according to ASTME413 by ar qualified independent testing agency.
I C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where fire-resistance-rated gypsum board assembliesr are indicated, provide gypsum board assemblies that are identical to assemblies tested for
I fire resistance according to the U.L #s indicated and ASTME 119 by an independent
I testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities havingjurisdiction.
I 1.2 PRODUCTS
I A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance wilh requirements, provide products by one of the
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
following:
l. Steel Rigid Funing channels ASTM 6 645.
2. Grid Suspension Assemblies:
a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
b. Chicago Metallic Corp.
c. USG Interiors, Inc.
d. Worthington Steel Company (formerly National Rolling Mills).
3. Gypsum Board and Related Products:
a. Domtar Gypsum.
b. Georgia-PacificCorp.
c. National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division.
d. United States Gypsum Co.
B. Steel Framing Components for Suspended and Furred Ceilings: Provide components
complying with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.
l. Steel Rigid Funing Channels: ASTM C 645,hat shaped, 0.0179-inch minimum base
metal thickness. unless otherwise indicated.
a. Where shown, provide manufacturer's special type designed to reduce sound
I
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 1
I copyneht 199s AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
I
SECTION 09255 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
Ir l.t GENERAL
I A. Coordinate work under this section with section 09220 fot the areas to have interior
integrally colored plaster.
I B. Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with STC ratings,
provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies whose STC ratings were
I determined according to ASTMES0 and classified according to ASTME4I3 by a! qualified independenttesting agency.
I C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics; W"here fire-resistance-rated gypsum board assembliesr are indicated, provide gypsum board assemblies that are identical to assemblies tested for
I fire resistance according to the U.L #s indicated and ASTME 119 by an independent
I testing and inspecting agency accepable to authorities having jurisdiction.
I 1.2 PRODUCTS
I A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
following:
l. Steel Rigid Funing channels ASTM 6 645.
2. Grid Suspension Assemblies:
a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
b. Chicago Metallic Corp.
c. USG Interiors, Inc.
d. Worthington Steel Company (formerly National Rolling Mills).
3. Gypsum Board and Related Products:
a. Domtar Gypsum.
b. Georgia-PacificCorp.
c. National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division.
d. United States Gypsum Co.
B. Steel Framing Components for Suspended and Furred Ceilings: Provide components
complying with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.
L Steel Rigid Funing Channels: ASTM C 645, hat shaped, 0.0179-inch minimum base
metal thickness. unless otherwise indicated.
a. Where shown, provide manufacturer's special type designed to reduce sound
I
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 1
Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV 2/95
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
transmission.
C. Gypsum Board Products: Types indicated in maximum lengths available that will minimize
end-to-end buttjoints in each area indicated to receive g)?sum board application.
l. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, in S/S"thickness unless noted otherwise.
Type: Regular for vertical surfaces, only for non-rated partitions.
Type: Type X where required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies.
Type: Sag-resistant type for ceiling surfaces.
Edges: Tapered.
Coordinate with section 09220 for areas to have interior plaster.
2. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board at bathrooms (but not behind wall tile):
ASTM C 630, in 5/8" thickness.
a. Type: Regular, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Type: Type X where required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies and where
indicated.
Type: Sag-resistant type for ceiling surfaces.
Edges: Tapered.
Coordinate with section 09220 for areas to have interior plaster.
D. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI Al 18.9, in maximum lengths available to minimize end-
to-end buttjoints.
Thichness: 1/2" thickness behind all bath wall tile, l/2" thickness (over 3/4"
plywood) under all stone countertop/vanity tops, 3/8" thickness under all tile floors
set over plywood. (Where gyp-crete and concrete slab does not occur under tile.)
Product: USG Durock or approved equal.
E. Accessories for Interior Installation: 90 degree comerbead, edge trim, and control joints
complying with ASTM C 1047, formed metal or plastic, with metal complying with the
following requirement:
l. Steel sheet zinc coated by hot-dip process or rolled zinc.
a. 90 degree comerbead on outside comers, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Coordinate with section 09220 for areas to have interior plaster.
F. Joint Treatment Materials: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475
and the recommendations of both the manufacturers of sheet products and ofjoint teatnent
materials for each application indicated.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
c.
d.
e.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 2
G.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC. SLVo
CE
2t95
Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated.
a. Use pressure-sensitive or staple-attached, open-weave, glass-fiber reinforcing
tape with compatible joint compormd where recommended by manufacturer of
gypsum board andjoint treatrnent materials for application indicated.
Drying-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged vinyl-based
products complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended
use.
a. Ready-MixedFormulation: Factory-mixedproduct.b. Job-Mixed Formulation: Powder product for mixing with water at Project site.
l) Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and for first coat over
fasteners and face flanges oftrim accessories.2) Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and finish (third) coats.3) All-purpose compound formulated for both taping and topping
compounds.
3. Joint Compound for Cementitious Backer Units: Material recommended by
cementitious backer unit manufacturer.
4. Coordinate with section 09220 for areas to have interior plaster.
Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nonsag,
paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 that is effective in
reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building
construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to
ASTM E 90.
Miscellaneous Materials: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that
comply with referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer.
l. Laminating Adhesive: Special adhesive or joint compound recommended for
laminating gypsum panels.
2. Spot Grout: ASTM C 475, setting-type joint compound recommended for spot-
gouting hollow metal door frames.
Fastening Adhesive for Wood: ASTM C 557.
Steel drill screws complying with ASTM c 1002 and corrosion resistant for the
following applications :
a. Fastening gypsum board to wood members.
b. Fastening gypsum board to steel shaft wall studs
1.
4.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 3
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
I.
MASTERSPEC - SLV 2t95 I
I
I
T
I
I
1.3
c. Fastening gypsum board to structural steel members as required.
5. Gypsum Board Nails: ASTM C 514. Nails may only be used for accessories per
manufactures recommendations. All gyspum board panels are to be attached with
screws.
6. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, thickness and maximum permeance
rating as follows:
a. 6 mils (0.15 mm), 0.13 perms (7.5 ng/Pa x s x sq. m).
Texture at painted gyp-board finish: As follows to match light knock down finish sample
approved by Architect:
l. Primer: Of type recommended by texture finish manufacturer.2. Aggregate Finish: Factory-packaged proprietary drying-type powder product
formulated with aggregate for mixing with water at Project site for application to
produce texture selected by Interior Designer.
EXECUTION
Install supplementary framing, runners, furring, blocking, and bracing at openings and
terminations in gypsum board assemblies and where required to suppon other work that
cannot be adequately supported on gypsum board alone.
Polyethylene Vapor Retarder:
1 . Install on warm side of assemblies
2. Extend to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission.
3 Secure in place with mechanical fasteners or adhesives. Secrue to framing at top, end,
bottom, perimeter of wall openings and at lap joints.
4 Vapor barrier is to be a continuous "membrane". Continous by second floor rim joist.
5 Seal vertical and horizontaljoints in vapor retarder over framing by lapping not less
than two framing spaces.
6 Sealjoints in vapor retarder caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, light fxhues
and similar items penetrating the vapor retarder with vapor retarder approved tape.
Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarder.
Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to
comply with ASTM C 840 and GA-216.
1. Install sound-attenuation batts, where indicated, prior to installing gypsum panels
unless batts are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side.2. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
I
I
I
I
C.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 4
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
It
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1995 AIA O
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
MASTERSPEC - SLV 2/95
joints and to avoid abuffing endjoints in the central area ofeach ceiling. Stagger
abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing memhr.3. Isolate perimeter ofnonload-bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutnents,
except floors. Provide l/4- Io Yz-inch- (6.4- to 12.7-mm-) wide spaces at these
locations and trim edges with U-bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are
exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical
sealant.
4. Floating Construction: Where feasible, including where recommended by
manufacturer, install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating intemal comer
construction.
5. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application
and finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations.
a. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches (304.8 mm) o.c. for vertical
applications.
6. Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches (203.2 mm)
o.c.
7. lnstall cementitious backer rurits to comply with ANSI A108.11. Install glass-
mat,cementitios backer board panels to comply with manufacturer's installation
instructions. To be installed behind all wall tile/stone (except tile base) below all
tile/stone countertops and below all tile/stone floors over plywood.
8. Install water-resistant gypsum backing board panels in all bathrooms except behind
tile ( where cemtitios backer board is required), and where indicated. Install with
l/4-inch (6.4-mm) open space where panels abut other construction or penetrations.
9. Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports as follows:
a. Fasten with screws to penetrate wood 1"
D. Installing Trim Accessories: For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to framing with
the same fasteners used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim accessories
according to accessory manufacturer's directions for type, length, and spacing offasteners.
l. Install comerbead at external comers.
2. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed. Provide
edge trim type with face flange formed to receive joint compound, except where
other types are indicated.
a. Install LC-bead where gypsum panels are tightly abutted to other construction
and back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate.
b. Install L-bead where edge trim can only be installed after gypsum panels are
installed.
c. Install U-bead where indicated.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 5
Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
E. Finishing Gypsum Board Assemblies: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, flanges
of comerbead, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and
elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for final finish material/texture.
l. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged areas using setting-type
joint compound.
2. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim accessories having
flanges not requiring tape.
3. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to flanges of trim accessories as
recommended by trim accessory manufacturer.
4. Levels of Gypsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypsum board
finish per GA-214.
a. Texture per sample approved by Architect.
Provide integral color plaster at walls per section 09220.
5. Finish water-resistant gypsum backing board to comply with ASTM C 840 and
g)?sum board manufacturer's directions.
6. Finish glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum backing board to comply with gypsum
board manufacturer's directions.
7. Finish cementitious backer units to comply with unit manufacturer's directions.
F. Applying Texture at Painted Gyp-Board Finishes: As follows:
l. Surface Preparation and Primer: Prepare and apply primer to gypsum panels and
other surfaces receiving texture finishes according to texture finish manufacturer's
instructions. Apply primer only to surfaces that are clean, dry, and smooth.
2. Contractor to approve all drywall panels and joints before texture is applied.
3. Texture Finish Application: Mix and apply finish to gypsum panels and other
strrfaces indicated to receive texture finish according to texture finish manufacturer's
directions. Produce a uniform texture to match approved sample, free of starved
spots or other evidence of thin application or of application pattems.
4. Prevent texture finishes from coming into contact with surfaces not indicated to
receive texture finish by covering them with masking agents, polyethylene film, or
other means. If, despite these precautions, texture finishes contact these surfaces,
immediately remove droppings and overspray as recornmended by texture finish
manufacturer to prevent damage.
5. Contractor to approve all textured surfaces before paint is applied.
END OF SECTION 09255
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
IGYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 6
MASTERSPEC - SLV
B.
D.
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
o
CE
SECTION O93IO. CERAMIC TILE
I.I GENERAL
A. Submittals: In addition to Product Data for each type of tile and setting material
indicate4 submit tlrc following:
l. Samples of each type and composition of tile and for each color and texture
required, at least 12 inches square, mounted on bnaced cementitious backer units,
and with grouted joints.
1.2
A.
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
ru95
PRODUCTS
lvlanufacturers: subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following nor approved equal:
1. Tile Products:
a. American Olean Tile Coryany.b. Dal-TileCorporation.
c. Quarry Tile Company.d. Seneca Tiles, Inc.
e. United States Ceramic Tile Coryany.
2. Tile-Setting and -Grouting Materials:
a. American OleanTile Corpany..b. Bostik.
c. C-Cure Corporation.d. Custom Building Products.e. Dal-TileCorporation
f, DAP,Inc.g. TEClncorporated.
ANSI ceramic Tile standard: Provide tile that corrylies with standard Grade
requirements of ANSI Al37.l, nspecifications for Ceramic Tile,', for t1pes,
compositions, and other characteristics indicated.
ANSI Standards for Tile Installation lvlaterials: Provide materials conplying with
referenced ANSI standards.
colors, Textwes, and Patterns: For tile, grout, and other products requiring selection of
colors, surface textures, patt€fiis, and otlrcr appearance characteristics, conply with the
fo llo wing requirements :1. Provide Architect's selections from manufacturer's full range of colors, textures,
and pattems for products of type indicated.
CERAMrc TILE 09310 - r
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLV rr/95
E. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variatiom within the ranges selected during
Sample submittals, blend tile in the factory and package so tile units taken from one
package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match
approved Samples.
F. Factory-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile t1rye,
protest exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mrtar and grod by precoating
them with a continuous film of petroleum paraffin wax, applied hot. Do not cod
unexposed tile surfaces.
G. Unglazed Quarry Tile: Provide square-edged flat tile complyng with the following
requirements:
l. Wearing Surftce: Nonab,rasive.
2. Wearing Surface: Abrasive aggregat€ embedded in surface3. Facial Dimensions: 6 by 6 inches (152by 152 mm).4. Facial Dimensions: 8 by 8 inches (203 by 203 mm).5. Thickness: 3/8 inch (9.5 mm).
6. Thickness: l/2inch(12.7 mm).7. Face: Plain.
8. Face: Pattemofdesignindicated.
9- Face: As indicated.
H. Unglazed Paver Tile: Provide flat tile corrylying withthe following requirements:
l. Composition: Porcelain.
2. Corrposition: Natural clay.3. Facial Dimensions: 7-718 by 7-7/8 inches (200 by 200 mm).4. Facial Dimensions: 11-13/16 by I l-13/16 inches (300 by 300 mm).5. Thickness: ll4inch(6.35 mm).6. Thickness: 3/8 inch (9.5 mm).7. Thickness: l/2inch(12.7 mm).8. Face: Plain with square or cushion edges.9. Face: Plain with square edges.
10. Face: Plain with cushion edges.
11. Face: Pattern ofdesign indicated, with square or cushion edges.
12. For latex-portland cement mortared and grouted paver tile, precoat with
temporary protective coating.
I. Glazed Wall Tile: Provide flat tile complying with the foilowing requirements:
l. Module Sizn: 4-l/4by 4-l/4 inches (108 by 108 mm).2. Module Size: 6 by a-U4 inches (152 by 108 mm).3. Module Size: 6 by 6 inches (152 by 152 mm).4. Thickness: 5i t6 inch (8 mm).5. Face: Plain with modified square edges or cushion edges.6. Face: Plain with modffied square edges.
o
ENCE
I
I
I
x
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
ICERAMIC TILE 09310 - 2
I copyright lees AIA O MASTERspEC: SLV
BILLINGSIJY RESIDENCE
tU95
I 7. Face: plain with cushion edges.8. Face: Pattern of design indicated, with manufacturrds standard edges.
I 9. Mounting: Factoryback-mounted.
I J. Trim Units: Provide tile trim units to match characteristics of adjoining flat tile and to
I comply with the following requirements:
I 1. Size: As indicated" coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile
I
where applicable.
K- Waterproofing for Thin-Set Tile Installations: Provide products that conrply withr AIISI All8.l0.
' L. Setting Materials: As follows:
I l. Portland Cement Mortar Installation Materials ( Mud set ): Provide materials
corplying with ANSI Al08.lA and as specified below:
I a. Cleavage Membrane : polyethylene sheeting ASTM D 4397, 4.|mils thick.
- b. Latex additive (water emulsion) described below, serving as replacementr n:[il'L*,Tfff]'il1'T,J'#f ffi."#J friiltri**'r,'ffi
I ii""-ffiilH#; Acrvricresin
r 2. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar (Thin set): ANSI Al18.4, composed as follows:
I a. Mixture of Dry-Mortar Mix and Latex Additive: Mixture of prepackaged
dry-mortar mix ard liquid-latex additive corrylying with tk following
I i"f'"#;Tl*itive: Acrylicresin
r M. Grouting Materials: As follows:
I l. Latex-Portland Cement Groufi ANSIAIIS.6 for materials described in
Section H-2.4, composed ofthe following as required:
I a. Mixhrc of Dry-Grout Mix and Latex Additive: Mxture of factory-
prepared, dry-grout mix and latex additive complying with the following
I ;'TH" Dry-Grorr Mix Dry-set sro,o corylyinc with
AIISI A118.6 for materials described in SectionH-2.3, for joints l/8
I z) ffi$'fi#]ffiT}] commerciar portland cemenr srcut- complying with AlISIAllS.6 for rnaterials described in SectionH-
I - 2.1, for joints l/8 inch (3.2 mm) and wider.3) Latex Additive: Acrylic resin.
I
4\ Color: to rnatch tile as closely as possible.
I
CERAMICTII-E 09310 - 3
Coplright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
ENCE
rr/95 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
N. Elastomeric Sealants: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically cwing, elastomeric
sealants of base polymer and characteristics indicated that comply with applicable
requirements ofDivision 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
l. One-Part, Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920; Type S; Grade NS;
Class25; UsesNT, G, A and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates
indicated, O; formulated with firngicide.
O. Miscellaneous Materials: As follows:
1. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Comporurds: Latex-rrodified, portland-
cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting
materials for installations indicated.2. Metal Edge Strips: White-zinc-alloy tenalzo strips, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) wide at
top edge with integral provision for anchorage to mortar bed or sub,strate, unless
otherwise indicated.
3. Temporary Protective Coating: Provide product indicated below that is
formulated to prot€ct exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and
grout; is compatible with tile, mortar, and grout products; and is easily removable
after grouting is completed without damaging grout or tile.
a. Petroleum paraffrn wax, fully refined and odorless, containing at least 0.5
percent oil with a melting point of 120 to 140 degF (49 ro 60 deg C) per
ASTMD 87.b. Grout release in form of manufacturer's standard proprietary liquid coating
that is specially formulated and recommended for use as a temporary
protective coatlng for tile.
I.3 E)GCUTION
A. Verffication of Conditions; Before proceeding, examine surfaces to receive tile, setting
beds or accessories for defects or conditions adversely affecting quallty and execution
ofthe installation. Report unsatisfactory conditions to the General Contractor in uniting
with a copy to Architect. Verify locations of all expansion and control joints in
substrate for cornpliance with Article 3-04. Begirming of installation means acceptance
ofsubstrates.
Do not install stone or tile set in Portland cement mortar when the ambient temperature
is below 50 degrees F. Comply with minimum temperature requirements of bonding
and grouting materials manufactures.
B. Provide concrete substrates for tile floors installed with latex-potland cement mortars
that comply with flatness tolerances specified in referenced ANSI4108 series of tile
installation standards for installations indicated.
l. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds per tile-setting material
manufacturer's written instructions to fill cracks, holes, and depressions.
CERAMICTILE 09310 - 4
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1995
BILLINGSLEY
MASTERSPEC - SLV rl/95
2. Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding.
C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during Sample
submittals, veri$ that tile has been blended in the fuctory and packaged so tile units
taken from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other
packages and rnatch approved Sarryles. Otherwise mix tiles from several packages to
provide even distribution of color variation throughout roorn
D. Field-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile tlpe or
needed to prevent adhesion or staining of exposed tile surfaces by grout, protect
exposed surfaces oftile against adherence ofmortar and grout by precoating them with
a continuous film of terryorary protective coating indicated below, taking care not to
coat unexposed tile surfaces:
1. Petroleum paraffin wax or grout release.
E. ANSI Tile Installation Standards: Cornply with parts of AIISI Al08 series of tile
installation standards in "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to
types of setting and grouting materials and to methods indicated.
F. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation."
Comply with TCA installation methods indicated.
G. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment md fixtures to form a
corrylete covering without intemrptiom, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work
neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattem orjoint alignments.
H. Accurately form intersections and retums. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without
marring visible strfaces. Carefully grind cut edges oftile abutting trira finis[ or buift-
in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures,
and other penetralions so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile.
I. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints where
adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are the same size. Lay out tile work and
center tile fields in both directions in each space or on e:rch wall area. Adjust to
minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise indicated.
J. Expansion Joints; Locate expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints, including
control, contaction, and isolation joints, where indicated during instalation of setting
materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw-cut joints after installing tiles.
l. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrdes.2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements of Division 7
Section "Joint Sealants."
K. Crrotrt tile to conply with the requirements of tlre following tile installation standards:
L For ceramic tile grouts (sand-portland cement, dry-set, conrmercial portland
cement, and latex-portland cement grouts), comply with AI.{SI 4108.10.
AIA O
RESIDENCE
CERAMICTILE 09310 - 5
Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC. SLV rU95
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
At showers, tubs, and where indicated, install cementitious backer units and treat joints
to comply with AI.ISI Al08.1l and manufactruer's written instructions for type of
application indicated.
M. Install waterproofing to comply with waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions
to produce a waterproof membrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to substrate.
N. Do not install tile over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been tested to
determine that it is watertight.
O. Floor Tile Installation: Install tile with Mud set Portland Cement Mortar to comply
with requirements indicated, including those referencing TCA installation methods and
ANSI Al08 series oftile installation standards.
l. Joint Widths: Install tile on floors withthe following joint widths:a. Quarry Tile: 1/4 inch (6.35 mm).b. Paver Tile: ll4 inch (6.35 mm).
Back Buttering: For installations indicated, obtain 100 percent mortar coverage
by complying with applicable special requirements for back buttering of tile in
referenced ANSI Al08 series oftile installation standards.
3. Metal Edge Strips: Install at locations indicated or where exposed edge of tile
flooring meets carpet, unod, or other flooring that finishes flush with top of tile.
P. Wall Tile Installation: Install types of tile designated for wall installations with thinset
Latex - Portland Cement Mortar to couply with requirements indicated, including those
referencing TCA installation methods and ANSI setting-bed standards.l. Joint Widths: Install tile on walls with the following joint widths;a- Wall Tile: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm).
2. Back Buttering: For installations indicated, obtain 100 percent mortar coverage
by complying with applicable special requirements for back buttering of tile in
referenced ANSI Al08 series oftile installation standards.
a. Cbaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so
they are free of foreign matter. Use cleaning materials and methods that conrply with
tile and grout manufacturers' written instructions.
l. Remove temporary protective coating by method recommended by coating
manufacturer that is acceptable to brick and grout manufacturer. Trap and
remove coating to prevent it from clogging drains.
2. Apply grout sealer according to manufacturer's recommendations. Exercise care
to avoid damage to adjoining surfaces.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
ICERAMICTILE09310 - 6
I Copyright lee5 AIA O MASTERSIEC - sLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
tr/95
t r' fi:tffifr"tr-Tgl#:.1Ti"H:' recreanannoorandwalltileaccordingto
END OF SECTION O93IO
CERAMICTILE 09310 - 7
A.
B.
c.
D.
1.1
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
Copyright 1997 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC. SLVo
CE
tt/97
SECTION (D385 - DIMENSION STONE TILE
1.2
A.
B.
GENERAL
Dimensional stone tile is between y4" and %" thick.
Submittals: In addition to Product Data, submit the following:
1. Shop Drawings: Show stone tile sizes, thichness, and exposed edge details.2. Samples: Full-size units of each type of stone tile indicated; in sets showing the
full range of variations expected in these characteristics.
PRODUCTS
Provide stone tiles that are free of cracks, seams, starts, and other defects impairing
their function for use indicated.
Provide stone floor tiles with the following properties:
l. Ab'rasion Resistance: Minimum value of l0 for non bathroom floor locations, as
determined perASTM C 1353 or ASTM C 241.2. Abrasion Resistance: Minimum value of 12 for batlnoom floor locations, as
determined per ASTM C 1353 or ASTM C 241.3. Static Coefficient of Friction: For stone tile installed on walkway surfrces,
provide products with the following values as determined by testing identical
products per ASTM C 1028:
a. Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.6.b. Rarnp Surfaces: Minimum 0.8.
Provide stone thresholds that are free of cracks, searls, starts, and other defects
impairing their structural integnty or function.
Setting Materials: As follows:
1. Portland Cement Mortar (Thickset) Installation Materials to be used at all stone
floors: Provide materials complying with A}{SI Al08.l and as specified below:
a- Cleavage Membrane: polyethylene sheeting, ASTMD4397,4.0 mils (0. I
mm) thick.
b. Reinforcing Wire Fabric: Galvanized, welded wire fabric, 2 by 2 inches
(50.8 by 50.8 mm) by 0.062-inch (1.57-mm) diameter; comply with
ASTM A 185 and ASTM A 82, except for minimum wire size.2. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Seg only at wall tile: Al.ISIAll8.4,
consisting of the following:
DIMENSION STONE TILE 0938s - I
Copyright 1997 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLV rU97
a. Mixtrue of Dry-Mortar Mix and Latex Additive: Mixture of prepackaged
dry-mortar mix and liquid-latex additive cornplying with the following
requirements:.
l) Latex Additive: Acrylic resin
3. Water-Cleanable Epoxy Adhesive: A}'{SI Al18.3.
E. Grouting Materials: As follows: Submit gout tpe proposed for each installation type
l. Grout Colors: Provide colors to comply with the following requirement:a. As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors to match
stone as closely as possible.
2. Latex-Portland Cement Grout: AITISI A118.6 for rnaterials described in H-2.4,
composed as follows: Submit grout qpe proposed for each installation type:
a. Mixture of Dry-Grout Mix and Latex Additive: Mixture of factory-
prepared, dry-grout mix and latex additive complying with the following
requirements:
l) Unsanded Dry-GrorI Mix Dry-set grout complying with
Al.lSI All8.6 for materials described in SectionH-2.3, for joints l/8
inch (3.2 mm) and ruurower.2> Sanded Dry-Grout Mix Commercial Porttand cement grout
complying with AhISI A118.6 for materials described in SectionH-
2.1, for joints l/8 inch (3.2 mm) and wider. Avoid with polished stone
finislr.
3) Latex Additive: Acrylic resin.
F. cementitious Backer units: ANSI Al 18.9. see section 09255 for re4uirements
G. Sealer for Floors: Colorless, slip- and stain-resistant sealer, not affecting color or
physical properties of stone surfaces as recommended by stone tile manufrcturer for
application indicated.
H. Fabrication: As follows:
1. Facial Dimensions: Do not vary facial dimensions from specified dimensions by
more than plus or minus li64 inch (0.4 mm) for tiles with polished or honed
faces; or plus or minus 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) for tiles with sand-rubbed, natural-
cleft, or thermal-finished faces.2. Thickness of stone Tiles with Smooth Finish: Do not vary from specified
thickness by more than plus or minus l/32 inch(0.8 mm).3. Thickness of Stone Tiles with Natural-Cleft or Thermal Finish; Do not vary
avercge thickness of each tile Aom specified thickness by more than plus or
minus l/16 inch (1.6 mm).4. Backs of Pieces: Dress backs ofpieces smooth and flat.
o
ENCE
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
T
I
T
t
I
t
IDIMENSION STONE TILE 0938s - 2
).
D.
F.
1.3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1997
BILLINGSLEY
MASTERSPEC - SLV tt/97
Backs ofnatural-cleft stone need not be dressed ifgap does not exceed l/16
inch ( I.6 mm) when tested with a24-inch (600-mm) sraightedge.
Thresholds: Size and profile as indicated or required to provide transition
between adjacent floor finishes.
Bevel edges of thresholds at l:2 slope, aligning lower edge of bevel with
adjacent floor finish. Limit height of bevel to l/2 inch (13 mm) or less, and
finish bevel to match face ofthreshold.
E}(ECUTION
Verification of Conditions: Before proceeding, exarnine surfaces to receive tile, setting
beds or accessories for defects or conditions adversely affecting quality and execution
ofthe insallation Report unsatisfactory conditions to the Gereral Contractor in u/riting
with a copy to Architect. VeriS locations of all expansion ad control joints in
substrate for compliance with Article 3.04. Beginning of installation means acceptance
ofsubstrates.
Do not install stone or tile set in Portland cement mortar when the ambient ternperature
is below 50 degrees F. Coryly with minimum temperature requirements of bonding
and grouting materials manufactures.
Provide concrete substrates for tile floors installed with dry-set or latex-Portland c€ment
mortars that comply with flatness tolerances specified in referenced ANSI Al08 Series
of tile installation standards for installations indicated.
1. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds per tile-setting material
manufacturer's written instructions to fill cracks, holes, and depressions.2. Rerrove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding.
ANSI Tile Installation Standards: C.otnply with parts of AITISI Al08 Series of tile
installation standards in "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to
tlpes of setting and grouting materials and to methods indicated.
TCA Installation Guidelines: Comply with TCA's "Handbook for Crramic Tile
Installation" and TCA in$allation methods indicated.
Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form a
conplete covering without intemrptiory unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work
neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattem or joint alignments.
Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without
marring visible swfaces. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other
penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. Where cut edges will be visible
after instailation, finish to match factory-fabricated edges.
AIA O
RESIDENCE
DIMENSION STONE TILE 09385 - 3
Copyright 1997 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
ENCE
11l9'1 I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
T
I
G. Lay tile in grid patterrl unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when adjoining tiles on
floor, base, walls, and trim are the same sizn. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in
both directions in each space or on each wall area Adjust to minimize tile cutting.
Reject tiles that are not within approved color and pattern range. Mix tiles within room
to achieve a uniformly random distribution ofcolor shadings and patterns.
For stones with directional grain patterq orient tiles with grain in same directiorU at
walls orient grain pattern horizontally.
Expansion- and Control-Joint Installation Method: Comply with TCAEJITI. Joint
sealant materials and installation are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
Butter backs of tiles with setting material before setting, and place tiles before back
buttering and setting bed have skinned over.
Remove and replace material that is stained or ofrerwise damaged or that does not
match adjoining tile. Provide new matching units, installed as specified and in a
manner to eliminate evidence of replacement.
Clean stone tiles after setting and grouting is complete; use procedures recommended
by stone producer and manufacturer for tlpes of application indicated.
Apply sealer to cleaned stone tile flooring, according to sealer manufacturer's written
instructions.
END OF SECTION 09385
J.
N.
I
I
I
IDIMENSION STONE TILE 09385 - 4
8/95I
T
Copynght 1995 AIA O MASTERSPEC-SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
SECTION 09600 - STONE PAVING AND FLOORING
I.I GENERAL
A. Stone paving and flooring is between /e" a\d I l/2', thick.
B. Stone Abrasion Resistance: Minimum abrasive-hardness value of 12, as determined per
ASTM C 24I.
C. Static Coefficient of Friction: ASTM C 1028, values as follows:
l. Level Surfaces: A minimum of 0.6.
D. Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Product Data: For each variety ofstone, stone accessory, and other manufactured
products specihed.2. Shop Drawings: Show details offabrication and installation ofstone paving and
flooring, including dimensions and profiles of stone units; anangiment and
details of jointing; and details showing relationship with, attachment to, and
reception of related work.3. Stone Samples: Sets for each color, grade, finish, and variety of stone required;
not less than 12 inches (300 mm) square.
E. Mockups: Before installing stone paving and flooring, construct mockups, in locations
and of sizes indicated, to verifu selections made under Sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution.
1.2 PRODUCTS
A. Provide stone from a single quarry for each variety of stone required in the finish
schedules.
1. Provide Architect with samples that show color variation for each variety, color,
finish, and other stone characteristics relating to aesthetic effects.2' Provide stone that is free of cracks, seams, and starts impairing structural integrity
or function.
3. Provide matched blocks extracted from contiguous locations in a single bed of
quarry stratum unless stone from blocks randomly selected for aesthetic effect is
approved by Architect.
B. Granite; ASTMC6I5 and the National Building Granite Quanies Association's
(NBGQA) "Specifi cations for Architectural Granite."
C. Limestone: ASTM C 568.
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I STONE PAVING AND FLOORING 09600 - I
Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
D. Marble: ASTM C 503.
E. Quartz-Based Stone: ASTM C 616.
F. Pattern: As follows:
l. At Dining, Kitchen and South Patio area - Randorn, rectangular pattern composed
of units not less than l0 inches nor more than 36 inches in nominal dimension.2. At front walkway, steps, landing and entry - Randorn, polygonal pattern
composed of units not less than 1 sq. ft. nor more than 8 sq. ft. in area.
G. Mortar Materials: As follows:
l. Portland Cement: Mud Set, ASTM C 150, Type I or tr; natural color, white, or a
blend to produce mortar color indicated to match stone as closely as possible.
a. Low-Alkali Cement: Not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested
according to ASTM C I14.
2. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.3- Aggregate: ASTM C l.rl4 and as indicated below:
a. For joints ruurower than 1/4 inch {6 mm), use aggregate graded with 100
percent passing No. 16 (1. l8-mm) sieve.b. For pointing rnortff, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing No. 16
(1.18-mm) sieve.c. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural, colored sand or ground marble,
granite, or other sound stone, as required to match stone as closely as
possible.
4. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides,
compounded for use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with record of
satisfactory performance in stone mortars.5. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI All8.4, frctory-packaged dry-mortar mix
with water-emulsion latex additive added at project site.6. Water: Potable.
H. Grout Materials: As follows:
1. Grout Colors: Provide Architect's selection from manufacturer's full range of
colors. The grout color is to match the stone as closely as possible..
I. Latex-Portland Cement Grout: ANSI Al 13.6 and as follows:
1. Mixture of Dry-Grout Mix and Latex Additive: Mixture of factory-prepared dry-
grout mix and latex additive to corryly with tlrc foflowing requirements:
a. Unsanded Dry-Crrout Mix Dry-set grout complying with ANSI 4118.6, for
joints l/8 inch (3 mm) and rurrower.
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
ISTONE PAVING AND FLOORING 09600 -2
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLVo
CE
8/95
b. Sanded Dry-Grout Mix: Commercial portland cement grout complying
with ANSI Al 18.6, for joints 1/8 inch (3 mm) and wider. Avoid using with
polished stone.
c. Latex Additive: Acrylic resin.
J. Accessories: As follows:
1. Cleavage Membrane: Polyethylene sheeting, ASTMD 4397, 4 mils (0.1 mm)
thick.
Reinforcing Wire Fabric: Galvanized, welded-wire fabric,2 by 2 inches (50.S by
50.8 mm) by 0.062-inch- (1.6-mm-) diameter wire, complying with ASTM A 185
and ASTM A 82, except for minimum wire size.
Cork Joint Filler: Prefonned strips complying with ASTM D 1752,Type II.
Cleaner: Specifically formulated for stone t1pes, finishes, and applications
indicated- Do not use cleaning corryounds containing acids, caustics, harsh
fillers, or abrasives.
Floor sealer: colorless, slip- and stain-resistant sealer not affecting color or
physical properties of stone surfaces, as recornmended by stone producer for
application indicated.
K' Stone Fabrication: Fabricate stone paving and flooring in sizes and shapes required to
coryly with requirements indicated, including details on fhawings and Shop Drawings.
1. For granite, cornply with recommendations ofNational Building Granite Quanies
Association's (NBGQA) "specifications for Architectural Granite."2. For marble, comply with recommendations of Marble Institute of America's
(MIA) "Dimensional Stone-Design Manual IV."3. For limestone, cornply with recommendations of Indiana Limestone Institute of
America's (IL!'Indiana Limestone Handbook.',
L. Pattern Arangement: Fabricate stone fiom one block or contiguous, matched blocks,
and arrange units with veining and other natural markings to comply with the following
requirements:
l. Arrange units with veining in same direction on floors and horizontal on walls.
M. Mortar and Grout Mixes: Comply with referenced standards and with manufacturers'
written instructions. Do not use admixtures,
1. Mortar: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specificatio4 Type N for interior
applications and Type S for exterior applications.2. Latex-Modified-Portland Cement Mortar: Proportion and mix portland cement,
aggregate, and latex additive to mmply with latex additive manufrcturet's written
instructions.
3. Cement-Paste Slush Coat: Mix to consisteircy of thick cream and consisting of
eitlrer cement and water or cement, sand, and water.
3.
4.
).
STONE PAVING AND FLOORING 09600 - 3
Copyright 1995 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RES
1.3
A.
MASTERSPEC - SLV 819s
a. For latex-modifred-portland cement mortar, substitute latex admixture for
part or all of water according to latex additive manufacturer's written
instructions.. b. Pigmented Pointing Mortar: Select and proportion pigments with other
ingredients to produce color required. Do not exceed pigment-to-cement
ratio of I :10, by weighrc. Colored-Aggregate Pointing Mortar: Produce color required by combining
colored aggegates with portland cement of selected color.
4. Joint Grout: Cornply with mixing requirements ofreferenced ANSI standards and
manufacturer's written instructions.
E)GCUTION
Verification of Conditions: Before proceeding, examine surfaces to receive tile, setting
beds or accessories for defects or conditions adversely affecting qualfiy and execution
ofthe installation Report unsatisfactory conditions to the General Contractor in writing
with a copy to Architect. Verifr locations of all expansion and control joints in
substrate for compliance with Article 3.04. Beginning of installation means acceptance
ofsubstrates.
Do not install stone or tile set in Portland cement mortar when the ambient temperature
is below 50 degrees F. Comply with minimum temperature requirements of bonding
and grouting materials manufactures.
Vacuum clean substrates to remove dirt, dust, debris, and loose particles.
Remove substances from substrates that could impair mortar bond.
Clean stone surfaces before setting by thoroughly scrubbing with fiber brushes and then
drenching with clear water.
Execute stone paving and flooring installation by skilled mechanics and erryloy skilled
stone fitters at the site to do necessar5r field cutting as stone is set.
l. Use power saws to cut stone.
Set stone to comply with Drawings.
Scribe and field-cut stone as nec€ssary to fit at obstructions. Produce tight and neat
joints.
Stone Paving over waterproofing at showers and tub decks: carefully place stone and
setting materials over waterproofing so protection materials are not displaced and
waterproofing is not punctured or otherwise damaged.
o
IDENCE
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
D.
F.
G.
STONE PAVING AND FLOORING 09600 - 4
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
1. Provide cork joint filler, where indicated, at waterproofing that is turned up on
vertical surfaces or, if not indicated, provide temporary filler or protection until
stone paving installation is complete.
I. Expansion- and Control-Joint Installation: Locate and install according to Drawings
and Shop Drawings. Joint-sealant materials and installation are specified in Division 7
Section "Joint Sealants."
J. Installing Stone Directly over Concrete: Install as follows:
l. Saturate concrete with clean water before placing setting bed. Remove surface
water before placing setting bed.2. Apply cement-paste slush coat before placing setting bed. Limit area of slush
coat to avoid its drying orx. Do not exceed 1/16-inch (1.5-mm) thickness for
cement-paste slush coat.3. Apply mortar setting bed over cement-paste slush coat. Spread and screed setting
bed to uniform thickness at elevations required for accurate setting ofstone.4. Mix and place only as much mortar as can be covered with stone before initial set.
Cut back, bevel edge, and discard setting-bed material that has reached initial set
before placing stone.
5. Place stone before initial set of cement occurs. Apply uniform 1il6-inch- (1.5-
mm-) thiclq slurry bond coat to bed or to back of each stone unit.6. Tamp and beat stone to obtain full contact with setting bed. Set each unit in a
single operation before initial set of mortar; do not disturb stone for purposes of
realigning.
K Installing Stone over Cleavage Membrane or Waterproofing: Install as follows:
l. Place cleavage membrane over subfloor surfaces indicated to receive stone
flooring, lapped at least 4 inches (100 mm) at joints.
2. Place reinforcing wire fabric, lapped at joints by at least one full mesh and
supported so mesh becomes embedded in middle of setting bed. Do not butt
edges against vertical surfaces.3. Place mortar setting bed with reinforcing wire fabric fully embedded in middle of
setting bed. Spread and screed setting bed to uniform thickness at elevations
required for accurate setting ofstone.4, Mix and place only as much mortar as can be covered with stone before initial set.
Cut back, bevel edge, and discard setting-bed material that has reached initial set
before placing stone.
5. Place stone before initial set of cement occllrs. Apply uniform l/16-inch- (1.5-
mm-) thick, slurry bond coat to bed or to back of each stone unit.6. Tamp and beat stone to obtain full contact with setting bed. Set each unit in a
single operation before initial set of mortar; do not disturb stone for purposes of
realigning.
L. Grout stone joints to comply with AIISI Al08.l0 and manufacturer's written
instructions.
8/95
STONE PAVING AND FLOORING 09600 - 5
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
l. Avoid use of sanded gxou for potished stone.2. Grout joints as soon as possible after initial set of setting bed. After initial set of
grout, finish joints by tooling to produce a slightly concave polished joint.3. Cure grout by maintaining in a damp condition for 7 days, except as otherwise
recommended by latex additive manufacturef,.
M. Remove and replace damaged and defective stone paving and flooring in a manner that
results in stone paving and flooring's matching approved sarnples and mockups,
complying with other requirements, and showing no evidence ofreplacement.
N. Clean stone paving and flooring after setting and grouting are complete. Use
procedures recommended by stone fab,ricator for tlpes of application
O. Apply sealer to cleaned stone flooring according to sealer rnanufacturer's written
instructions.
P. Prohibit traffrc from installed stone for aminimum of 72 horns.
a. Protect stone paving and flooring during construction. Where adjoining areas require
construction work access, cover stone paving and flooring with a minimum of 3/4-inch
(19-mm) untreated plywood over nonstaining lcraft paper.
END OF SECTION09600
Copyright 1995 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
tSTONE PAVING A TD FLOORING 09600 - 6
B.
C.
D.
1.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
Copyright 1997 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
SECTION 09640 - WOOD FLOORING
GENERAL
A. Submittals: As follows:
1.2
A.
MASTERSPEC. SLVo
CE
s/97
l.
2.
Product Data: For each type ofproduct indicated.
Samples for Verification: For each type of wood flooring and accessory, with
stain color and finish required, approximately 12 inch long and of same thickness
and material indicated for the Work. Include sample sets showing the full range
ofnormal color and t€xture variations expected.
Oak, beecll birch, hard maple, peca4 or ash hardwood flooring: Comply withNOFMA
grading rules for species, grade, and cut.
Maple Flooring: Comply with MFMA grading rules for species, grade, and cut.
Conditioning: Maintain relative humidity planned for building occupants and an
ambient temperature between 65 and 75 degF (18 and 24 deg C) in spaces to receive
wood flooring for at least seven days before installation, during installatio4 and for at
least seven days after installation. After post-installation period, maintain relative
humidity and ambient temperatrue plarmed for building occupants.
l. Open sealed packages to allow wood flooring to acclimatize.2. Do not install flooring until it adjusts to the relative humidity of and is at tlrc same
temperature as the space where it is to be installed.3. Close spaces to traffic during flooring installation and for time period after
installation recommended in writing by flooring and finish manufacturers.
PRODUCTS
Solid-Wood Plank Flooring: Provide kiln-dried wood flooring as follows:
l.t
4.
5.
Species: White or Red oak. Architect to select one based on stain samples
Grade: Clear.
Cut: Quarter sawn.
Thickness: 3/4 inch.
Face Width: Varies, provide roughly even distribution of board of approx.3", 5"
andT'
Matching: Tongue and groove, and end matched.
Backs: Channeled (kerfed) for stress relief.
Random Lengths: Provide standmd random-length strips complying with
applicable grading rules.
No Simulated Wood Pegs: Do not provide wood pegs at ends of plank flooring
preces.
6.
7.
8.
9.
WOODFLOORING 09640- I
Copyright 1997 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLV
B. Urethane Finish System: Complete system of compatible cornponents that is
recomrnended by finish manufacturer for application indicated.
Type: Vy'ater based.
Stain: Penetrating and nonfading type. Compatible with finishing system
a. Color: Match Architect's sample.
Floor Sealer: Pliable, penetrating type.
Finish Coats: Formulated for multicoat application on wood flooring.
Manufacturers: subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following or approved equal:
a. Basic Coatings.b. BonaKemi USA, Inc.c. Dura Seal Division: Minwax Co.. Inc.
C. Wood Filler: Formulated to filI and repair seams, defects, and open-grain hardwood
floors; compatible with finish system components and recommended by filler and finish
manufacturers for use indicated. If required to match approved samples, provide
pigmented filler.
D' Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, polyethylene sheet mt less than 6.0 mils thick to be
installed over concrete/gypcrete and under plywood underlayment.
E. Plywood Underlayment: Provide 3/+" toungue and groove underlayrnent grade plywood
over g)?-crete or concrete.
F. Felt underlayment dhectly under flooring: ASTMD 226, Typel, No. 15, asphalt-
saturated felt.
G. Fasteners: As recommended by manufacturer, but not less than that recommended in
NOFMA's "Installing Hardwood Flooring."
H. cork E4pansion Strip: composition cork strip complying with Fs HH-c-526, Type I-
B, Class 2.
I.3 HGCUTION
A. Concrete Slab Preparation: As follows:
1. Veri$ that slabs are dry according to test methods recommended by flooring
manufacturer or, if none, by test methods in NOFMA's "Installing ttardwood
Flooring." However allow no less than 45 days for drying of gyp-crete and 120
days for concrete slabs under wood flooring.
o
ENCE
I
I
Il.
2.
3.
4.
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IWOOD FLOORING 09640 -2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Copyright 1997 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESIDEN
MASTERSPEC - SLV
Where wood flooring is installed directly over concrete slabs and gyp-crete, grind
high spots and fill low spots to provide a maximum l/4-inch (6-mm) deviation in
any direction when checked with a lO-foot (3-m) straight edge.
B. Installation: Comply with flooring manufacturer's written instnrctions, but not less than
recommendations in NOFMA's "Installing Hardwood Flooring,' as applicable to
flooring type.
Pattern: Lay wood flooring in pattern indicated on Drawings or, if not indicated,
as directed by Architect. Verify layout pattern prior to installation. Wood sleeper
to be installed perpendicular to flooring.
Expansion Space: Provide expansion space at walls and other obstructions and
terminations of flooring of not less tlran 3/4 inch (19 mm), unless otherwise
indicated on Drawings.
a. Unless fully concealed by trirq fill expansion space with flush cork
expansion strip.
Provide 2x4 sleepers at 24" o.c. in g)?-crete, perpendicular to direction of
flooring
Vapor Retarder: Install a layer ofpolyethylene sheet over gyp-crete/concrete slab,
with edges overlapped over sleepers and turned up behind baseboards. Tape/seal
all joints, cuts and tears in vapor retarder-
lnstall 34" T & G underlayment grade plywood over vapor retarder over gyp-
crete/concrete. Nail to sleepers per section 06100
Felt Underlayment: Install flooring over a layer of asphalt-saturated felt.
solid-wood Plank Flooring: Blind nail or staple flooring to substrate according
to NOFMA's written recommendations.a. Plank Flooring: For flooring of face width more than 3 inches (75 mm),
install not less tban two countersunk nails at each end ofeach piece, spaced
not nore than 16 inches (406 mm) along length of each piece, in addition to
blind nailing. Fill holes with matching wood filler.
Accessories: Nail baseboard to wall and nail shoe rnolding or other trim to
baseboard; do not nail to flooring.
C. Sanding and Finishing: As follows:
Machine-sand flooring to remove offsets, ridges, cups, and sanding-machine
rr,arks that would be noticeable after finishing. Vacuum and tack with a clean
cloth immediately before applying finish.
Apply filler according to manufacturer's written instructions.
a. Fill open-grained hardwood.b. Fill and repair seams and defects.
Apply stain to match approved Sample.
Apply floor sealer according to finish manufacturer's written instructions.
o
CE
5/97
1.
J.
4.
6.
7.
5.
8.
t.
)
).
4.
WOOD FLOORING 09640 - 3
Copyright 1997 AIA MASTERSPEC - SLV
BILLINGSLEY RESIDENCE
5. Apply floor finish according to finish manufacturer's written instructions. Applyin number of coats recommended by finish manufacturer for application
indicated, but not less than three.6. For water-based finishes, use finishing met}ods recommended by finish
manufacturer to minimize grain raise.
D. Cover installed wood flooring to protect it from damage or deterioration, before and
after finishing, during remainder of construction period. Use heavy ka.ft-paper or other
suitable covering. Do not use plastic sheet or film that could cause condensation.
1. Do not cover site-finished floors with kraft paper, or any other material until
furish reaches full cure, but not less than seven days after applying last coat.
END OF SECTION 09640
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
IWOOD FLOORING 09640 - 4
I copyright tee8 AIA O MAsrERspEc - sLV
I
BILLINGSLEYRESIDENCE
2/98
SECTION 09680 - CARPET
II'
I.1 GENERAL
I A. Submittals: As follows:
r 1. Product Data for each tlpe of product indicatd showrng ctrpet qpe, color, seam
f types, and methods; b?e of installation; pattern type, and type of cushion!' 2. Samples for each product required.
I 3. Product schedule using same room and product designations indicated on
f Drawings and in schedules.
4. Maintenance data for carpet to include in maintenance manuals specifred in
Division l.
I- B. Comply with CRII04, Section5, "storage and Handling," and Section6.l, "Site
I Conditions; Temperature and Humidity."
I C. Extra Materials: Furnish full-width rolls equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each
t type ofcarpet indicated, but not less than l0 sq. yd. (8.3 sq. m).
I
1.2 PRODUCTS
t A Caryet CPT-I: Provide $40 a yard allowance for carpet carpet pad and installation for
carpet at house:
-I B. Carpet CPT-2: Provide $20 a yard allowance for carpet carpet pad and installation for
carpet at aparunent:
I C. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Conpounds: Latex-modifie4 hydraulic-cement-
based formulation provided by or recornmended by [carpet manufacturer] [and]
I [carpet cushion manufacturer].
I D. Tackless Carpet Stipping: Water-resistant plywood in strips as required to match
I cushion thickness and that conrply with CRI 104, Section 11.3.
I E. Seaming Cement: Hot-melt adhesive tape or similar product recommended by carpet
I manufacturer for taping seams and butting cut edges at backing to form secure seams
I and to prevent pile loss at seams.
I F. Metal Edge Strips at Apartment (not to be used in house): Extruded aluminum with
I mill fmish of width showrU of height required to protect e4posed edge of carpet, and of
maximum lengths to minimize running joints.
1.3 DGCUTION
I
I
CARPET 09680 - 1
Copyright 1998 AIA
BILLINGSLEY RESID
MASTERSPEC - SLV
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions for compliance with requirements for
maximum moisture content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances, and other
conditions affecting carpet performance. Verifu that substrates and conditions are
satisfactory for carpet installation and comply with requirements specified.
1. For wood subfloors, veri$ underlayment surface is free of inegularities and
substances that rnay interfere with adhesive bond or show through surface.
B. Preparation: Comply with CRI 104, Section6.2, "Site Conditions; Floor Preparation "
and carpet manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates
indicated to receive carpet installation.
C. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written
instructions, to frll cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates.
D. Provide Stretch-in Installation: Comply with CRI 104, Section ll, "stetch-in
Installation."
E. Stair Installation: Comply with CRI 104, Section 12, "Carpet on Stairs."
F. Comply with carpet manufacturer's written recomrnendations for seam locations and
direction of carpet; maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. At
doorways, c€nter seams under the door in closed position.
G. Cut and fit carpet to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, p€rmanent fixtureg and built-in
furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or
seal cut edges as recommended by carpet manufacturer.
H. Extend carpet into toe spaces, door reveals, closetq open-bottomed obstructions,
removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings.
I. Install pattempmallel to walls and borders.
J. Install carpet cushion searns at 90-degree angle with carpet seams.
K Perform the following operations immediately after installing carpet:
1. Remove excess s€am sealer, and other surface blemishes using cleaner
recommended by carpet manufacturer.2. Remove yarns that protrude from carpet surface.3. Vacuum carpet using comnercial machine with face-beater element.
L. Protect installed carpet to comply with CRI 104, Section 15, "Protection of Indoor
Installations."
END OF SECTIONO968O
o
ENCE
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
2t98
CARPET 09680 - 2